Quarterlytics / Industrials / Industrial - Machinery / Luxfer Holdings PLC

Luxfer Holdings PLC

lxfr · NYSE Industrials
Claim this profile
Ticker lxfr
Exchange NYSE
Sector Industrials
Industry Industrial - Machinery
Employees 1450
← All annual reports
FY2020 Annual Report · Luxfer Holdings PLC
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Registered No. 03690830

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

Annual Report and Financial Statements

31 December, 2020

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC ¦ Lumns Lane ¦ Manchester ¦ M27 8LN

 
LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

Contents

STRATEGIC REPORT

Principal Activities and Review of the Business

Strategy and Business Model

Key Performance Indicators (“KPIs”)

Review of the Year Ended 31 December, 2020

Environment, Social and Governance ("ESG") Matters

Principal Risks and Uncertainties

GOVERNANCE

The Board of Directors

Corporate Governance

Executive Leadership Team

Directors’ Report

Directors’ Interests and Related Party Transactions

Directors’ Remuneration Report

Remuneration Report

Statement of Directors' Responsibilities in Respect of the Financial Statements

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT TO THE MEMBERS OF LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Consolidated Income Statement

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income

Consolidated Balance Sheet

Consolidated Cash Flow Statement

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Company Balance Sheet

Company Cash Flow Statement

Company Statement of Changes in Equity

Notes to the Company Financial Statements

3 

3 

4 

5 

6 

9 

18 

23 

23 

26 

32 

34 

35 

37 

39 

57 

58 

66 

66 

67 

68 

69 

70 

71 

  120 

  121 

  122 

  123 

1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

Glossary of Terms

Unless the context in which we use the terms indicates otherwise, the following terms used in this report have 
the following meanings:

AGM

Annual General Meeting of the Company.

Articles

The Articles  of Association  of  Luxfer  Holdings  PLC  adopted  by  special  resolution  of  the 
Company  on  26  October  2011,  effective  from  the  date  of  the  I.P.O.  (and  subsequently 
updated).

Companies Act U.K. Companies Act 2006.

FPI

GAAP

Group

IFRS

I.P.O.

NYSE

Foreign Private Issuer under the SEC registration rules.

Generally Accepted Accounting Principles is an accounting standard adopted by the U.S. 
Securities and Exchange Commission.

Luxfer Holdings PLC and its subsidiaries.

International Accounting Standards in conformity with the requirements of Companies Act 
2006

The  Initial  Public  Offering  in  the  U.S.  completed  by  Luxfer  Holdings  PLC  on  9  October, 
2012.

New York Stock Exchange.

£0.50 Ordinary 
Shares

SEC

Year

LTIP

The Company’s ordinary shares of £0.50 each.

Securities and Exchange Commission of the U.S.

1 January, 2020, to 31 December, 2020.

Long-Term Umbrella Incentive Plan.

2

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

STRATEGIC REPORT

Principal Activities and Review of the Business 

The principal activity of Luxfer Holdings PLC is that of the holding company for the Luxfer Group. 

Luxfer is a global manufacturer of highly-engineered industrial materials which focuses on value creation using 
its  broad  array  of  technical  know-how  and  propriety  technologies.  Luxfer's  high-performance  materials, 
components  and  high-pressure  gas  containment  devices  are  used  in  defense  and  emergency  response, 
healthcare, transportation and in general industrial applications.

We have a long history of innovation derived from our strong technical base. We work closely with customer to 
apply  innovative  solutions  to  their  most  demanding  product  needs.  Our  area  of  expertise  covers  the  chemical 
and  metallurgical  properties  of  magnesium,  zirconium,  carbon  and  rare  earths.  We  have  pioneered  the 
application  of  these  materials  in  many  high-technology  industries.  For  example,  we  were  the  first  to  use  rare 
earths  to  develop  and  patent  a  magnesium  alloy  (EZ33A)  for  use  in  high-temperature  aerospace  applications 
such  as  helicopter  gearboxes.  We  were  also  at  the  forefront  of  the  commercial  development  of  zirconia-rich 
mixed oxides for use in automotive catalysis.

Luxfer has a global presence, operating 16 manufacturing plants in the U.K., U.S., Canada and China, four of 
which relate to discontinued operations. We also have a joint venture in Japan. We employ approximately 1,400 
people, including temporary staff, of which approximately 200 relate to discontinued operations. Luxfer operates 
in two business segments - Elektron and Gas Cylinders:

Our Elektron Segment focuses on specialty materials based primarily on magnesium and zirconium. Our key 
product lines under the Elektron Segment includes: 

•

Advanced,  lightweight,  corrosion-  and  flame-resistant  magnesium  alloys,  including  our  our  dissolvable 
Solumag® alloy. 

• Magnesium powders used in countermeasure flares that protect aircraft from heat-seeking missiles and 

in heating pads for self-heating meals used by military and emergency-relief agencies.

•

High  performance  zirconium-based  materials  and  oxides  used  as  catalysts  and  in  the  manufacture  of 
advanced ceramics, fiber optic fuel cells, and many other performance products.

• Magnesium, copper, and zinc photo-engraving plates for graphic arts and luxury packaging. 

Our  Gas  Cylinders  Segment  manufactures  and  markets  specialized  products  using  carbon  composites  and 
aluminum. Our key product lines under the Gas Cylinders Segment include:

•

•

•

Carbon  composite  cylinders  for  self-contained  breathing  apparatus  (SCBA),  used  by  firefighters,  first-
responders,  SCUBA  divers,  and  other  personnel  who  operate  in  potentially  hazardous  environments 
such as mines.

Composite  cylinders  used  for  containment  of  oxygen  and  other  medical  gases  used  by  patients, 
healthcare facilities and laboratories.

Carbon composite cylinders for compressed natural gas (CNG) and hydrogen containment in alternative 
fuel (AF) vehicles.

3

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

Strategy and Business Model

Despite the exceptional challenges of 2020, Luxfer's team ingenuity and tenacity allowed us to maintain a strong 
balance  sheet,  accelerate  many  of  our  lean  initiatives,  and  deliver  customer  value  throughout  the  year.  We 
continued to make strong progress on our strategic Transformation Plan despite the adversities faced due to the 
COVID-19  pandemic.  Commenced  in  2017,  the  Transformation  Plan  serves  as  a  key  driving  factor  in  our 
strategy, allowing us to simplify Luxfer's structure, launch growth initiatives, deliver strong productivity, and invest 
in  our  culture  and  talent.  Under  our  Plan,  we  are  confident  in  our  ability  to  continue  generating  long-term 
shareholder value. 

After thoughtful review of our portfolio of businesses and the future trajectory of Luxfer, we have concluded that it 
is in the best interest of our shareholders, employees and customers to divest most of our aluminum assets. This 
will enable us to focus our strategic efforts and capital on our key markets to grow the Group. The divestiture will 
impact  three  of  our  Gas  Cylinders  operations,  including  our  Superform  location  in  U.K.,  our  aluminum  cylinder 
operation in Graham, North Carolina, U.S. and our Superform location in the U.S. The remaining Gas Cylinders 
sites are involved in the manufacture of innovative composite cylinders and systems, which are an integral part 
of Luxfer's future growth profile. 

As  a  part  of  Phase  1  of  our  Transformation  Plan,  our  operations  have  been  substantially  simplified  after  the 
divestment of the aluminum operations. Other objectives achieved during Phase 1 have expanded our investor 
base, streamlined our financial reporting and enhanced our corporate governance, while also strengthening our 
balance  sheet.  Today,  the  focus  of  the  Plan  is  to  drive  growth,  both  organically  and  through  value-creating 
acquisitions. We have laid the groundwork for successful organic growth by rebuilding our new products pipeline 
and  establishing  commercial  excellence.  Our  business  strategy  is  underpinned  by  the  Luxfer  Business 
Excellence Standard Toolkit ("Luxfer BEST"), which consists of the following key themes:

•

•

•

•

•

A  common  set  of  values  that  drive  accountability,  innovation,  customer  first,  personal  development, 
teamwork and integrity;

A  lean  enterprise  philosophy  comprised  of  the  five  pillars  of  Luxfer  BEST  which  drive  operational 
excellence  in  sales,  marketing,  innovation,  human  resources,  supply,  manufacturing,  information 
technology and finance;

Disciplined capital allocation with the aim of maximizing organic growth and the product portfolio value 
through value-enhancing acquisitions and divestitures;

Balanced  scorecards  reviewed  by  our  leadership  teams  to  measure  performance  and  ensure  that 
compensation is commensurate with individual performance; and

A  published  Customer  Charter  designed  to  retain  and  grow  our  customer  base  and  capture  additional 
market share.

Our Transformation Plan, underpinned by Luxfer BEST, are at the core of our business strategy. We believe that 
these tools and strategies give us a stronger competitive advantage, allowing us to focus on innovation and new 
product  development,  further  drive  our  strong  technical  expertise  and  know-how,  diversify  our  customer  base, 
and accelerate shareholder value creation. 

4

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

Key Performance Indicators (“KPIs”)

Luxfer  used  the  following  performance  indicators  to  assess  its  development  against  its  strategic  and  financial 
objectives in 2020. 

Since 2018, KPIs were monitored under U.S. GAAP. and these reconciliations to non-GAAP measures can be 
found in our Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 2, 2021. Prior to 2018, the primary GAAP was IFRS. 

All years have been restated for discontinued operations.

Operating performance

Revenue
Adjusted net income1

Basic earnings per share

Adjusted net income basic earnings per share
Adjusted EBITDA2

Revenue per employee

Financial performance

Net cash flow from operating activities
Net debt to adjusted EBITDA3

2020

2019

2018

2017

2016

  324.8    373.4    401.9    348.0    324.2 

28.9   

40.9   

48.0   

27.6   

0.61   

0.15   

0.55   

0.43   

1.03   

1.47   

1.73   

1.03   

53.9   

67.1   

79.6   

57.1   

20.5 

0.69 

0.93 

46.7 

226 

$'000s

256   

279   

285   

247   

$m

$m

$

$

$m

$m

times

56.9   

10.2   

57.3   

45.2   

29.2 

1.0   

1.2   

0.8   

1.6   

1.9 

Non-financial performance
Number of days lost following accidents at work4
ISO 14001 environmental management system certification5

Economic indicators

Average U.S. dollar to GBP sterling exchange rate

Average Euro to GBP sterling exchange rate

work-days  

328   

21   

208   

197   

215 

%

$:£

€:£

69.2   

86.4   

92.1   

90.0   

91.8 

1.28   

1.28   

1.33   

1.30   

1.13   

1.12   

1.13   

1.14   

1.34 

1.22 

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

A non-GAAP measure for net income after tax, excluding certain non-trading items. Reconciliation to GAAP 
measure is disclosed in our Form 10-K, filed with the SEC on March 2, 2021.
A non-GAAP measure for earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation and other items. 
Reconciliation to GAAP measure is disclosed in Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 2, 2021.
Net debt is defined as cash and cash equivalents less non-current bank and other loans.
Under regulations issued by the Occupational Safety & Health Administration of the U.S. Department of Labor, the 
number of days absent for each accident is capped at 180 days.
Percentage of revenue originating from ISO14001-certified businesses.

5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

Review of the Year Ended 31 December, 2020

Although we faced challenges in 2020 due to the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic and related macroeconomic 
conditions,  we  continued  to  launch  growth  and  lean  manufacturing  initiatives,  deliver  strong  productivity,  and 
invest in our culture and talent. This strategic progress reflects our focus on executing our Transformation Plan, 
which  is  designed  to  profitably  grow  the  Luxfer  business  and  increase  returns  to  our  shareholders.  Further 
details on our Transformation Plan can be found on page 4 of the Strategic Report. 

From  2016  to  2019,  our  top  line  growth  averaged  5%  and,  however  due  to  COVID-19  in  2020,  our  revenue 
performance for 2020 showed a decline of 13%. However, our cost reduction efforts are a primary driver of our 
4% annual adjusted EBITDA growth from 2016 to 2020,  with an average adjusted EBITDA margin over 16%. 
We ended 2020 with a stronger balance sheet, with an improvement in our net debt to $51.6 million, leading to a 
net debt to EBITDA ratio of 1x compared to 1.2x at the end of 2019. We generated $48.7 million in free cash flow 
over  the  year,  using  approximately  $4  million  in  cash  for  restructuring  activities  related  to  our  Transformation 
Plan. Net income from continuing operations for 2020 was $17.8 million compared to $6.0 million in 2019. We 
continued  to  return  funds  to  shareholders  in  the  form  of  regular  dividends  each  quarter  throughout  2020.  As 
markets recover we expect to return to growth in 2021 and with a strong balance sheet, Luxfer is well positioned 
to create additional value for our shareholders.

Translation Exchange Rates

The  consolidated  financial  statements  are  presented  in  U.S.  dollars,  the  reporting  currency  of  the  Group.  The 
principal currencies used to translate the results of non-U.S. operations is GBP sterling. In 2020, GBP sterling 
fluctuations  relative  to  the  U.S.  dollar  resulted  in  net  favourable  movements  when  translating  the  operating 
results of U.K. operations into U.S. dollars. 

Revenue

On an IFRS reported basis, revenue from operations was $324.8 million in 2020, a decrease from $373.4 million 
in 2019. The reasons for revenue decline are discussed in detail by segment below.

Elektron Segment revenue in 2020 was $182.9 million compared to $219.9 million in 2019, a decrease of 16.8% 
on the prior year, largely as a result of COVID-19 related disruption to General Industrial and Transportation end 
markets. Revenue was lower in the Segment primarily due to: 

•

•

•

•

Decreased sales of zirconium-based industrial catalysts; 

Lower sales of photo-engraving plates and magnesium countermeasure flares;

Lower sales of magnesium aerospace alloys; and

$7.6 million revenue decline as a result of the divestiture of Elektron's magnesium Czech recycling 
business in 2019.

This was partially offset by increased revenues from Luxfer Magtech chemical detection kits.

Gas  Cylinders  Segment  revenue  was  lower  at  $141.9  million  compared  to  $153.5  million  in  2019,  a  7.6% 
decrease  on  prior  year.  This  decrease  was  primarily  the  result  of  COVID-19  related  disruption  marked  by 
temporary customer shutdowns, especially reduced sales of SCBA composite cylinders used by first responders. 
The decrease in revenue was partially offset by continued growth in alternative fuel cylinder sales.

Cost of Sales and Gross Profit
The 3.0 percentage point decrease in gross profit as a percentage of sales in 2020 from 2019 was primarily the 
result of:  

•

•

•

Adverse sales mix; 

Unfavorable foreign exchange variances; and

Impact of short-term process inefficiency following plant consolidation exercises.

These decreases were partially offset by cost savings resulting from our continued effort to reduce production-
based costs, partially derived from our Transformation Plan.

6

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

Operating Profit

Operating profit of $31.0 million increased 36.6% from $22.7 million in 2019. The $24.5 million decrease in gross 
profit  has  been  offset  by  the  effect  of  the  Company's  cost  saving  initiatives,  which  has  contributed  to  the 
reduction  in  administrative  and  distribution  costs.  Restructuring  and  other  expenses  of  $7.3  million  were  down 
from $29.6 million in 2019.In 2020, there was an additional $5.4 million in costs relating to the closure of Luxfer 
Gas Cylinders' French site. 

In  response  to  uncertain  global  economic  conditions,  we  undertook  actions  to  reduce  the  Company's  cost 
structure  and  improve  operating  efficiency.  These  actions  included  a  workforce  reduction  program  resulting  in 
$1.4  million  of  severance-related  charges,  of  which  $0.4  million  and  $0.9  million  was  incurred  in  the  Gas 
Cylinders and Elektron segment respectively, and $0.1 million in Other.

There  has  also  been  an  additional  $0.4  million  charge  recognized  as  the  result  of  the  Company's  decision  to 
commence  a  project  to  remove  low-level  naturally  occurring  radioactive  material  (NORM)  from  a  redundant 
building at Elektron's Manchester, UK site. 

Taxation 

In 2020, we reported a tax charge of $6.2 million on profit before tax of $24.0 million, representing an effective 
tax rate of  25.8%. The charge of $6.2 million was made up of a current income tax charge of $2.2 million and a 
deferred income tax charge of $4.0 million. The 2020 effective tax rate was impacted due to the effect of  non-
deductible expenses linked to restructuring projects.

In 2019, we reported a tax charge of $8.2 million on profit before tax of $14.2 million, representing an effective 
tax rate of 57.7%. The tax charge was made up of a current income tax charge of $4.2 million and a deferred tax 
charge  of  $4.0  million.  The  2019  effective  tax  rate  was  significantly  impacted  due  to  the  effect  of  large  non-
deductible expenses linked to restructuring projects.

Net Income for the Year

Net  income  for  the  year  from  continuing  operations  was  $17.8  million,  compared  to  $6.0  million  in  2019.  The 
increase can be attributed to the significantly reduced restructuring and other expense and lower administrative 
expenses  coupled  with  a  lower  effective  tax  rate;  partially  offset  by  the  reduction  in  gross  profit  as  a  result  of 
COVID-19 disruption.

Cash Flow 

In 2020, net cash flows from operating activities increased by $46.7 million to $56.9 million from $10.2 million in 
2019.  The  increase  is  predominantly  due  to  improvements  in  working  capital  and  an  approximate  $15  million 
reduction  in  cash  spent  on  restructuring  activities.  The  Company  has  continued  to  return  funds  to  its 
shareholders in the form of regular dividends each quarter throughout 2020.

Net  cash  used  in  investing  activities  decreased  to  $7.1  million  compared  to  $8.9  million  in  2019.  Capital 
expenditure in 2020 was $8.2 million, a $5.7 million reduction compared with $13.9 million in 2019. In 2020 the 
Company received $1.5 from the sale of its Indian joint venture, compared with $4.4 million and $1.2 million as a 
result of the sale of the Czech recycling business and sale of property, plant and equipment respectively in 2019.  
The Company paid $0.4 million, the final installment, in relation to deferred consideration in 2020, compared to 
$0.5 million in 2019.

The Company had net cash outflows from financing activities $59.5 million compared to $1.3 million in 2019. The 
main reason for the decrease was the $25 million early repayment of the loan note due in 2021, coupled with the 
$13.2  million  reduction  in  the  RCF.  Cash  outflows  in  respect  of  dividend  payments  to  holders  of  our  ordinary 
shares were $13.6 million, consistent with 2019. 

Shareholder Equity and Borrowings 

Shareholder equity as at December 31, 2020, was $155.3 million, compared to $161.9 million at December 31, 
2019,  the  decrease  being  primarily  attributable  to  the  payment  of  dividends,  unfavorable  measurement  of 
defined  benefit  pension  plans  and  movements  relating  to  share-based  compensation,  partially  offset  by  the 
contribution of net income and FX translation gains. The Company had gross debt of $53.1 million and net debt 
of  $51.6  million  as  at  December  31,  2020.  Invested  capital,  defined  as  total  shareholder  equity  plus  net  debt, 
was $206.9 million as at December 31, 2020; this compares to an equivalent figure of $242.6 million in 2019. 

7

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

Future Developments 

Operating objectives and trends that we expect to impact Luxfer in 2021 include the following:

•

•

•

•

•

Proactive  responses  to  the  COVID-19  pandemic  including  health  and  well-being  initiatives,  stimulating 
demand for products, ensuring continuity of supply and focused cost savings programs;

Divestiture of non-strategic aluminum businesses (identified as discontinued operations) and integration 
of the acquisition of Structural Composites Industries LLC (SCI), in the Gas Cylinders segment;

Refocus  on  productivity  acceleration  and  growth  recovery  post  COVID-19  as  we  capitalize  on  lean 
manufacturing initiatives and pursue faster product innovation;

Continued focus on developing global talent and fostering a high-performance culture; and

Improved  operating  cash  generation  with  lower  restructuring  activity  and  maintaining  strong  working 
capital performance.

Essential Contracts or Arrangements

Apart  from  our  financing  agreements,  we  do  not  have  any  individual  contracts  or  other  arrangements  that  are 
fundamental to the ability of the business to operate effectively.

8

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

Environment, Social and Governance ("ESG") Matters

At  Luxfer,  we  recognize  the  importance  of  environmental  stewardship,  social  responsibility,  and  leading 
governance practices. Advancing ESG matters is not only crucial to our business, our customers, and to all our 
stakeholders, but it is simply the right thing to do. While 2020 brought disruption with the COVID-19 pandemic, it 
also  drove  health  and  safety  issues  to  the  forefront,  challenging  us  to  think  differently  about  our  world,  our 
experiences, and our beliefs. Although difficult at times, 2020 inspired us to reflect on our purpose. We are taking 
deliberate  steps  to  fully  integrate  ESG  into  our  strategy  and  daily  actions  which  reflects  our  commitment  to 
sustainable growth and long-term financial performance. 

We  are  more  devoted  than  ever  to  ESG  efforts  and  social  responsibility. The  publication  of  our  first-ever  ESG 
Report  in  November  2020  set  the  stage  for  integration  of  sustainable  practices  and  resource  management 
throughout  the  Company.  In  addition,  the  Report  sets  forth  our  environmental  protection  goals,  which  address 
emissions,  water,  and  waste-to-landfill  reduction  targets  which  we  seek  to  achieve  by  2025.  It  discloses  social 
and employment statistics, community outreach activities, provides an overview of our governance structure and 
the Board of Director's role in ESG improvements. New corporate policies were unveiled in the Report, including 
our new Third Party Code of Conduct and the Environmental, Health and Safety Policy. The primary function of 
the  Report  is  to  initiate  consistent  reporting  on  ESG  matters,  improve  our  transparency  and  disclosure,  and 
formulate the basis for an informed conversation between Luxfer and our stakeholders. We have committed to 
publishing a new ESG report on a biennial basis going forward. 

While Luxfer's management team is responsible  for  developing the Company's strategy and managing day-to-
day operations, the Board of Directors oversees the Company's direction, including governance-related policies 
and practices; our system of risk oversight and management; how we advance environmental sustainability and 
climate related challenges; health and safety; human rights; human capital management and corporate culture; 
and the manner in which we serve our customers and support our communities. We recognize that the long-term 
success  of  our  Company  requires  continued  focus  on  these  evolving  topics  and  a  commitment  to  regularly 
evaluate and improve our performance in relation to them.

Helping Create a Greener World

With transportation being one of the highest pollution-emitting sectors, many of our products already serve the 
growing need to safeguard the environment in this field. For example, Luxfer played a vital role in developing the 
U.K's  first  hydrogen-powered  train.  The  project  was  comprised  of  an  electric  train  which  was  retrofitted  to  run 
using our G-Stor® H2 hydrogen fuel system and began operations in September 2020. We have also developed 
partnerships with bus manufacturing companies and, in late 2020, unveiled the first hydrogen-powered double-
decker  bus.  Our  hydrogen  fuel  systems  have  been  applied  to  a  variety  of  vehicles  in  a  series  of  world  firsts 
including the first commercially produced hydrogen powered trucks, refuse trucks, boats and tractors.

Similarly,  our  zirconium-based  autocatalyst  products  help  reduce  automotive  emissions.  Driven  by  increasing 
legislation, we work with our customers to offer tailor-made solutions based on our Gasoline Particulate Filtration 
systems,  Diesel  Oxidation  Catalysts,  Diesel  Particulate  Filters,  passive  NOx  Absorbers  and  selective  catalytic 
reduction systems. These systems reduce the amount of toxic gasses and pollutants contained in exhaust from 
traditional diesel and gasoline engines. Further, our unique magnesium alloys used in aerospace and automotive 
designs enable lighter and stronger models, which help maximize fuel efficiency, lower emissions, and increase 
performance through lightweight materials. 

Innovating  products  that  help  our  customers  reduce  their  emissions  is  just  as  important  to  us  as  reducing 
emissions  from  our  own  operations.  Our  facility  located  in  Madison,  Illinois,  U.S.  recently  installed  a  thermal 
oxidizer  to  help  with  Volatile  Organic  Compound  ("VOC")  abatement,  which  reduced  VOC  output  by  98%, 
preventing  approximately  4  metric  tons  of  VOC's  from  being  released  into  the  atmosphere.  In  addition  to 
greenhouse  gas  emission  reduction  initiatives,  we  are  also  working  to  implement  additional  projects  to  assist 
with  our  water  usage  and  waste-to-landfill  reduction  goals  as  we  look  forward  to  achieving  the  environmental 
targets set out in our 2020 ESG report by 2025. 

9

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

Managing Environmental Impact 

The  effects  of  climate  change  and  the  degradation  of  earth's  natural  resources  are  becoming  more  apparent 
each  year. As  a  global  company,  we  have  a  vision  to  be  a  leader  in  sustainable  business  within  our  industry, 
lending us an opportunity to not only reduce our impact on the environment, but also have a positive one. While 
our facilities are designed to mitigate negative environmental impacts from our operations as much as possible, 
there  is  still  more  we  can  do.  With  this  in  mind,  we  committed  to  our  2025  Environmental  Goals,  which  were 
published  in  our  2020  ESG  Report.  We  recognize  the  importance  of  holding  ourselves  accountable  to  the 
environment,  and  our  Environmental  Goals  were  set  with  a  view  to  reduce  the  environmental  impact  of  our 
operations by 2025. Our 2025 Environmental Goals are:

•

•

•

•

•

20% reduction of CO2e 

20% reduction in waste sent to landfill

15% increase in recycled packaging 

10% increase in material efficiency

10% reduction in freshwater usage

The  publication  of  our  ESG  Report  and  our  2025  Environmental  Goals  serves  as  a  first  step  to  increase  our 
transparency  and  raise  the  bar  for  more  sustainable  operations.  To  put  these  goals  into  action,  we  have 
implemented  our  Environmental,  Health,  and  Safety  ("EHS")  Management  System.  Based  on  ISO  14001 
standards,  our  EHS  Management  System  is  comprised  of  policies,  procedures  and  objectives  focused  on 
compliance, footprint reduction and management of EHS performance. Luxfer's businesses track progress and 
perform self-audits in accordance with the EHS Management System with the goal of continually improving the 
safety of our products, enhancing environmental protection initiatives and preventing occupational illnesses and 
injuries. 

We will continue strengthening our controls as we work toward achievement of our 2025 Environmental Goals. 
At present, over 80% of all Luxfer operations are ISO 14001 certified. Additionally, various facilities have been 
recognized as ISO 9001, ISO 45001, ISO 13485, AS 9100, IATF 16949 and NSF 61 compliant. We are confident 
that  our  internal  programs,  combined  with  initiatives  governed  by  ISO  14001,  will  help  us  further  reduce  our 
environmental footprint and achieve our 2025 Environmental Goals.

In  addition  to  these  controls  and  certifications,  certain  Luxfer  businesses  participate  in  compliance  and 
knowledge-sharing  forums  with  other  companies  in  our  industry.  For  example,  our  U.K.  MEL  Technologies 
business  is  subject  to  the  European  Union  Regulation,  Evaluation, Authorization  and  Restriction  of  Chemicals 
("REACH") controls (incorporated into U.K. legislation following the U.K.'s exit from the European Union.), which 
aims to hold manufacturers and importers responsible for understanding and managing the environmental and 
health  risks  associated  with  the  use  of  certain  chemicals.  Our  MEL  Technologies  business  participates  as  a 
member  or  lead  member  in  REACH  consortia,  during  which  manufacturers  and  importers  of  like  substances 
cooperate with one another and collect information, gather data, and register certain chemicals in fulfillment of 
REACH  requirements.  Participants  work  together  to  assess  potential  hazards  and  risks  posed  by  these 
chemicals and how those risks can best be controlled.

Managing Energy Use 

Energy  is  a  major  requirement  for  Luxfer's  operations  which  involve  melting  and  forming  metals,  changing  the 
state  of  chemicals,  and  running  heavy  machinery.  We  are  subject  to  a  wide  variety  of  regulations  regarding 
energy usage in the U.K. and take every step necessary to ensure our compliance with those regulations. Our 
U.K. plants have signed up for the European-wide Energy Saving Opportunity Scheme, which mandates that all 
large organizations calculate the total energy use and perform energy audits across their businesses once every 
four years. Baseline audits were performed in 2017 and will occur again in 2021. Our U.K. operations are also 
registered  with  and  regulated  under  the  Carbon  Reduction  Commitment  Energy  Efficiency  Scheme  ("CRC"), 
designed to further mobilize companies to reduce CO2 emissions by incentivizing energy efficiency. Further, all 
Luxfer U.K. operations participate in Climate Change Agreements, with the exception of our Gas Cylinders plant 
due to the nature of its cold-extrusion process. 

In addition to regulatory requirements, Luxfer also operates several internal programs that will help us increase 
our energy efficiency. For example, Luxfer's Reduced Energy Demand ("RED") Program identifies initiatives that 
will  reduce  energy  consumption  and  provide  more  efficient  operation.  Our  RED  projects  coordinate  with  our 
energy partner to asses each Luxfer site for opportunities to reduce energy consumption, create less waste, and 
educate our employees on the value of environmental protection. Any RED proposals include a detailed analysis 
measuring the financial, environmental and safety impact of each project, and will include a renewable energy 
alternative that will be implemented if financially and practically feasible.

10

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

Greenhouse Gas Emissions
Each Luxfer business unit monitors its usage of the following:

•

•

•

•

•

Electricity (from utility bills);

Natural gas (from utility bills);

Propane (for fork-lift trucks from number of bottles used multiplied by capacity);

Cover  gases  (to  prevent  molten  metal  from  oxidizing  from  number  of  cylinders  used  multiplied  by 
capacity);

Any other greenhouse gases used in the manufacturing process (from amount invoiced).

Other than for electricity, the conversion into equivalent CO2 tonnes is done using standard conversion factors 
readily available from websites of, for example, DEFRA in the U.K. Broadly speaking, natural gas and other pure 
gases have a very similar CO2 equivalency no matter where it is sourced.

For electricity, the CO2 equivalency is dependent on the power stations that generate it. Accordingly, each Luxfer 
business uses the ‘local’ equivalency factor published on official sites. For our U.S. businesses this is published 
on the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency website, and is updated each year according to the mix of power-
generation  facilities  in  use.  Historically,  the  U.K.  has  been  a  heavy  user  of  electricity  generation  but  it  has 
transitioned  away  from  using  coal-fired  power  and  is  increasingly  adopting  zero-emissions  technologies, 
especially off-shore wind power.

Each  Luxfer  business  unit  has  a  manager  responsible  for  data  collection,  which  is  subsequently  collated  
centrally at year end, along with other accounting information. Natural gas and all other gasses are classified as 
'Scope 1' and electricity usage is classified as 'Scope 2'. Year-on-year figures are used to identify any anomalies, 
and  similar  business  units  are  compared  to  one  another  to  ensure  consistency  and  understanding  of  the 
information. At present, we do not collect details of emissions from travel.

The  Greenhouse  Gas  (“GHG”)  emissions  statement  below  provides  a  summary  of  the  Group  GHG  (Carbon) 
emissions for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to 2019. We report on both Scope 1 and Scope 2 
emission sources:

Scope 1 emissions:  Direct emissions from sources owned or operated by the Group such as natural gas usage 

and other CO2 equivalent emissions such as SF6; 

Scope 2 emissions: 

Indirect emissions attributable to the Group due to its consumption of electricity.

Greenhouse Gas Emission Statement

Baseline year

Full year 2020

Consolidation Approach

Operational control.

Boundary

Consolidated factories operated by us to manufacture Group products.

Emission factor data source

U.K. sites: Conversion factors published by the Carbon Trust.
U.S. sites: Conversion factors published by the U.S. Environmental 
Protection Agency for the state in which the site is located.
Sites in other countries have used their relevant countries conversion factor.

Intensity ratio
Group Metric - Sales value

CO2 equivalent tonnes per $1 million of sales value ($1mSV).
$324.8 million in 2020 (2019: $373.4 million)

11

Greenhouse Gas Emission Source 

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

2020
(tCO2e)1 (tCO2e/$1mSV)

(tCO2e) 1

2019
(tCO2e/$1mSV)

Scope 1 
Fuel combustion (natural gas and other CO2 emissions) and 
operation of facilities
Scope 2
Purchased electricity
Statutory total (Scope 1 & 2) 2

54,124

40,218
94,342

166.6

123.8
290.4

71,764

29,448
101,212

192.2

78.9
271.1

Notes: 

1.

2.

Tonnes of CO2 equivalent. 

Statutory carbon reporting disclosure required by the Companies Act 2006 (Strategic Report and Directors’ Report) Regulations 2013. 

Overall  our  total  CO2e  emissions  decreased  by  6.8%  from  continuing  operations  in  2020,  however,  our  CO2e 
emissions per $million of sales increased by 7.1%. From 2019 to 2020, fuel combustion (Scope 1) decreased by 
24.6%, while purchased electricity (Scope 2) increased by 36.6%. We attribute the decrease in overall emissions 
in  part,  to  the  divesture  of  several  manufacturing  plants,  one  of  which  was  a  large  contributor  to  Scope  1 
emissions through the use of propane in its operations. Another factor that impacted our overall statutory totals 
for Scope 1 and Scope 2 emissions in 2020, particularly our CO2e emissions per $million of sales, is reduced 
sales as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic. 

Industry Engagement 

Our Segments are active members of relevant industry associations and standards bodies, both in Europe and 
North America,  where  they  have  a  positive  influence  as  members,  officers,  and  technical  advisors. They  often 
participate  in,  and  chair  committees  within,  those  associations  on  technical  and  other  matters  of  interest  or 
concern to their relevant industry, including standards, specifications and safety. These organizations include the 
International  Magnesium  Association,  the  Chemical  Industry  Association,  the  Zircon  Industry  Association,  the 
Compressed  Gas  Association,  the  Metal  Powder  Producers  Association,  the  British  Standards  Institute,  the 
Canadian Standards Association, the American Society of Testing and Materials, and many others.

12

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

Our People

A large and important part of our lives is spent on the job. We recognize that our employees are the basis of our 
success and the foundation of our future. As such, we are committed to fostering an inclusive, honest, healthy 
and  diverse  work  environment.  Entrenched  in  longstanding  policies  of  Luxfer,  we  promote  workforce  diversity, 
employee  education  and  development,  and  community  involvement. Through  these  policies  and  practices,  we 
continue  to  develop  a  world-class  team.  We  constantly  strive  to  create  an  environment  where  differences  are 
valued, supported and encouraged. 

Human Rights and Labor Practices

We are committed to respecting and safeguarding internationally recognized human rights standards set forth in 
the UN Universal Declaration of Human Rights and the UN Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights, 
and any laws at the national, regional and local levels. As such, our Code of Ethics and Business Conduct and 
our  recently  updated  Human  Rights  and  Labor  Practices  Policy  makes  clear  the  principles,  requirements  and 
expectations  of  Luxfer  and  its  employees  to  protect  fundamental  human  rights  in  all  areas  of  our  business. 
These protections include fair and humane treatment, protections against forced labor and child labor, and fair 
wages, benefits and working hours. 

We assess our potential and actual impacts on human rights on a regular basis. As of 2020, Luxfer has obtained 
ISO 45001/OHSAS 18001 certification for our labor and human rights management system, which covers up to 
40% of our current operations. To ensure compliance with our standards and policies, our employees undergo 
annual  training  on  how  to  identify  human  rights  violations  and  how  to  combat  and  prevent  them.  Through 
adherence to these policies and application of learned skills, we have adopted sound human rights practices to 
ensure that our employees are treated with the dignity and respect they deserve.

Equal Opportunity, Non-Discrimination & Anti-Harassment

Luxfer  is  an  equal  opportunity  employer.  We  take  every  precaution  to  ensure  that  no  applicant  or  employee 
receives  less  favorable  treatment  on  the  grounds  of  any  characteristic  protected  by  law.  We  have  a  zero-
tolerance  approach  to  discrimination  during  any  stages  of  employment  including  recruitment,  job  assignment, 
promotion, remuneration, training and benefits as set forth in our Equal Opportunity, Non-Discrimination & Anti-
Harassment  policy.  In  line  with  this  Policy,  we  are  committed  to  providing  a  work  environment  free  of 
harassment,  abusive  behavior  and  unprofessional  conduct  based  on  any  protected  characteristics.  Our  policy 
applies  to  all  persons  involved  in  the  operation  of  the  Company  and  any  employee  including  supervisors, 
managers,  and  any  third-parties  such  as  vendors,  customers,  independent  contractors,  unpaid  interns  and 
volunteers. 

Training  is  key  to  promote  equal  opportunities  and  diversity.  Our  talent  acquisition  team  and  hiring  managers 
undergo regular training to ensure that a diverse slate of candidates is considered for all job openings. We have 
developed recruitment practices to target diverse candidates including minorities, veterans and women. We also 
monitor  our  current  workforce  for  diversity,  age  and  gender  demographics  and  use  this  information  to  further 
develop  our  employment  and  recruitment  practices  and  enhance  our  inclusive  work  environment. All  new  and 
existing employees are required to undergo anti-harassment, non-discrimination and unconscious bias trainings 
on an annual basis. 

Health and Safety

Luxfer  is  committed  to  being  an  industry  leader  in  occupational  safety.  We  continuously  strive  to  foster  an 
environment  where  safety  principles  are  integrated  into  daily  activities  to  eliminate  illnesses  and  injuries.  Our 
well-defined  health  and  safety  policies  and  procedures  are  enhanced  by  ongoing  employee  training,  which 
solidify our standards for respecting and protecting our employees, the public, and our associates. We regularly 
conduct gap analyses and develop safety goals and objectives for all our business units. We monitor, review and 
discuss our safety performance with respect to these objectives and our policies as a part of our enterprise-wide 
risk  management  system.  Moreover,  safety  measurements  are  integrated  into  the  performance  evaluations  of 
our Executives, proving our dedication to the safety of our employees. 

We have chosen days lost from lost-time accidents ("LTAs") as a key performance indicator as shown on page 5. 
We  are  pleased  to  report  that  2020  has  been  an  exceptional  year  for  safety.  The  328  of  working  days  lost 
through accidents in 2020 has seen an increase in previous years, however, this was predominantly due to two 
isolated cases. 

13

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

Additionally,  we  understand  that  the  personal  health  and  well-being  of  our  employees  increases  productivity, 
improves morale, creates a positive work environment and reduces healthcare costs. Luxfer offers several health 
and  wellness  benefits  that  encourage  employees  to  improve  their  personal  health.  For  example,  beginning  in 
January 2020, we implemented a smoking cessation program in which employees who successfully complete a 
90-day  smoking  cessation  plan  are  rewarded  with  discounted  insurance  rates.  We  also  proved  access  to 
wellness clinics and funded counseling sessions to improve the physical and mental health of our employees. In 
2019,  we  rolled  out  the  Luxfer  Employee  Healthy  Lifestyle  program  which  will  soon  be  available  to  all  Luxfer 
employees worldwide. The purpose of the program is to encourage employees to take steps toward improving 
their  health  and  offering  some  reimbursement  for  certain  gym  and  fitness  center  memberships  and  for  weight 
loss programs and group exercise classes. We believe that by supporting our employee's physical and mental 
health, we are building a healthier, more productive workforce.

Employee Benefits Programs

We believe that financial security is just as important as physical and mental well-being. To that end, we work 
hard  to  maintain  a  work-life  balance  for  our  employees  that  fosters  job  satisfaction  and  increases  retention. 
Luxfer  offers  competitive  base  pay  and,  depending  on  position,  variable  incentive  pay  that  is  associated  with 
individual performance and the performance of the Company as a whole. The variable incentive pay schemes 
are available to motivate employees to achieve financial, business and personal targets. Additionally, while some 
programs differ internationally due to local regulations, Luxfer offers group medical, dental, vision, life insurance 
plan  options,  savings  and  retirement  plans,  and  many  other  resources  to  enhance  employees'  lives  both 
physically and financially. 

In 2013, we began offering an all-employee share investment plan (“SIP”) to our U.K. employees. Since then, a 
substantial  number  of  employees  have  taken  the  opportunity  to  make  contributions  out  of  their  pay  under  the 
plan, allowing them to purchase Company shares on a six-monthly basis. In 2014, we established an employee 
stock  purchase  plan  (“ESPP”)  under  which  our  U.S.  employees  can  accumulate  contributions  from  pay  over  a 
six-monthly  period  to  purchase  Company  shares.  Both  plans  are  established  under  the  relevant  national 
legislation  to  take  advantage  of  tax  efficiencies,  if  available.  While  participation  is  entirely  voluntary,  the  plans 
ensure  that  rewards  for  employees  are  aligned  with  returns  to  shareholders  through  personal  financial 
investment  and  is  another  way  that  we  support  a  well-balanced  investment  plan  for  our  employees.  We  are 
investigating ways in which we might, where cost-effective, offer the opportunity to purchase shares on a regular 
basis in jurisdictions where we have smaller numbers of employees.

We also offer a long-term incentive plan intended to attract and retain high quality senior employees in an 
environment where compensation levels are based on a global market. Participants are eligible to receive a 
grant of awards over shares and/or performance awards over shares where the targets are designed to align 
their remuneration with returns to shareholders. The purpose of the plan is also to reward the achievement of 
business targets and key strategic objectives.

Training and Development

We believe it is imperative to invest in our employees and encourage personal and professional development. 
Over  the  last  few  years,  we  have  significantly  increased  resources  and  time  allocated  to  employee  training, 
recruitment, personal development and retention. 

As  a  part  of  our  compliance  program,  we  operate  an  enterprise-wide  online  training  platform  which  provides 
interactive trainings on compliance topics such as business ethics, code of conduct awareness, anti-bribery and 
corruption,  conflicts  of  interest,  integrity  in  the  workplace,  diversity,  cybersecurity,  whistleblowing  and  more. 
These mandatory compliance trainings are required for all Luxfer staff. Additionally, the training platform provides 
access  to  a  wealth  of  non-mandatory  courses  for  employees  looking  to  further  enhance  their  business  skills. 
These courses include business leadership and collaboration, customer service, and tutorials on commonly used 
software and technology such as Microsoft Office.  

Training at the business unit level is also necessary to ensure compliance with local law and regulations, which 
varies across Luxfer’s operations. Highly specialized training is conducted in a variety of formats specific to role 
or job type and is necessary to support employees on a segment and cross-segment basis. Training is delivered 
both  from  internal  resources  and  third-party  external  resources  as  appropriate.  Personal  development  of  our 
employees, as a core value of Luxfer, is promoted and encouraged throughout our individual businesses which 
have a duty to assist in the personal development of employees as a part of their own strategies. 

Luxfer  management  works  closely  with  employees  to  ensure  that  our  workforce  has  the  skills  and  experience 
necessary for growth and profitability. In order to safeguard Luxfer’s legacy and ensure business continuity, our 
management  and  executive  development  program  focuses  on  individual  strengths  and  fosters  technical  skills 
and knowledge to create the next generation of well-rounded Luxfer leaders. With a multi-faceted curriculum, our 
training and development program provides critical problem-solving, business management and leadership skills 
necessary for Luxfer’s continued success. 

14

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

We  understand  that  training  and  education  for  a  particular  role  is  just  as  important  as  continuing  education 
outside  of  the  workplace.  Recognizing  and  appreciating  the  personal  ambitions  of  each  of  our  individual 
employees, Luxfer has implemented an Educational Assistance Program. All full-time employees who have been 
employed by the Company for more than one year can receive financial assistance for successful completion of 
educational courses, training workshops, seminars or courses part of a certificate or degree program in subjects 
and fields that pertain to our business and Company operations. 

Further information on employee policies, communication and engagement can be found in the Directors’ Report 
on pages 34 to 36.

At December 31, 2020, the number of employees was as follows: 

Employees *

Directors of Luxfer Holdings PLC

Senior Managers

Employees

Male**

4

39

1,011

Female**

2

12

376

*The Directors of Luxfer Holdings PLC include 5 independent Non-Executive Directors who are not employees of the Company.

** 203 male and 17 female employees included in the table related to discontinued operations.

15

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

Customers and Suppliers

Recognizing our customers as the source of our success, a core value of Luxfer is always putting the customer 
first.  Our  products  are  highly  customizable  and  are  tailored  to  suit  the  highly  specific  needs  of  each  individual 
customer.  We  always  strive  to  build  and  maintain  long-term  relationships  with  our  customers  based  on  mutual 
cooperation and the highest standards of quality and service.  Working in close collaboration with one another, 
we work hard to find innovative solutions to suit their needs for advanced materials and products. Our focus is on 
demanding  applications  where  our  technical  know-how  and  manufacturing  expertise  combine  to  deliver  a 
superior product. 

Luxfer has a complex global supply chain. We understand that such complexity comes with certain risks, which 
demands  that  we  maintain  a  high  level  of  due  diligence  and  vigilance  of  the  third  parties  and  suppliers  with 
whom we do business. Pursuant to our Third Party Code of Conduct, we expect all new and existing suppliers 
comply  with  this  Code  and  reflect  its  principles  in  their  own  policies.  This  applies  to  all  third  parties  including 
contractors, suppliers, agents and service providers. To ensure our compliance with applicable laws, we conduct 
thorough examinations, supplier risk assessments, and both on- and off- site audits. We also require that third 
parties  allow  representatives  from  Luxfer  and,  if  requested,  Luxfer’s  customers,  full  access  to  their  production 
facilities,  worker  records  and  employees  for  confidential  interviews.  We  consistently  ensure  that  we  are  using 
appropriate  due  diligence  procedures  to  vet  our  suppliers  prior  to  and  during  any  engagements  and  we  reject 
suppliers who do not fulfill our requirements. While we have multiple sourcing options in almost every area of the 
Group, our key suppliers are important to us, and we have chosen them for their combination of quality, delivery 
performance and value for money. 

Responsible Business Ethics

Luxfer  is  committed  to  the  highest  standards  of  corporate  governance  and  business  ethics.  Our  Company’s 
ongoing success stems from our deeply engrained culture of ethics and integrity. Acting with integrity allows us 
to meet the high expectations of our customers, business partners, and the communities in which we operate, 
thus giving Luxfer a competitive advantage. 

Luxfer’s Board of Directors has adopted a Code of Ethics and Business Conduct, which is the designated code 
of ethics applicable to our Board, Executive Officers, employees and everyone conducting business on Luxfer’s 
behalf.  The  Code  of  Ethics  and  Business  Conduct  provides  a  guide  to  appropriate  business  conduct  and 
acceptable  behavior  for  persons  associated  with  Luxfer.  It  applies  to  financial  conduct,  and  relationships 
amongst  employees  and  our  relationships  with  our  customers  and  suppliers.  Compliance  with  the  Code  is  a 
condition of employment and doing business with Luxfer. Additionally, we have a comprehensive Whistleblowing 
Policy in place which prohibits retaliation against anyone who raises a business conduct concern in good faith or 
cooperates in a Company investigation. Employees are encouraged to report any suspected wrongdoing via our 
anonymous whistleblowing hotline which is available 24/7 and offers multi-lingual support for reporters in more 
than 170 languages.

Luxfer has a comprehensive compliance program in place to ensure our compliance with all laws and regulations 
in  various  jurisdictions  in  which  we  operate.  We  have  Company-wide  policies  which  are  reviewed  regularly  by 
senior management as well as policies that are specific to business unit. Further, Luxfer offers a comprehensive 
online  compliance  training  platform  to  employees.  The  training  platform  assigns  tailored  training  modules  to 
employees  based  on  their  role  and  area  of  responsibility  within  the  Company. A  number  of  these  courses  are 
considered mandatory compliance trainings for all employees. Each mandatory compliance training is configured 
to include the corresponding Company policy on the topic and require written attestation by each employee that 
they have read, understand, and agree to comply with each policy. Examples of recent training modules in 2020 
include ethics and integrity in the workplace, anti-bribery and anti-corruption, insider trading and dealing, global 
anti-trust  and  competition,  recognizing  conflicts  of  interest,  privacy  and  information  security,  cybersecurity,  and 
workplace harassment prevention.

Community Engagement

Luxfer  helps  build  sustainable  communities  through  investment  and  involvement  of  our  business,  sites,  and 
employees  worldwide.  We  leverage  our  skills  and  experience  to  make  a  difference  in  the  world  through 
community  activities,  donations  and  employee  engagement  initiatives  that  are  consistently  encouraged  and 
sponsored  by  our  Executive  Leadership  Team.  Among  others,  our  business  units  have  partnered  with  Air 
Ambulance  Charity,  American  Red  Cross,  Boys  and  Girls  Club  of  Cincinnati,  Feed  America,  the  Piedmont 
Rescue Mission, Pratham, United Way and the Veterans Food Bank of Calgary. We participate in annual blood 
drives, canned food drives, community clean-up events and holiday gift drives.

Our  Volunteer  Time  Off  program  was  rolled  out  to  US  employees  and  will  soon  be  extended  to  all  Luxfer 
employees.  Full-time  employees  can  volunteer  one  working  day  per  calendar  year  toward  a  non-profit  or 
charitable organization of their choice, and such day is considered paid time off. Further, Luxfer Gas Cylinders 
has teamed with United Way and implemented the Employee Fair Share Program. Employees are encouraged 
to  donate  1  hour  of  pay  per  month  to  United  Way  and,  in  exchange,  Luxfer  provides  the  participants  with  one 
additional  vacation  day,  a  “Fair  Share”  day,  to  be  taken  on  the  participant’s  birthday.  In  2020,  this  provided 
approximately $35,000 to United Way from our Riverside location through employee and Company contributions.

16

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

Our business units are committed to providing educational opportunities and work experience to students in our 
communities.  We  offer  a  number  of  internship  and  apprenticeship  opportunities  in  various  fields.  We  have 
developed a Science, Technology, Engineering and Mathematics (STEM) apprenticeship program to encourage 
students to pursue careers in the STEM fields. 

Section 172 statement

Luxfer’s Board of Directors is responsible for overseeing the Company’s long-term business strategy. Each year, 
management presents to the Board, and the Board discusses and approves detailed long-term strategic plans 
for the Company. In addition to the overall strategic plan for Luxfer, these discussions also include sessions on 
each business unit, portfolio management, growth and innovation, legal and compliance strategy and operations 
and  supply  chain  transformation.  The  Board  also  oversees  the  Company’s  approach  to  ESG  matters  and  the 
Company’s governance related policies and practices; our system of risk oversight and management; and how 
we advance environmental sustainability, health and safety in our business and operations. The Directors take 
their  responsibilities  under  Companies  Act  2006  seriously  and  consider  their  responsibilities  to  stakeholders 
when making decisions for the Group. The responsibilities under Section 172 are underpinned by our values of 
customer first, innovation, accountability, personal development and teamwork. 

Shareholder and public engagement are essential to maintaining our strong corporate governance practices. We 
value feedback and input from all our shareholders and respond to concerns identified during the engagement 
process.  Engaging  regularly  with  our  global  shareholders  helps  us  gain  valuable  insights  into  the  governance 
issues  about  which  they  care  most.  We  seek  a  collaborative  and  mutually  beneficial  approach  to  issues  of 
importance  to  shareholders  that  affect  our  business  and  to  assure  that  our  corporate  governance  practices 
remain industry-leading from their perspectives.

Further information regarding the role of the Board and how they have complied with the requirements of section 
172 are included in the Corporate Governance statement on pages 26 to 31.

17

  
LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

Principal Risks and Uncertainties

Internal Controls and Risk Management 

Luxfer  has  a  comprehensive,  enterprise-wide  risk  management  program  designed  to  assess,  monitor,  and 
mitigate risks that arise in the course of business. Consistent with our leadership structure, management has the 
day-to-day responsibility for assessing and managing the Company’s risk exposure, while the Board of Directors 
provides oversight in connection with those efforts. 

In  general,  the  Board  oversees  the  management  of  risks  in  the  operation  of  the  Company’s  business;  the 
implementation of its strategic plan; its acquisitions and divestitures; its capital structure, allocation and liquidity; 
its  risk  management  controls;  and  its  organizational  structure. The  Board  fulfills  its  risk  oversight  function  both 
directly and through delegation to the Board Committees. Each of our Board Committees has historically focused 
and continues to focus on specific risks within their respective areas of responsibility. The Board performs its risk 
oversight  role  in  several  ways.  Board  meetings  regularly  include  strategic  overviews  by  the  Chief  Executive 
Officer  and  Chief  Financial  Officer  that  describe  the  most  significant  issues  and  risks  affecting  the  Company. 
Additionally,  the  Board  is  regularly  provided  with  business  updates  from  our  business  unit  leaders,  General 
Counsel,  and  other  functional  leaders.  Reviewing  and  assessing  any  identified  risks  on  a  regular  basis,  the 
Board manages such risks in accordance with Luxfer’s Enterprise Risk Management process.

As  a  global,  multi-industrial  company,  Luxfer  faces  a  range  of  risks,  including  general  economic,  credit  and 
capital  market  conditions  risks,  regulatory  risks,  global  climate  change  risk,  and  several  other  risks,  which  are 
fully listed and explained in our annual Form 10-K filed with the SEC.

Internal Financial Controls

During  2020,  the  internal  audit  function  among  other  things,  continued  to  work  on  the  internal  controls  over 
financial reporting in accordance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. 

As  at  December  31,  2020,  the  Executive  Director  in  his  capacity  as  Chief  Executive  Officer  carried  out  an 
evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures under the 
supervision  and  the  participation  of  the  Executive  Leadership  Team,  responsible  for  the  management  of  the 
internal controls. In accordance with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and as included 
in  the  Form  10-K  filed  with  the  SEC,  management  conducted  an  evaluation  of  the  effectiveness  of  internal 
control  over  financial  reporting  based  on  the  Internal  Control  -  Integrated  Framework  (the  2013  Framework) 
issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organisations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this evaluation, 
management has concluded that internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2020.

Remediation of Prior Material Weakness - Implementation of new ERP system

As  previously  disclosed,  as  a  result  of  a  new  ERP  system  implementation  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  2019,  there 
were control deficiencies identified that led to a material weakness (as defined by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act) in our 
internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019. 

The  Company  did  not  maintain  effective  controls  over  certain  IT  general  controls  for  the  new  ERP  system. 
Specifically, the Company did not (a) adequately tailor privileged access to the financial application, programs, 
and  data  or  sufficiently  evidence  the  monitoring  of  such  access;  (b)  adequately  approve  exceptions  to 
segregation  of  duties  in  respect  of  the  ability  to  develop  and  implement  changes  to  the  IT  production 
environment;  and  (c)  ensure  that  it  appropriately  used  complete  and  accurate  information  in  performing 
monitoring and oversight controls. In addition, as a consequence of the implementation of the new ERP system, 
the Company did not design, implement and consistently operate effectively certain process-level controls in the 
fourth  quarter  in  respect  of  the  appropriate  recording,  accounting,  and  review  of  certain  transactions  and 
accounts;  and    ensure  the  completeness  and  accuracy  of  system-generated  information  used  in  performing 
certain IT-dependent manual controls.

In response, management has taken the following actions:

1.

2.

Implemented enhance controls to monitor and document privileged access to, and segregation of duties 
within the ERP system;
Implemented process improvements designed to ensure the completeness and accuracy of the system-
generated information used in performing IT-dependent manual controls; and

3. Updated the design of certain process-level controls in respect of the appropriate recording, accounting 

and review of transactions. 

Based on the testing performed, as of December 31, 2020, management has concluded that these controls are 
operating effectively and the material weakness has been remediated. 

18

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

Treasury and Financial Risk

The Group operates a central treasury function that controls all borrowing facilities, investment of surplus funds 
and management of financial risks.  The Group also has a number of financial risks.  The management of these 
financial  risks  and  mitigating  actions  are  explained  further  in  Note  29  of  the  Group  consolidated  financial 
statements.

We  set  out  in  the  tables  below  our  principal  risks  and  uncertainties  and  how  we  seek  to  mitigate  or  eliminate 
them.

Area of Risk

Dependency on certain key markets - The Group depends on 
certain end-markets, including automotive, self-contained breathing 
apparatus, aerospace and defence, medical and printing and paper. 
An economic downturn or regulatory changes in any of these end-
markets could reduce sales. To the extent that any of these cyclical 
end markets are in decline, at a low point in their economic cycle, or 
subject to regulatory change, sales and margins on those sales 
may be adversely affected. It is possible that all or most of these 
end markets could be in decline at the same time (e.g., during an 
economic downturn such as that caused by the current COVID-19 
pandemic). Any significant reduction in sales could have a material 
adverse impact on our results of operations, financial position and 
cash flows.
Effect of external factors due to the global nature of our 
business - Our global presence exposes us in the countries in 
which we operate to economic conditions, geopolitical risks, specific 
regulations and other external factors, which could affect our 
operations.  Following the U.K.'s exit from the European Union 
("EU") on January 31, 2020 a free trade agreement was reached 
between the U.K, and EU member states in December 2020, with 
new arrangements taking effect from January 1, 2021. The 
agreement allows for zero tariffs on goods moving between the UK 
and EU. However, the rules are complex and it is still possible that 
tariffs will apply, depending on the origin of components of any 
goods produced either in the UK or EU. There is also increased 
regulatory complexity and potential for disruption to the movement 
of raw materials and finished goods at the border. The impact of 
these changes will take time to be fully understood and may 
adversely affect our operations and financial results. 
Competition - Markets for many of the Group’s products are now 
increasingly global and highly competitive, especially in terms of 
quality, price and service.  The Group could lose market share as a 
result of these competitive pressures, which could negatively impact 
profit margins.  More generally, the Group may also face potential 
competition from manufacturers of products similar to the Group’s 
aluminum and magnesium-based products using other materials, 
such as steel, plastics or composite materials. 

Protection and development of intellectual property rights and 
changing industry requirements - As a result of the nature of the 
competition faced by the Group, its ability to remain profitable 
depends on its ability to protect intellectual property and to invest in 
research and development, which requires funding.

Mitigating Activity

The Group’s diverse product portfolio reduces the 
risk of any one adverse external economic factor 
impacting across all of these end-markets; 
however, a range of external factors could impact 
across the majority or all of the Group’s end-
markets. To further mitigate this risk, the Group 
continues to invest in research and development 
and to innovate, working closely with its 
customers, to develop next generation products in 
these end markets.

The Group’s diverse product portfolio and 
geographic spread reduces the risk of any one 
external factor impacting across all end-markets. 
The Group also closely monitors geopolitical and 
global economic developments in its markets and 
will be closely monitoring the free trade 
agreement between the UK and EU and will take 
action in response to future regulations regarding 
tariffs and the movement of raw materials and 
finished goods at the border. 

The Group continues to invest in new and better 
products and aims to focus its resources in 
speciality markets that need high-performance 
products and a reliable partner.

The Group seeks to protect its intellectual 
property through patents and by reducing the 
disclosure of commercially sensitive information.  
It also invests long-term in new products and 
manufacturing processes and maintains this 
investment through the business cycle.

Reliance on major customers - If the Group fails to maintain its 
relationships with its major customers, or fails to replace customers, 
or if there were reduced demand from such customers or for the 
products produced by such customers, it could reduce the Group’s 
sales and have an adverse effect on the Group’s financial position.  
The Group’s top 10 customers accounted for, in aggregate, 
approximately 35% of Group revenue in 2020.

Long-term relationships with customers are 
especially important, and the Group’s operations 
work closely with customers to ensure customer 
service is the best in the industry and aim to 
support our customers in their development of 
new products through our own product 
innovations and technical know-how.

19

Risks relating to interruption of operations - The Group’s 
production facilities are located worldwide.  Any of its facilities could 
suffer an interruption in production, either at separate times or at 
the same time, because of various unavoidable occurrences 
including major equipment failure.  Although the Group carries 
insurance, the cover on certain catastrophic events or natural 
disasters, including earthquakes and certain other events, could be 
limited.

Effect of international currency markets - Changes in foreign 
currency exchange rates or interest rates could cause sales to drop 
or costs to rise.  The Group conducts a large proportion of its 
commercial transactions, purchases of raw materials and sales of 
goods in various countries and regions outside of the U.K., 
including the U.S., continental Europe and Asia.  Changes in the 
relative values of currencies can decrease the profits of the 
Group’s operations through both the translation of profits into USD 
or on import and export transactions.
Exposure to fluctuations in raw material - The Group is exposed 
to fluctuations in costs of the raw materials and utilities that are 
used to manufacture its products and can incur unexpected cost 
changes.  The primary raw material used in the manufacturing of 
gas cylinders and superformed panels is aluminum, and though our 
operations use specialist alloys, their prices are pegged directly or 
indirectly to the quoted London Metal Exchange prices for primary 
aluminum.  This makes the costs subject to speculative commodity 
cost changes, as well as fundamental supply and demand cost 
pressures.  We have also experienced significant cost fluctuations 
in other raw material costs such as primary magnesium, carbon 
fibre, zircon sand and rare earths.  The Group’s operations also 
buy and sell goods in regional markets that may be protected by 
tariff barriers.  Changes in these tariffs could have an adverse 
impact on the profitability of the operations. 

Product liability and regulatory risks - The Group is exposed to 
possible claims for personal injury, fatality or property damage that 
could result from a failure of a product manufactured by the Group, 
or of a third party integrating a Group product.  Many factors 
beyond the Group’s control could lead to liability claims, which may 
in turn lead to product legal claims or disruption in sales to 
customers.  The Group could be required to pay a material amount 
if a claim is made against it that is not covered by insurance or 
otherwise subject to indemnification, or that exceeds the insurance 
coverage that the Group maintains.  Moreover, the Group does not 
routinely carry insurance to cover the expense of product recalls, 
and litigation involving significant product recalls or product liability 
could have a materially adverse effect on the Group’s financial 
position / performance.
Environmental costs and liabilities - The Group may be exposed 
to substantial environmental costs and liabilities, including liabilities 
associated with divested assets and prior activities performed on 
sites before we acquired an interest in them. Our operations, 
including the production and delivery of our products, are subject to 
a broad range of environmental laws and regulations in each of the 
jurisdictions in which we operates. An increase in environmental 
costs and liabilities could have a materially adverse effect on the 
Group in any given year, which could negatively affect the Group’s 
cash flows.

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

The Group performs routine maintenance on its 
production equipment on all its manufacturing 
sites. These maintenance programmes are 
carefully planned to keep all plants operating at a 
high level of efficiency, and to reduce the risk of 
breakdowns and failure of equipment. Health and 
Safety is also a major consideration in the 
operation of the Group manufacturing facilities 
and is carefully monitored. The Group carries 
comprehensive business interruption insurance.

The Group regularly enters into forward foreign 
currency exchange contracts to manage currency 
risks and a Treasury Committee, overseen by the 
Chief Financial Officer / Corporate Controller, 
monitors the implementation of the Group’s 
hedging policy.

In the long-term the Group has sought to recover 
the cost of increased commodity and utility costs 
through price increases and surcharges. Short 
term fluctuations in the price risk on aluminum 
are mitigated by agreeing fixed prices with the 
suppliers, along with the use of LME derivative 
contracts.

Increasingly, in recent years we have included in 
our sales agreements an ability to share cost 
increases with our customers.

The Group uses its operating and technical 
expertise to mitigate these risks, with a strong 
emphasis on high levels of product quality and 
rigorous testing, and by ensuring that products 
are designed to meet or exceed the regulatory 
design standards of the markets they serve. 

The Group has also obtained insurance coverage 
for most of these types of liabilities.

To mitigate this risk the Group seeks to operate 
best practice procedures in this area and is in the 
process of attaining the ISO 14001 qualification at 
all of its larger manufacturing sites. The bulk of 
the Group’s known environmental issues are 
legacy problems that arose many years ago.  
Management have a programme in place to 
progressively improve and eliminate these historic 
issues.

20

Risks relating to the Group’s retirement benefit plans - The 
Group operates defined benefit arrangements in the U.K and the 
U.S. These are further explained in Note 31 of the Group 
consolidated financial statements. Their funding requirements are 
subject to fluctuations in investment markets and changes in the life 
expectancy of members and, as a result, these plans have 
significant deficits.  Increased regulatory burdens have also proved 
to be a significant risk, with taxes such as the U.K.’s Pension 
Protection Fund Levy, which cost £0.4 million in 2020 (£0.4 million 
in 2019). Regulations in this area can also constrain the level of 
debt incurred and restrict the Group’s ability to pay dividends. 

Exposure to risks related to cybersecurity threats and 
incidents - In the conduct of its business, the Group collects, uses, 
transmits and stores data on information technology systems. This 
data includes confidential information belonging to us, our 
customers and other business partners, as well as personally 
identifiable information of individuals. We have experienced, and 
expect to continue to be subject to, cybersecurity threats and 
incidents, ranging from employee error or misuse to individual 
attempts to gain unauthorised access to information systems to 
sophisticated and targeted measures known as advanced 
persistent threats, none of which have materially affected the Group 
to date. We also rely in part on the reliability of certain tested third 
parties’ cybersecurity measures, including firewalls, virus solutions 
and backup solutions. Cybersecurity incidents may result in 
business disruption, the misappropriation, corruption or loss of 
confidential information and critical data (ours or that of third 
parties), reputational damage, regulatory fines, litigation with third 
parties, diminution in the value of our investment in research and 
development, data privacy issues and increased cybersecurity 
protection and remediation costs. Future cybersecurity breaches or 
incidents or further increases in cybersecurity protection costs may 
have a materially adverse effect on our business, financial condition 
or results of operations.

Our results of operations may continue to be negatively 
impacted by the coronavirus disease outbreak - In December 
2019, the novel coronavirus disease (COVID-19) surfaced in 
Wuhan, China. In March 2020, the World Health Organization 
characterized COVID-19 as a pandemic. The rapid spread of the 
pandemic and the continuously evolving responses to combat it 
have had an increasingly negative impact on the global economy, 
resulting in an economic downturn that could impact demand for our 
products and our ability to produce them. With many countries 
affected, there have been widespread disruptions from the 
temporary closure of third-party supplier and manufacturer facilities 
and interruptions in product supply. To date, the outbreak has 
resulted in a decline in revenues and profitability. While there have 
been some positive indicators such as a reduction of restrictive 
measures in many countries and the reopening of temporarily 
closed facilities, the future impact remains uncertain and cannot be 
predicted. There is no assurance that the pandemic will not have a 
material adverse impact on the future results of the Company. The 
extent of the impact will depend on future developments, including 
global and country-specific actions taken to contain the spread of 
COVID-19, such as the roll-out and efficacy of the vaccination 
program, as well as the ability of the global economy to recover 
from the adverse economic consequences. 

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

The Group and the Trustees of the plans closely 
monitor the financial performance of the 
Schemes, taking actuarial and investment advice 
as appropriate. These are long-term liabilities, 
and we have a programme in place to contribute 
cash to our defined benefit plans over a number 
of years based on affordability and varied 
according to our net earnings. Plans are funded 
and assets are invested in a combination of 
equities and fixed income securities.

The Group devotes significant resources to 
network security, data encryption and other 
measures to protect our systems and data from 
unauthorised access or misuse, including to meet 
certain information security standards that may be 
required by our customers, all of which increases 
cybersecurity protection costs. As these threats, 
and government and regulatory oversight of 
associated risks, continue to evolve, we may be 
required to expend additional resources to 
enhance or expand upon the security measures 
we currently maintain.

The Company continues to monitor the COVID-19 
situation closely, while simultaneously executing 
business continuity plans. These business 
continuity plans include, but are not limited to, (i) 
retooling operations to maintain social distance 
and maximize employee safety; (ii) increasing 
resources and efforts to satisfy demand from the 
most impactful parts of our business; (iii) 
expanding flexible work arrangements and 
policies, where practical, to maximize employee 
safety; (iv) increased monitoring of short-term 
cash flow, including measures to reduce costs 
and generate cash; and (v) providing regular 
updates to our shareholders, employees, 
customers, and suppliers in a transparent and 
timely manner.  

Despite the adverse macro trends, the Company 
has a strong balance sheet and access to an 
existing $150 million credit facility, of which only 
$4.1 million was drawn down at the end of the 
year following continued strong cash generation. 
Furthermore, as our net debt to EBITDA ratio has 
fallen to 1.0x at the end of 2020 (from 1.2x at the 
end of 2019), we have identified no issues in 
relation to financial covenants nor availability of 
funding for continued operations. 

21

Approval

The Strategic Report is set out on pages 3 to 21 and incorporates the sections titled Environment, Social and 
Governance ("ESG") Matters and Principal Risks and Uncertainties.

Signed on behalf of the Board by: 

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

A Maskara

CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

April 29, 2021

22

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

GOVERNANCE

The Board of Directors

In  2020,  Luxfer’s  Board  of  Directors  was  comprised  of  five  (5)  Non-Executive  Directors  including  the  Board 
Chair, and one (1) Executive Director. The maximum number of Directors permitted under the Articles is ten (10). 
The Directors have an interest in the shares of the Company as set out in the Remuneration Report on pages 37 
to 53.

Our Articles contain a provision requiring that one-third of the Directors retire by rotation each year. In line with 
best  practice,  the  Nominating  and  Governance  Committee  has  proposed,  and  the  Board  has  agreed,  that  all 
Directors should offer themselves for re-election at the 2021 Annual General Meeting (“AGM”).

The Directors of the Company who were in office during the year and up to the date of signing the financial 
statements were:

Name

Age Position

David F. Landless

61 Non-Executive Director (Chair)

Alok Maskara

50

Executive Director and Chief Executive Officer

Clive J. Snowdon

68 Non-Executive Director

Richard J. Hipple

68 Non-Executive Director

Allisha Elliott

50 Non-Executive Director 

Lisa G. Trimberger

60 Non-Executive Director

Biographical information concerning the current members of our Board of Directors is set forth below:

David F. Landless

David  Landless  was  appointed  a  Non-Executive  Director  in  March  2013.  Effective  May  16,  2019,  he  was 
appointed the Chair of the Board of Directors. Mr. Landless currently acts as a member of the Nominating and 
Governance Committee. Prior to his appointment as Board Chair, Mr. Landless served as the Audit Committee 
Chair from May 2015 through May 2019. Mr. Landless previously acted as a financial expert, as defined under 
the NYSE listing rules, on the Audit Committee from March 2013 through April 2020. He was also a member of 
the Remuneration Committee from January 2015 through November 2017.

Mr.  Landless  started  his  career  with  Bowater  Plc,  a  pulp,  paper,  and  related  products  manufacturer,  and 
Carrington  Viyella  Plc,  a  manufacturer  of  woven  textiles.  He  joined  the  fiber  and  chemical  manufacturer, 
Courtaulds  Plc,  in  1984.  Mr.  Landless  was  appointed  Finance  Director  in  several  U.K.  and  U.S.  divisions  of 
Courtaulds Plc from 1989 to 1997 and the Finance Director of Courtaulds Coatings (Holdings) Limited from 1997 
to 1999. In 1999, Mr. Landless was appointed Group Finance Director of Bodycote plc, the leading provider of 
heat treatment and specialist thermal processing services worldwide, and he held that position until he retired on 
January 1, 2017. He is a Non-Executive Director of Innospec, Inc., as well as Renold plc and European Metal 
Recycling  Limited.  He  chairs  the  Audit  Committees  at  Innospec  and  Renold.  Mr.  Landless  is  a  Chartered 
Management Accountant. He graduated from the University of Manchester Institute of Science and Technology.

Mr. Landless’ qualifications to be a member of our Board include his extensive experience in manufacturing and 
engineering businesses,  particularly as Group  Finance  Director of a global industrial business that operates in 
similar  markets  as  Luxfer.  In  addition,  he  has  a  strong  understanding  of  financial  controls  and  audit 
requirements.  He  also  brings  significant  experience  from  serving  on  the  boards  of  other  publicly-traded 
companies in both the U.S. and the U.K.

23

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

Alok Maskara

Alok Maskara was named Chief Executive Officer designate of Luxfer and appointed to the Board of Directors on 
May 23, 2017. He became Luxfer’s Chief Executive Officer on July 1, 2017. Since joining Luxfer, Mr. Maskara 
has led significant growth and transformation at the Company. He has significantly reshaped Luxfer’s Board of 
Directors by adding more U.S. public company experience and increased the Board’s diversity. Additionally, Mr. 
Maskara has changed the structure of the public listing and instituted new corporate governance policies, which 
enabled the Company to join the Russell 2000 index in 2019.

Mr.  Maskara  has  over  twenty-five  years  of  leadership  experience  in  multiple  manufacturing  and  technology 
industries,  including  advanced  materials,  water  and  flow  technologies,  and  electrical  protection.  Before  joining 
Luxfer, he was a business segment President at Pentair Plc, a water solutions company, for eight years, where 
he led businesses of progressively larger sizes. During his time at Pentair, he delivered organic growth in mature 
industries, while also successfully completing multiple global acquisitions, divestitures, and joint ventures. Prior 
to Pentair, Mr. Maskara was with General Electric Corporation, an industrial manufacturing company, where he 
gained significant experience in Lean Manufacturing through his leadership of an executive corporate initiative 
group focused on Lean. He subsequently led a stand-alone business unit in the water industry, which was later 
sold to Pentair. Mr. Maskara also worked at McKinsey & Company, a management consultant firm, in both their 
Chicago  and  Amsterdam  offices.  While  at  McKinsey,  he  advised  businesses  on  industrial  turnarounds  and 
driving growth through customer insights and segmentation.

Mr.  Maskara  is  a  co-author  of  nine  patents  in  advanced  materials.  He  holds  an  M.B.A.  from  the  J.L.  Kellogg 
Graduate  School  of  Management  at  Northwestern  University,  an  M.S.  in  Chemical  Engineering  from  the 
University  of  New  Mexico,  and  a  Bachelor  of  Technology  degree  in  Chemical  Engineering  from  the  Indian 
Institute of Technology, Mumbai.

Mr. Maskara’s qualifications to be a member of our Board include his extensive leadership experience in global 
industrial manufacturing businesses, his value-enhancing growth and acquisition experience, his educational 
background, and his knowledge of advanced materials.

Clive J. Snowdon

Clive  Snowdon  was  appointed  a  Non-Executive  Director  in  July  2016.  Effective April  2020,  he  was  appointed 
Chair  of  the  Nominating  and  Governance  Committee,  which  he  joined  upon  his  appointment  to  the  Board  in 
2016. Mr. Snowdon previously served as Chair of the Nominating and Governance Committee from December 
2017 through May 2019. He also currently acts as a financial expert, as defined by the NYSE listing rules, on the 
Audit Committee, which he joined in August 2016 and upon which he served as Chair from May 2019 through 
April  2020.  Additionally,  Mr.  Snowdon  was  a  member  of  the  Remuneration  Committee  from  2016  through 
January 30, 2017.

Mr. Snowdon served as Chairman of the Midlands Aerospace Alliance, an association supporting the aerospace 
industry across the Midlands region of England, from 2007 through 2016. He currently serves as a Trustee of the 
Stratford Town Trust and is also the Aerospace Industry Advisor to Cooper Parry Corporate Finance, a corporate 
finance  advisory.  In  May  2016,  Mr.  Snowdon  stepped  down  from  the  Board  of  Hill  &  Smith  Holdings  PLC,  an 
international group of companies operating within the infrastructure and galvanizing markets, where he had been 
a Senior Non-Executive Director since May 2007, the Chair of the Remuneration Committee, and a member of 
the Audit and Nominating and Governance Committees.

In June 2011, Mr. Snowdon retired from Umeco PLC, a provider of advanced composite materials, after serving 
as Chief Executive since April 1997. Further, Mr. Snowdon was the Executive Chairman of Shimtech Industries 
Group Limited until the sale of the business in May 2015. From 1992 to 1997, Mr. Snowdon served as Managing 
Director of Burnfield PLC, after being promoted to that position from Finance Director. He has also held senior 
positions with Vickers PLC, BTR PLC, and Hawker Siddeley Group. Mr. Snowdon is a Chartered Accountant. He 
received his Bachelor of Arts degree in Economics from the University of Leeds.

Mr. Snowdon’s qualification to be a member of our Board include his experience as a former Chief Executive of a 
U.K. public company, his strong understanding of U.K. PLC requirements, his significant experience in mergers 
and acquisitions, and his skill in interacting with investors.

24

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

Richard J. Hipple  

Richard Hipple was appointed a Non-Executive Director in November 2018, at which time he was also appointed 
the Chair of the Remuneration Committee and a member of the Audit Committee.

Mr.  Hipple  served  as  the  Chairman  and  Chief  Executive  Officer  of  Materion  Corporation,  a  producer  of  high-
performance  advanced  engineered  materials,  from  2006  until  his  retirement  in  2017,  as  well  as  President  and 
Chief  Operating  Officer  from  2005  to  2006.  Prior  to  that,  Mr.  Hipple  worked  in  the  steel  industry  for  twenty-six 
years  in  a  number  of  capacities,  including  project  engineering,  strategic  planning,  supply  chain  management, 
operations, sales and marketing, and executive management. Mr. Hipple has served as a Director of KeyCorp, a 
bank-based  financial  services  company,  since  2012  and  is  Chair  of  the Audit  Committee  and  member  of  the 
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. Since 2017, he has also served as a Director of the Barnes 
Group,  a  global  industrial  manufacturing  company,  and  is  a  member  of  the  Compensation  and  Corporate 
Governance  Committees.  From  2007  through  2018,  Mr.  Hipple  served  on  the  Board  of  Ferro  Corporation,  a 
leading supplier of technology-based functional coatings and color solutions. Mr. Hipple is Chair Emeritus and a 
Trustee of the Cleveland Institute of Music and has served as a Director of the Greater Cleveland Partnership, as 
well  as  the  Manufacturers  Alliance  for  Productivity  and  Innovation.  Mr.  Hipple  received  his  Bachelor  of 
Engineering degree from Drexel University.

Mr.  Hipple’s  qualifications  to  be  a  member  of  our  Board  include  his  extensive  executive  management  and 
leadership experience with a global manufacturer of high-performance engineered materials, his experience in 
business  development  and  strategic  transformation,  and  his  broad  involvement  in  both  domestic  and 
international acquisitions. He also brings experience serving on the boards of other publicly traded companies.

Allisha Elliott 

Allisha Elliott was appointed a Non-Executive Director in March 2019, at which time she joined the Remuneration 
Committee  and  the  Nominating  and  Governance  Committee.  Ms.  Elliott  previously  served  as  Chair  of  the 
Nominating and Governance Committee from May 2019 through April 2020.

Ms.  Elliott  currently  serves  as  Chief  Human  Resources  Officer  at  Bose  Corporation,  a  global  consumer 
electronics  company.  Prior  to  Bose,  Ms.  Elliott  was  the  Chief  Human  Resources  Officer  and  Senior  Vice 
President for Human Resources and Communications at Sensata Technologies, Inc., a global leader in providing 
sensor-rich  solutions.  Prior  to  joining  Sensata  Technologies,  Ms.  Elliott  served  in  several  human  resource 
leadership  roles  in  the  global  manufacturing  industry,  culminating  as  Vice  President  of  Human  Resources  and 
Communications for Transportation Systems at Honeywell International Inc.

Ms.  Elliott  received  her  Master  of  Labor  and  Human  Resources  degree  from  the  University  of  Illinois  Urbana-
Champaign and her Bachelor of Arts degree in Sociology from Purdue University.

Ms. Elliott’s qualifications to be a member of our Board include her significant experience in Human Resources, 
particularly  in  relation  to  public  and  industrial  companies,  including  her  extensive  knowledge  in  talent 
development, succession planning, and executive compensation.

Lisa G. Trimberger 

Lisa  Trimberger  was  appointed  a  Non-Executive  Director  in  September  2019,  at  which  time  she  joined  the 
Remuneration Committee and the Audit Committee. Effective April 2020, Ms. Trimberger was appointed Chair of 
the Audit Committee, upon which she acts as a financial expert, as defined by the NYSE listing rules. 

Ms. Trimberger retired as an Audit Partner of Deloitte & Touche LLP, a Big Four accounting firm, in 2014 after 
spending thirty-one years with the firm. As a lead Client Service Partner, Ms. Trimberger audited and interacted 
with the management and boards of publicly-traded companies. She worked on significant transactions, as well 
as  control  and  risk-assessment  issues.  Additionally,  she  was  actively  involved  in  the  firm’s  quality  review 
practice,  serving  as  a  Deputy  Professional  Practice  Partner  and  Engagement  Quality  Control  Review  Partner. 
During her tenure with Deloitte, Ms. Trimberger also served as Co-Chair of the firm’s Nominating Committee and 
was leader of the firm’s National Women’s Initiative for the development and retention of women professionals. 
Currently, Ms. Trimberger is a principal and owner of a private investment company, Mack Capital Investments 
LLC. She is also a trustee of the Board and Chair of the Audit Committee and member of the Nominating and 
Governance Committee of Corporate Office Properties Trust, an investment trust. 

Ms. Trimberger is a Certified Public Accountant. She received a Bachelor of Science degree in Accounting from 
St.  Cloud  State  University.  Ms.  Trimberger  is  a  member  of  the  National  Association  of  Corporate  Directors 
(“NACD”), as well as the National Association of Real Estate Investment Trusts. Further, she is a NACD Board 
Leadership Fellow and earned the CERT Certificate in Cybersecurity Oversight, as developed by NACD, Ridge 
Global, and Carnegie Mellon University’s CERT division. Ms. Trimberger also completed the Women’s Director 
Development Executive Program at J.L. Kellogg School of Management at Northwestern University.

Ms. Trimberger’s qualifications to be a member of our Board include her experience as an Audit Partner in a big 
four accounting firm, as well as her significant experience as a financial expert in areas including financial and 
audit oversight, public board experience, corporate governance, and risk management.

25

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

Corporate Governance

Strong  corporate  governance  practices  serve  the  long-term  interest  of  our  stakeholders,  strengthen  the  Board 
and management, and further enhance the public trust Luxfer has earned from operating with uncompromising 
ethics and integrity. Luxfer is fully committed to operating in a legal, ethical, and sustainable manner in all that we 
do. 

Overview

Luxfer’s  corporate  governance  principles  govern  how  we  do  business  daily,  enabling  us  to  outperform  and 
provide  sustainable  growth.  They  provide  a  framework  that  defines  the  roles,  rights  and  responsibilities  of 
various groups withing the Company. The Board has adopted a set of Corporate Governance Guidelines which 
provide  the  framework  for  the  effective  and  ethical  governance  of  the  Company.  These  guidelines  address 
matters such as the respective roles and responsibilities of the Board and Committees, director independence, 
conflicts of interest and membership criteria. The Corporate Governance Guidelines, the Company’s Articles of 
Association (the “Articles”), Charters of the Board Committees, Reservation of Powers, and the Code of Ethics 
and  Business  Conduct,  as  well  as  national  regulations  such  as  the  Companies Act  of  2006  (“Companies Act”) 
provide the structure for the governance of the Company. 

The Company is incorporated in England and Wales and has a single listing of ordinary shares on the New York 
Stock  Exchange  (“NYSE”). Accordingly,  our  corporate  governance  is  also  informed  by  the  relevant  aspects  of 
two regulatory regimes, the U.K. and the U.S. For example, as a company listed on the NYSE we are considered 
a “quoted company” for the purposes of the Companies Act. Therefore, we are required to comply with quoted 
companies’  requirements  such  as  the  way  we  report  on  remuneration,  which  includes  an  annual  advisory 
shareholder vote on director remuneration and a binding shareholder vote every three years. Luxfer is not listed 
on  the  London  Stock  Exchange. As  such,  we  are  not  required  to  comply  with  the  U.K.  Corporate  Governance 
Code.  Nonetheless,  we  embrace  aspects  of  this  Code  insofar  as  appropriate,  relevant  and  practical  to  a 
company the size and status as Luxfer. 

In July 2018, the Company informed the NYSE of its loss of Foreign Private Issuer (FPI) status and our intention 
to  transition  to  a  domestic  issuer  effective  January  1,  2019.  From  this  date,  the  Company  has  operated  in  full 
compliance with the requirements for domestic issuer pursuant to the Exchange Act of 1934, as amended and 
the  NYSE’s  Manual.  Through  the  increased  transparency  of  financial  information  and  higher  corporate 
governance  standards  associated  with  domestic  issuer  status,  we  made  it  possible  for  Luxfer  shares  to  be 
included in the Russell 3000 index. Inclusion in the index has attracted new, high-quality shareholders, while also 
allowing the orderly exit of some legacy debt holders. Additionally, we enhanced our Board of Directors which is 
now comprised of a greater range of tenure, diversity and public company experience, thus facilitating effective 
oversight and a better balance between historical experience and fresh perspectives. 

We are also required to comply with certain provisions under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, including Section 404(a), 
which  requires  that  the  management  of  public  companies  assess  the  effectiveness  of  the  internal  control  of 
issuers for financial reporting. Such evaluation must be based on a suitable, recognized control framework such 
as  that  which  was  established  in  Internal  Control  Integrated  Framework  (2013)  issued  by  the  Committee  of 
Sponsoring  Organisations  of  the  Treadway  Commission  (the  “COSO  Framework”).  We  have  updated  our 
framework for the evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting in accordance 
with the COSO Framework of 2013.

In  developing  corporate  governance  practices  for  the  Group,  the  Directors  have  taken  note  of  all  the 
aforementioned regulatory requirements, including those required under the Companies Act, as well as reflecting 
best practice as the Directors consider appropriate.

26

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

Board Responsibilities and Leadership Structure

The  Board  has  responsibility  for  the  overall  leadership  of  the  Company,  its  long-term  success  and  helping  to 
develop  and  approve  its  strategic  aims. The  Directors  have  determined  a  schedule  of  matters  reserved  to  the 
Board. Reserved matters are comprehensive and reviewed as the Board considers appropriate, normally once 
annually.  A review was undertaken during the year, following a comprehensive review taking into consideration 
the transition to a domestic issuer. Matters reserved to the Board are set out in the Governance section of the 
Company’s website.

The Board believes it is important to maintain the flexibility to choose the leadership structure that is best able to 
meet  the  needs  of  Luxfer  and  its  shareholders,  based  on  the  circumstances  that  exist  at  the  time  and  the 
qualifications  of  the  available  individuals.  Due  to  the  relatively  small  size  of  the  Board,  the  Directors  have 
determined it to be unnecessary to appoint a Senior Independent Director. Further, we currently do not have a 
policy  requiring  the  positions  of  Board  Chair  and  Chief  Executive  Officer  to  be  held  by  different  persons. 
However, these two positions have historically been separate, and are expected to remain separate. The Board 
believes this structure is advantageous. Specifically,  separating the positions provides the appropriate balance 
between  strategy  and  development  and  oversight  of  management,  while  also  allowing  the  CEO  to  focus 
attention on driving business performance rather than Board governance. Additionally, this structure is consistent 
with  corporate  best  practices,  the  Institutional  Shareholder  Services’  recommendation,  the  views  of  Luxfer’s 
shareholders, and the U.K. Corporate Governance Code. 

David Landless currently serves as the Chair of Luxfer’s Board of Directors. He is a Non-Executive Director and 
considered independent under the NYSE listing standards. Luxfer believes that David Landless’ service as the 
Chair is appropriate because he has extensive experience serving on the boards of public companies, as well as 
knowledge  of  Luxfer  and  the  manufacturing  and  engineering  industries  in  general.  The  responsibilities  of  the 
independent Board Chair include, among other things:

•
•

•

•
•

•

•

•

Leading the Board, including the oversight and coordination of the Board’s and its Committees’ work;
Serving  as  a  liaison  between  the  CEO,  other  members  of  senior  management,  the  Non-Executive 
Directors, and the Committee Chairs;
Presiding at all meetings of the Board, including executive sessions of the independent, Non-Executive 
Directors;
Presiding at all meetings of the shareholders;
Setting the Board’s  meeting agendas and ensuring there is sufficient time for discussion of all agenda 
items;
Recommending to the Board agendas for shareholder meetings and providing guidance to the Board on 
positions the Board should take on issues to come before shareholder meetings;
Participating in discussions with the Nominating and Governance Committee on matters related to Board 
and Committee organization, composition, membership terms, and meeting structure;
Participating  in  discussions  with  the  Nominating  and  Governance  Committee  and  Remuneration 
Committee  on  matters  related  to  the  hiring,  evaluation,  and  compensation  of,  and  the  succession 
planning for, the CEO, the Executive Officers, and Directors; and, 

• Maintaining dialogue and canvassing opinions of the Non-Executive Directors in absence of the 

Executive Director.

Board and Committee Self-Assessments

Annual self-assessments and evaluation of Board performance helps ensure that the Board and its Committees 
function effectively and in the best interest of our shareholders. The Nominating and Governance Committee is 
Responsible  for  Directors  and  each  Committee.  The  assessment  process  consists  of  a  written  evaluation 
comprising both quantitative scoring and narrative comments on a range of topics, including the composition and 
structure of the Board of Directors, the type and frequency of communications and the information provided to 
the  Board  and  its  Committees,  the  Board’s  effectiveness  in  carrying  out  its  functions  and  responsibilities,  the 
effectiveness of the Committee structure, Director’s preparation and participation in the meetings, and the values 
and culture displayed by the Directors. With the assistance of the Company Secretary, the evaluation responses 
are  compiled  by  the  Chair  of  the  Nominating  and  Governance  Committee.  The  Nominating  and  Governance 
Committee Chair leads a discussion of the assessment results at the following Board meeting. In addition to this 
annual  self-assessment,  verbal  assessments  are  conducted  in  independent  executive  sessions  at  the  end  of 
every Board and Committee meeting.

27

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

Board Education, Information and Support

Board education is an ongoing, year-round process, which begins a Director joins our Board. Within one (1) year 
of  joining  our  Board,  new  Directors  are  provided  with  an  orientation  to  our  Company,  including  our  business, 
strategy  and  governance.  On  an  ongoing  basis,  Directors  receive  educational  presentations  on  a  variety  of 
topics  related  to  their  responsibilities  as  Directors  and  the  industries  in  which  Luxfer  operates.  These 
presentations are provided by our senior management team and/or external advisors. In 2020, topics for Board 
education included ESG matters, Luxfer values and culture, anti-corruption, anti-bribery, anti-trust, global insider 
dealing,  changes  in  the  small-cap  equity  investment  landscape,  and  the  impact  of  COVID-19  on  valuation, 
corporate financing and diversity.

The  Company  Secretary  and  General  Counsel  as  well  as  external  counsel  when  appropriate  and  necessary, 
provide updates to the Board on legal and regulatory issues nature of which it and the individual Directors should 
be aware to refresh their skills and knowledge. There is a culture of information exchange on various matters of 
interest  to  the  Group  and  its  operations  between  Directors  and  senior  managers  to  keep  Directors  abreast  of 
relevant developments. 

The  Board  receives  both  financial  and  operational  information  to  assist  it  in  carrying  out  its  duties.  The  Chief 
Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer provide regular reports to the Board regarding relevant aspects 
of the business. These reports are further detailed at scheduled Board meetings as appropriate. Additional topics 
for review and discussion are added to these reports from time to time at the request of the Directors. In addition, 
specific items are scheduled into the Board agenda for report and review on a regular basis, such as health and 
safety and environmental matters and current topical issues. The Board evaluates this information and support 
procedures periodically to ensure that topics remain appropriate.

Board Meetings and Committees

The  Board  has  three  standing  committees  comprised  solely  of  independent  Directors:  the  Nominating  and 
Governance  Committee,  the  Remuneration  Committee,  and  the  Audit  Committee.  The  Company  Secretary 
distributes  Board  and  Committee  agendas  and  materials  to  the  Board  and  Committees  seven  days  before  a 
scheduled  meeting.  The  independent  Directors  generally  meet  in  executive  session  without  management 
present at each meeting. 

8 MEETINGS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS IN 2020
(1 physical meeting; 7 video teleconference meetings)

3 - Meetings of the Nominating and 
Governance Committee

4 - Meetings of the Remuneration 
Committee

7 - Meetings of the Audit 
Committee

The  Board  held  eight  (8)  meetings  in  2020,  two  of  which  were  video  teleconference  meetings  related  to  the 
COVID-19  pandemic.  The  first  and  only  in-person  meeting  occurred  in  early  March  2020,  prior  to  the 
implementation of widespread lockdowns due to COVID-19. The remaining seven meetings occurred virtually via 
video  teleconference.  Directors  are  expected  to  attend  all  scheduled  meetings  of  the  Board  of  Directors,  the 
meetings  of  the  Committees  on  which  they  serve,  and  all  shareholder  meetings.  In  each  regularly  scheduled 
meeting, the independent Directors also met in executive session, without the Chief Executive Officer or other 
members of management present. 

All  Directors  attended  all  eight  general  Board  meetings  in  2020.  During  the  period  in  which  they  served,  all 
members of each Board Committee were present at every Committee meeting held in 2020.

We  expect  our  Directors  to  attend  our Annual  General  Meetings. All  the  Directors  who  were  appointed  for  the 
2020 term attended the 2020 Annual General Meeting.

Prior to COVID, the Board normally held a majority of their physical meetings at the Group’s operational plants, 
as  part  of  their  monitoring  role  and  to  ensure  a  better  understanding  of  the  Group’s  operations.  At  these 
meetings, the Board tours the plant and has an opportunity to meet local and divisional management on both a 
formal and informal basis and discuss the progress of their operations with them. In addition to meetings held at 
Luxfer’s sites, the Non-Executive Directors may independently visit operational sites to enhance their knowledge 
of  the  individual  businesses  that  make  up  the  Group.  The  Executive  Director  has  regular  business  reviews  at 
operational sites throughout the year, and any appropriate information gathered on those visits will be reported to 
the  Board.  We  hope  to  return  to  physical  meetings  as  soon  as  reasonably  practical  as  the  situation  with  the 
COVID-19 pandemic allows.

28

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

Nominating and Governance Committee

Role: The Nominating and Governance Committee advises the Board on matters relating to Board governance, 
structure, and composition. Responsibilities of the Nominating and Governance Committee include, among other 
things,  establishing  criteria  for  Director  candidates  and  identifying  individuals  for  nomination  to  become 
Directors,  including  engaging  advisors  to  assist  in  the  search  process  where  appropriate,  and  considering 
potential candidates recommended by shareholders; developing plans and making recommendations in relation 
to  the  organization,  composition,  membership  terms,  and  meeting  structure  of  the  Board  and  its  Committees; 
recommending  a  succession  plan  to  the  Board  and  review  management’s  succession  plan;  administering  the 
self-assessment  of  the  Board  and  its  Committees;  overseeing  Luxfer’s  corporate  governance  structure  and 
practices; and overseeing and recommending to the Board of Directors changes to our Corporate Governance 
Guidelines, Committee Charters, and other governing instruments. 

A  full  description  of  the  Committee’s  roles  is  set  forth  in  the  Nominating  and  Governance  Committee  Charter, 
available at https://www.luxfer.com/ under the “Investors” tab.

Members:  Clive  Snowdon  (Chair  as  of  April  2020),  Allisha  Elliott  (Chair  through  March  2020),  and  David 
Landless.

All  members  of  the  Nominating  and  Governance  Committee  have  been  determined  to  be  independent  under 
SEC and NYSE rules.

Remuneration Committee

Role:  The  Remuneration  Committee  sets  and  administers  the  policies  that  govern  executive  and  senior 
management  compensation.  Responsibilities  of  the  Remuneration  Committee  include,  among  other  things, 
evaluating  Executive  Officer  and  senior  management  performance;  establishing  and  administering  executive 
compensation;  reviewing  and  approving  the  Executive  Compensation  Discussion  and Analysis  including  in  our 
annual  Proxy  Statement;  Recommending  actions  regarding  the  Chief  Executive  Officer’s  compensation  for 
approval by the Non-Executive Directors of our Board; and approving the individual compensation actions for all 
Executive  Officers  other  than  the  CEO.  To  assist  the  Remuneration  Committee  in  its  review  of  executive  and 
director  compensation  programs,  Meridian  Compensation  Partners  LLC  (“Meridian”),  a  human  resource 
consulting  firm,  provides  advice,  data,  and  insight.  Meridian  was  retained  by  the  Remuneration  Committee  in 
2020 and provides advice at times the Remuneration Committee deems appropriate. Any other work undertaken 
by Meridian for the Company must be approved by the Remuneration Committee. The Remuneration Committee 
has conducted an assessment of the independence of Meridian and has determined that Meridian does not have 
any conflict of interest. Aside from the data provided by Meridian, the Committee also considers other sources to 
evaluate external market, industry and peer company practices in its review of our compensation programs. 

A  full  description  of  the  Committee’s  roles  is  set  forth  in  the  Remuneration  Committee  Charter,  available  at 
https://www.luxfer.com/ under the “Investors” tab.

Members: Richard Hipple (Chair as of November 2018), Allisha Elliott (beginning March 2019 upon appointment 
to the Board), Lisa Trimberger (beginning September 2019 upon appointment to the Board). 

All members of the Remuneration Committee have been determined to be independent under SEC and NYSE 
rules.

Report: The Director’s Remuneration Report appears in the Remuneration Report on pages 37 to 53. 

Audit Committee

Role:  The Audit  Committee  advises  the  Board  on  financial  matters  and  oversees  the  Company’s  accounting, 
financial reporting, and internal control policies and procedures. Responsibilities of the Audit Committee include, 
among other things, overseeing financial reporting, controls, and audit quality and performance; monitoring and 
overseeing the independence and performance of our Independent Auditors, with responsibility for the selection, 
evaluation, remuneration, and, if applicable, discharge of such Independent Auditors; approving, in advance, all 
of  the  audit  and  non-audit  services  provided  to  the  Company  by  the  Independent  Auditors;  facilitating  open 
communication among our Board, senior management, internal audit, and the Independent Auditors; reviewing 
internal  audit  work,  the  system  of  internal  controls  and  monitoring  implementation  of  internal  controls  over 
financial  reporting  pursuant  to  Section  404  of  the  Sarbanes-Oxley Act  and  the  progress  of  the  update  to  the 
internal controls over financial reporting framework to reflect the 2013 COSO framework throughout the Group; 
overseeing our enterprise risk management and compliance programs; overseeing financial strategy, investment 
policies,  and  financial  performance  of  invested  assets;  reviewing  the  Company’s  annual  SEC  filing,  statutory 
report and consolidated financial statements and the quarterly financial releases made by the Company; 

A  further  description  of  the  Committee’s  roles  is  set  forth  in  the Audit  Committee  Charter,  available  at  https://
www.luxfer.com/  under  the  “Investors”  tab.  The Audit  Committee  Charter  were  reviewed  and  approved  by  the 
Committee in 2020.

29

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

Members:  Lisa Trimberger  (Chair  as  of April  2020),  Clive  Snowdon  (Chair  through  March  2020),  and  Richard 
Hipple.

All members of the Audit Committee have been determined to be independent under Section 303A.02 of NYSE 
Rules and Rules 10A-3 under the Exchange Act. 

Financial Experts: The Board considers that each member of the Audit Committee have appropriate financial 
experience  to  enable  them  to  contribute  to  the Audit  Committee’s  work.  The  Board  has  determined  that  Lisa 
Trimberger, Clive Snowdon and Richard Hipple are all financially literate under NYSE Rules and qualify as “audit 
committee financial experts” under SEC standards.  

Report:  The  Directors  are  responsible  for  preparing  the  financial  statements  to  satisfy  U.K.  law.  This 
responsibility is explained further in the Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities on page 54 and the Independent 
Auditors’ Report on pages 55 to 62.

Meetings: Prior to the commencement of the financial year, the Committee establishes a schedule of meetings 
to coincide with key events in the Company’s financial reporting and audit cycle to ensure that it has sufficient 
time to fulfil its responsibilities. Agendas and appropriate documentation are provided to the Committee by the 
Company Secretary. The Chief Financial Officer and the Chief Executive Officer may attend Committee meetings 
as  required. The  Chair  of  the Audit  Committee  consults  with  external  auditors  as  necessary  in  preparation  for 
Committee meetings and may invite the external auditor to attend a meeting of the Audit Committee if required. 

The Audit Committee has adopted and implemented a ‘Policy on the Provision of Audit and Non-Audit Services 
by  Auditors’  (the  “Pre-approval  Policy”)  to  comply  with  auditor  independence  requirements  contained  in  Rule 
2-01  of  Regulation  S-X  under  the  Exchange Act.    The  policy  requires  the Audit  Committee  to  pre-approve  all 
matters  upon  which  the  Company’s  external  auditors  are  requested  to  advise  (audit  and  non-audit  work), 
including fees, subject to certain pre-approvals made annually by the Audit Committee.  A pre-approved sum to 
be  spent  on  audit  and  tax  matters  is  delegated  to  the  Chief  Financial  Officer  and  there  is  a  procedure  for 
approval of urgent items by the Chair between meetings. The policy also affirmatively prescribes the Company’s 
external auditors from advising on certain matters.

Conflicts of Interest

Luxfer’s  Code  of  Ethics  and  Business  Conduct  and  Corporate  Governance  Guidelines  address  conflicts  of 
interest.  As  provided  in  the  Code  of  Ethics  and  Business  Conduct,  a  “conflict  of  interest”  occurs  when  an 
individual’s  private  interest  (or  the  interest  of  a  member  of  his  or  her  family)  interferes,  or  even  appears  to 
interfere, with the interests of Luxfer. A conflict of interest can arise when an employee, Officer, or Director (or a 
member of his or her family) takes actions or has interests that may make it difficult to perform his or her work for 
Luxfer  objectively  and  effectively.  Conflicts  of  interest  also  arise  when  an  employee,  Officer,  or  Director  (or  a 
member of his or her family) receives improper personal benefits as a result of his or her position in Luxfer. The 
Company  periodically,  but  no  less  frequently  than  annually,  solicits  information  from  Directors  and  Executive 
Officers in order to monitor potential conflicts of interest. Directors and Executive Officers are expected to always 
be  mindful  of  their  fiduciary  obligations  to  the  Company,  and  they  must  seek  determinations  and  prior 
authorizations or approval of potential conflicts of interest exclusively from the Audit Committee.

In 2020, there were no conflicts of interest.

Related-Party Transactions

In addition to the standards set forth in our Corporate Governance Guidelines, Luxfer has established a Related-
Party Transactions Policy. As defined in the Policy, a “Related Person” is any (i) person who is or was (since the 
beginning of the last fiscal year for which Luxfer has filed a Form 10-K and Proxy Statement, even if they do not 
presently  serve  in  that  role)  an  Executive  Officer,  Director,  or  nominee  for  election  as  a  Director  of  Luxfer,  (ii) 
person who is the beneficial owner of greater than 5% of Luxfer’s outstanding ordinary shares, or (iii) Immediate 
Family Member of any of the foregoing. “Immediate Family Member” is defined as “any child, stepchild, parent, 
stepparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, sister-in-law, 
or any person (other than a tenant or employee) sharing the household of a person.”

In  accordance  with  the  Related-Party  Transactions  Policy,  the  Audit  Committee  must  review  all  “Interested 
Transactions.”  An  “Interested  Transaction”  is  any  transaction,  arrangement,  or  relationship,  or  any  series  of 
similar transactions, arrangements, or relationships (including any indebtedness or guarantee of indebtedness), 
in  which  (i)  the  aggregate  amount  involved  will  or  may  be  expected  to  exceed  $120,000  in  any  fiscal  year,  (ii) 
Luxfer is a participant, and (iii) any Related Person has or will have a direct or indirect material interest (other 
than solely as a result of being a Director or trustee (or any similar position) or a less than 10% beneficial owner 
of another entity).

In  considering  whether  to  approve  an  Interested  Transaction,  the Audit  Committee  takes  into  account,  among 
other factors it deems appropriate, whether the Interested Transaction is on terms no less favorable than terms 
generally available to an unaffiliated third-party under the same or similar circumstances and the extent of the 
Related Person’s interest in the arrangement.

In 2020, there were no related party transactions.

30

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

Security Ownership

Various  Luxfer  policies  address  security  ownership,  including  the  Insider  Trading  and  Dealing  Policy  and  the 
Stock  Ownership  Guidelines.  Particularly,  Luxfer's  Insider  Trading  and  Dealing  Policy  prohibits  a  number  of 
transactions by “Covered Persons.” “Covered Persons” include Directors, Executive Officers, and various Luxfer 
employees and consultants in corporate, finance, IT, and investor relations roles. Specifically, the Policy prohibits 
the  following  in  relation  to  Company  securities:  short-term  trading,  short  sales,  options  trading,  trading  on 
margin,  and  hedging.  All  Covered  Persons  –  including  family  members  of  Covered  Persons,  members  of  a 
Covered  Person's  household,  and  entities  controlled  by  Covered  Persons  –  are  expected  to  comply  with  the 
Insider Trading and Dealing Policy, as well as applicable securities laws and regulations.

Further, Luxfer has established Stock Ownership Guidelines, which apply to all Non-Executive Directors, Named 
Executive  Officers,  and  any  other  key  employees  that  the  Remuneration  Committee  may  identify  from  time  to 
time  in  consultation  with  management.  The  Company’s  Articles  of  Association  does  not  currently  require 
Directors to hold a minimum number of shares in the Company in order to qualify for appointment to the Board of 
Directors;  however,  the  Stock  Ownership  Guidelines  provide  the  Company's  expectations  as  to  best  practice. 
The  Stock  Ownership  Guidelines  provide  expectations  as  to  the  minimum  amount  of  shares  such  persons 
should own in the Company. These minimum amounts are based on the total value of the shares owned by a 
person  being  equal  to  a  certain  multiple  of  such  person’s  annual  base  salary  or  retainer  fee. Additionally,  the 
Stock Ownership Guidelines include share retention ratios to assist in a person's continuous progress toward his 
or  her  respective  ownership  guideline.  Named  Executive  Officers  and  Directors  are  expected  to  achieve  the 
minimum ownership guidelines within five years of the effective date of the Stock Ownership Guidelines or his or 
her appointment or election, whichever occurs later.

Anti-Bribery and Anti-Corruption

The Code of Ethics and Business Conduct requires compliance with all applicable anti-bribery laws, including the 
U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, the U.K. Bribery Act, and local laws where Luxfer conducts business. This 
requirement applies to Luxfer’s Directors, Executive Officers, employees and those with whom Luxfer conducts 
its business. Luxfer has an established Anti-Corruption Policy, which sets for the Company’s policies, principles, 
and procedures in relation to situations presenting corruption or bribery issues. Annual training is required for all 
members  of  our  Board  of  Directors,  senior  management,  and  any  non-production  employees,  and  more 
thorough  trainings  are  provided  to  employees  in  high-risk  roles,  including  those  in  audit,  sales,  finance, 
marketing, legal, and export and import. Luxfer’s General Counsel provides quarterly updates on all activities to 
the Audit Committee and Board as a whole.

Whistleblowing

We  highly  encourage  reporting  of  any  wrongdoing  regarding  corporate  governance,  financial  reporting,  human 
rights,  or  any  concerns  about  business  conduct  brought  forth  in  good  faith.  Luxfer  operates  an  independent, 
anonymous whistleblowing hotline that is available 24/7 to our employees or anyone working in our supply chain. 
Luxfer’s  longstanding  Whistleblowing  Policy  describes  the  procedures  in  place  to  ensure  our  due  diligence  in 
thoroughly investigating and remedying any reports through this avenue. The policy provides strong protections 
against  retaliation  for  whistleblowers  and  anyone  who  cooperates  in  a  Company  investigation.  The  Audit 
Committee  oversees  the  operation  of  the  Whistleblowing  Policy  and  receives  a  report  from  the  Company 
Secretary at each meeting of the Audit Committee.

Relations With Shareholders

Shareholder and public engagement are essential to maintaining our strong corporate governance practices and 
long-term success. We value the opinions of our shareholders and welcome their views throughout the year on 
key issues. In 2020, we worked hard to bridge the gap in geography between us and our shareholders in 2020 
due to travel restrictions in place as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic. We maintained an active engagement 
and  outreach  program,  speaking  with  shareholders  via  telephone  calls  and  virtual  videoconference  meetings 
throughout  the  year.  We  had  more  than  100  calls  and  meetings  with  shareholders  throughout  2020  during 
investor  conferences,  non-deal  roadshows,  and  scheduled  post-earnings  follow  up  calls.  In  an  effort  to 
continuously  review  our  shareholder  communication  and  outreach,  we  review  key  feedback  received  during 
these meetings with our Board of Directors. The Directors carefully consider and evaluate this information and 
modify the Company’s approach to advance our shareholder engagement efforts. 

31

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

Executive Leadership Team

The members of the Executive Leadership Team of Luxfer are responsible for the day-to-day management of the 
Company.  The  Executive  Leadership  Team  meets  at  least  once  a  month.  It  is  chaired  by  the  Chief  Executive 
Officer  and  consists  of  the  Chief  Financial  Officer  and  senior  management  at  group  and  segment  levels.  The 
Executive  Leadership  Team  acts  in  an  advisory  capacity  to  the  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  provides  a  forum 
where  matters  of  interest  or  concern  to  the  Group  can  be  reviewed  and  discussed,  strategy  debated,  policies 
developed  and  agreed,  best  practice  discussed,  and  appropriate  measures  implemented.  It  also  provides  an 
opportunity  for  senior  management  to  receive  updates  on  progress  in  other  areas  of  the  Group  outside  their 
remit.

The following table lists the names and positions of the current members of the Executive Leadership Team as 
well as those who served during the year.

Name

Age

Position

Alok Maskara

Heather C. Harding

Andrew W. J. Butcher

Graham D. Wardlow

James G. Gardella

Mark A. Chivers

Peter N. Gibbons

Jeff C. Moorefield
Megan E. Glise

50

52

52

53

64

51

50

57
28

Executive Director and Chief Executive Officer

Chief Financial Officer

President of Luxfer Gas Cylinders

Managing Director of Luxfer MEL Technologies

President of Luxfer Magtech

Managing Director of Luxfer Superform

Vice President and General Manager of Luxfer Graphic Arts

Vice President of Operations
General Counsel and Company Secretary

Biographies of the members of the Executive Leadership Team are set forth below:

Alok Maskara, 
Chief Executive Officer

Please refer to the main Board biographies on pages 23 to 25.

Heather C. Harding
Chief Financial Officer
Heather  Harding  was  named  Chief  Financial  Officer  of  Luxfer  Holdings  PLC  in  January  2018.  From  2012  to 
2017,  Ms.  Harding  was  Vice  President  of  Finance  for  Eaton  Lighting,  a  business  unit  of  Eaton  Corporation,  a 
power management company. Prior to that, she was Vice President of Finance for various operating units within 
Cooper Industries and Emerson Electric. Ms. Harding is a Certified Public Accountant and received a Bachelor of 
Science degree in Accounting from Southern Illinois University at Carbondale.

Andrew W. J. Butcher
President of Luxfer Gas Cylinders
Andrew Butcher has served as President of our global Luxfer Gas Cylinders business since April 2014, having 
been  the  President  of  Luxfer  Gas  Cylinders  North  America  from  2009  to  2014.  Mr.  Butcher  joined  Luxfer  in 
Nottingham,  United  Kingdom,  in  1991.  He  held  positions  of  increasing  responsibility  throughout  his  career  at 
Luxfer,  including  leading  the  development  of  our  composite  business  beginning  in  2002,  first  as  General 
Manager  and  then  as  Executive  Vice  President.  Mr.  Butcher  holds  an  M.A.  degree  in  Engineering  from 
Cambridge University and an M.B.A. from Keele University. 

Graham D. Wardlow
Managing Director of Luxfer MEL Technologies
Graham Wardlow was appointed Managing Director of Luxfer MEL Technologies in October 2017, following the 
merger  of  our  MEL  Chemicals  and  Magnesium  Elektron  Alloys  businesses.  Mr.  Wardlow  joined  Magnesium 
Elektron in 1984 and undertook several technical and commercial roles before becoming Managing Director of 
the Alloys business in 2008 and Divisional Managing Director of MEL Chemicals in May 2017. Mr. Wardlow holds 
a degree in Materials Engineering from Imperial College, University of London, as well as an M.B.A. from Keele 
University.

32

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

James G. Gardella
President of Luxfer Magtech
James Gardella was appointed President of Luxfer Magtech in July 2017. Prior to serving in his current position, 
he was appointed President of the Company’s Magnesium Elektron Powders business in 2007, which he joined 
in 1990 as Financial Controller. Mr. Gardella holds a Bachelor of Science degree in Accounting from Villanova 
University and an M.B.A. in Finance. He is also a Certified Public Accountant.

Mark A. Chivers 
Managing Director of Luxfer Superform
Mark Chivers was appointed Vice President and General Manager of Luxfer Superform in April 2018. Mr. Chivers 
joined Luxfer in 2009 as Operations Director of Superform U.K., before moving to California in 2014 to become 
General  Manager  of  the  Riverside  facility.  Before  joining  Luxfer,  Mr.  Chivers  held  Production  and  Operations 
Management  and  Vice  President  roles  in  the  castings  and  tool  making  industry,  particularly  servicing  the 
automotive  sector.  Mr.  Chivers  holds  a  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree  in  Business  Studies  from  Wolverhampton 
University.

Peter N. Gibbons
Vice President and General Manager of Luxfer Graphic Arts
Peter  Gibbons  was  appointed  Vice  President  and  General  Manager  of  Luxfer  Graphic  Arts  in  July  2019.  He 
joined Luxfer in 2004 as European Financial Controller at Magnesium Elektron, before moving to the corporate 
office to take up the Group Financial Controller role. He returned to Magnesium Elektron in 2014 as Divisional 
Finance  Director.  Mr.  Gibbons  was  appointed  Director  of  Sourcing  and  IT  and  became  a  member  of  the 
Executive Leadership Team in July 2017.

Jeff C. Moorefield
Vice President of Operations
Jeff Moorefield was appointed to the Executive Leadership Team as Vice President of Operations of Luxfer in 
March  2019.  Before  joining  Luxfer,  Mr.  Moorefield  served  as  Senior  Vice  President  of  Global  Operations  at 
Tennant  Company.  Prior  to  that,  he  served  as  Global  Vice  President  of  Operations  for  various  operating  units 
within Pentair. Mr. Moorefield attended Western Kentucky University where he received a Bachelor of Science 
degree in Industrial Technology. 

Megan E. Glise 
General Counsel and Company Secretary
Megan Glise joined Luxfer as U.S. Legal Counsel in July 2018 and was appointed Associate General Counsel in 
February  2019.  In  January  2020,  Ms.  Glise  became  a  member  of  the  Executive  Leadership  Team  and  an 
Executive Officer of the Company. She was appointed General Counsel and Company Secretary in September 
2020. Before joining Luxfer, she was an Associate Attorney at a Wisconsin-based law firm, where she focused 
her practice on corporate and transactional law. Ms. Glise received her Juris Doctor from Marquette University 
Law School and holds a Bachelor of Arts degree in English and Criminology and Law Studies from Marquette 
University. 

33

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

Directors’ Report

The  Directors  of  Luxfer  Holdings  PLC  (the  “Company”)  present  their  annual  report  together  with  the  audited 
financial  statements  of  the  Group  and  the  Company  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2020.    This  Directors’ 
Report should be read together with, and incorporates, the Corporate Governance section on pages 23 to 33. 

Results 

The profit for the year, after taxation from continuing operations, amounted to $17.8 million (2019: $6.0 million); 
please see the Strategic report on pages 3 to 21 for more detail.

Dividends per Share

Quarterly interim dividends of $0.125 each £0.50 ordinary share, each quarter totaling $13.6 million, were paid in 
2020 (2019: $13.6 million).

A further interim dividend was paid in February 2021 and a further dividend declared in April to be paid in May 
2021 of $0.125 each £0.50 ordinary share totaling $3.4 million.

Directors

The names of the people who were Directors during the year, and up to the date of this report, and their brief 
biographical details are set out in the Governance section on pages 23 to 25.

Capital Structure

On  11  December,  2017,  the  Company  terminated  its  ADS  facility  and  converted  all  outstanding  ADSs  into 
ordinary  shares.  The  conversion  is  a  one-for-one  exchange  with  one  ADS  converted  into  one  ordinary 
share.  During  2018,  the  company  issued  an  additional  1,863,201  shares  and  also  canceled  7,578,369,556 
deferred shares.

As  at  December  31,  2020,  the  Company’s  issued  share  capital  comprised  of  29,000,000  ordinary  shares  of 
£0.50  each  and  761,835,338,444  deferred  shares  of  £0.0001  each  as  set  out  in  Note  20  to  the  financial 
statements.

Substantial shareholdings 

The Company had been notified of the following interests amounting to 3% or more of its issued share capital as 
at the end of the financial year: 

Shareholder

FMR LLC

Wellington Management Group, LLP

Nantahala Capital Management, LLC

Paradice Investment Management, LLC

William Blair Investment Management LLC

Kempen Capital Management N.V

BlackRock Institutional Trust Company, N.A.

American Century Investment Management, Inc.

Granahan Investment Management, Inc

DePrince, Race & Zollo, Inc.

Number of shares

Percent1

3,662,932

3,493,147

2,344,245

2,321,954

1,700,597

1,623,923

1,527,384

1,257,414

1,216,091

989,541

13.3%

12.7%

8.5%

8.4%

6.2%

5.8%

5.6%

4.6%

4.4%

3.6%

1 Percentage based on number of shares listed on the New York Stock Exchange.

34

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

Directors’ Interests and Related Party Transactions 

No Director had a material interest in, nor was any Director party to, any contract or arrangement to which the 
Company or any subsidiary is or was party to either during the year or at the end of the year, with the following 
exceptions:  in  the  case  of  the  Executive  Director,  his  individual  service  contract  and  in  the  case  of  the  Non-
Executive Directors, their engagement letters, see Note 34 of the financial statements.

The  interests  of  the  Directors  who  held  office  at  31  December,  2020,  and  those  of  their  families,  in  the  share 
capital of the Company, including share options are set out in the Remuneration Report on pages 37 to 53. All of 
the  interests  were  beneficial. There  has  been  no  change  in  the  interests  of  the  directors  between  the  balance 
sheet date and the date of approval of the financial statements.

Going Concern

After  making  the  necessary  inquiries,  the  Directors  have  a  reasonable  expectation  that  the  Company  has 
adequate  resources  and  borrowing  facilities  to  continue  operational  existence  for  the  foreseeable  future.  
Accordingly, they continue to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the consolidated financial statements, 
see Note 1 for more detail.

Research and Development

During  the  year,  the  Company  invested  $3.3  million  (2019:  $5.7  million)  in  research  and  development  on  new 
and  improved  products  and  processes.  Once  a  project  is  reasonably  certain  to  deliver  a  commercial  product, 
certain of the development costs are capitalised. The Company continues to maintain links in fields of research 
with both leading universities in various countries and outside agencies to support and supplement its own in-
house expertise. The Company also continues to gain significant tax benefit from the U.K. Patent Box regime. 

Future Developments 

An indication of the future developments of the business of the Company can be found in the Strategic Report on 
page  8.

Disabled Employees 

Where an employee has developed a disability whilst employed in his or her business that impacts on his or her 
ability to carry out a certain job effectively, the relevant business unit will make arrangements where possible to 
retrain  that  employee  and  continue  his  or  her  employment. Applicants  for  job  vacancies  who  are  disabled  are 
given full and fair consideration, bearing in mind requirements of the particular job and the particular aptitude and 
abilities of the candidate.

Employee Involvement

Many employees are directly involved in the performance of the Group and segments through the use of various 
incentive schemes.  These include bonus schemes and various share-related schemes, details of which can be 
found in the Environment, Social and Governance ("ESG") section of the Strategic Report on pages 13 to 15.

A  combination  of  newsletters,  regular  line  manager  and  team  briefings,  exchanges  and  consultations,  at  both 
Group and site level (as appropriate) are used to systematically communicate with employees and develop their 
awareness of matters that concern them, their business unit, segment, and the Group.  As required, employees 
are consulted on matters that concern them in an appropriate manner and through appropriate channels. 

The  Group  continues  to  offer  training  and  development  opportunities  to  employees  at  all  levels  and  to  all 
abilities,  providing  benefit  to  both  the  Group  and  the  individual  employee.  Further  details  can  be  found  in  the 
ESG section of the Strategic Report on pages 13 to 15. We undertake a succession planning review periodically 
to ensure that we develop suitable candidates for critical leadership roles within the Group. 

For  senior  management,  we  hold  an  annual  management  conference  at  the  beginning  of  each  year  where 
strategy for each business segment and at the Group level is presented and discussed for the year. Workshops 
on subjects that will promote Group strategy will be held throughout the year. Meetings of employees who have 
the same or similar functions within the Group also meet periodically for training, to exchange best practices and 
convey Group policy.

Our  Equal  Opportunity,  Non-Discrimnation  and  Anti-Harassment  Policy  sets  forth  our  employment  practices 
throughout the Group in the treatment of applicants and Luxfer employees at all stages of employment.

Political Donations

The Company and its subsidiaries made no political donations in either 2020 or 2019.

35

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

Directors’ Liabilities

The  Company  maintains  liability  insurance  for  Directors  and  Officers  which  provides  appropriate  coverage  for 
any  legal  action  brought  against  Directors.  Throughout  the  year  and  at  the  date  of  approval  of  the  financial 
statements, the Articles provides indemnification for the Directors against liability incurred in the proper conduct 
of the Company's business subject to the conditions set out in the Companies Act 2006. 

Greenhouse Gas Emissions 

A statement regarding the greenhouse gas emissions resulting from the Company’s operations can be found on 
pages 11 to 12 of the Strategic Report.  

Treasury and the Use of Financial Derivatives

Details of our financing and treasury policies, along with the management of treasury risks and use of financial 
derivatives can be found in Notes 29 and 30 to the consolidated financial statements.

Directors’ Statement as to Disclosure of Information to the Auditors

The Directors, who served as members of the Board at the time of approving this Directors’ Report are listed on 
page  23.  Having  made  inquiries  of  fellow  Directors  and  of  the  Company’s  auditors,  each  of  those  Directors 
confirms that: 

•

•

To the best of their knowledge and belief there is no information relevant to the preparation of their report of 
which the Company’s auditors are unaware; and

All reasonably expected steps were taken to be aware of relevant audit information and to establish that the 
Company’s auditors are aware of that information.

Statement of Directors' Responsibilities in respect of the Financial Statements

The Statement of Directors' Responsibilities in respect of the Financial Statements can be found on page 54 and 
forms part of this Report.

Independent Auditors

A  written  Resolution  will  be  put 
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP as the Company's Independent Auditors.

the  Annual  General  Meeting  of 

to 

the  Company 

to  re-appoint 

The  financial  statements  on  pages  66  to  134  were  approved  by  the  Board  of  Directors  on April  29,  2021  and 
signed on their behalf by:

Alok Maskara

CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

April 29, 2021

36

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

DIRECTORS' REMUNERATION REPORT

Chair's Letter

Dear Shareholder,

As Chair of the Remuneration Committee, I present my Report for the year 2020 to the shareholders pursuant to 
the relevant U.K. regulations regarding the reporting and voting for the remuneration for Directors of quoted U.K 
companies. 

Our Remuneration Policy (“the Policy”) was last approved by our shareholders at the 2018 AGM for a three-year 
period. It will be resubmitted to the Remuneration Committee (“the Committee”) for approval at the 2021 AGM. 
The key changes to the policy are highlighted below in Decisions Affecting 2021.

The Company’s Remuneration Policy can be found in a standalone document in the Governance section of the 
Company’s website www.luxfer.com/governance/.

The Annual Remuneration Report starting on page 39 sets out how the Directors were remunerated in 2020 in 
accordance with the Policy. As the Committee generally reviews Director pay and incentives at the beginning of 
the financial year, the second half of the report also contains details of the decisions made on the remuneration 
of  our  Directors  for  2021.  The  Annual  Remuneration  Report  will  be  proposed  for  an  advisory  vote  at  the 
Company’s 2020 AGM as required by the relevant U.K. regulations.

Major Decisions on Remuneration during the Year

Decisions made affecting 2020 remuneration

Overall, 2020 was a very challenging year for the Company due to the severe adverse impact of the coronavirus 
pandemic  (COVID-19)  on  the  global  macro  environment.  We  experienced  a  13%  decrease  in  net  sales  from 
continuing operations which contributed to a 25% decrease in management EBITA, despite the positive impact 
of cost saving programs, which were accelerated as a result of COVID-19. 

The main targets of the annual bonus for 2020 related to two financial performance goals, management EBITA 
and cash conversion. For the Chief Executive Officer, Alok Maskara, the bonus plan also contained a number of 
non‑financial  objectives  relating  to  the  achievement  of  certain  balanced  scorecard  objectives.  Both  financial 
performance  goals  and  the  non-financial  objectives  pay-out  on  a  sliding  scale  basis  at  predetermined  criteria, 
based  on  the  achievement  of  threshold,  target  or  stretch  levels.  Due  to  the  challenging  economic  climate,  the 
total annual bonus awarded to Alok Maskara was 50.0% of his base salary, out of a maximum potential of 200%, 
albeit  this  was  capped  at  the  50%  level  by  the  Remuneration  Committee  as  a  result  of  the  financial  impact  of 
COVID-19. The  achievement  of  the  management  EBITA  metric  fell  in  the  range  of  between  the  threshold  and 
target  levels,  whereas  the  cash  conversion  metric  achieved  the  maximum  level.  The  achievement  of  non-
financial objectives did not increase the payout level due to the imposition of the 50% cap.  Further details of the 
bonus arrangements and the bonus paid can be found in the Single Figure, Executive Directors’ Remuneration 
section of the Remuneration Report on page 40.

For  2020,  60%  of  the  total  target  share  award  to Alok  Maskara  was  in  the  form  of  performance-based  share 
awards  and  40%  was  in  the  form  of  time-based  restricted  stock  units.  With  regards  to  the  performance-based 
elements of his share awards, the Committee believe the targets set were challenging, motivated the Executive, 
and  align  the  interests  of  the  Executive  with  those  of  shareholders.  Stretch  targets  required  exceptional 
performance to be achieved. These performance-based awards for the year were based upon adjusted diluted 
EPS (earnings per share) targets and relative total shareholder return.  The total shareholder return performance 
measurement  period  runs  until  the  year  ending  December  31,  2022,  but  in  2020  the  Company’s  relative  total 
return to shareholders was in the third quartile of its peer group. The EPS share award opportunity for the year 
ended December 31, 2020 was missed.

As previously reported, the EPS share award targets set for 2019 were missed and therefore no awards were 
made in 2020 accordingly.  Furthermore, although the relative total shareholder return metric for the 2019 share 
award  opportunity  is  subject  to  remeasurement  up  to  the  year  ending  December  31,  2021,  at  present  the 
position as at December 31, 2019 showed the Company in the bottom quartile when compared to its peer group. 
Further  details  are  set  out  in  the  Single  Figure,  Executive  Director’s  Remuneration  and  the  Awards  Granted 
During the Year sections of the Remuneration Report, and the associated Notes.

37

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

However, the relative total shareholder return metric for the 2018 share award opportunity showed the Company 
in the second quartile when compared to its peer group. This led to a payout at 100% and is included within the 
Single  figure,  Executive  Director’s  Remuneration  and  the  Awards  Granted  During  the  Year  sections  of  the 
Remuneration Report, and the associated Notes.

Decisions affecting 2021

The Committee reviewed the Chief Executive Officer’s salary at its March 2021 meeting in accordance with the 
Policy. In light of the challenging year and despite the excellent work Alok Maskara and his team continue to do 
in  driving  simplification  across  the  business  against  a  background  of  COVID-19,  it  was  agreed  to  freeze  his 
salary  and  benefits  for  the  year  ending  December  31,  2021.  In  addition,  no  changes  are  proposed  to  the 
maximum  bonus  and  share  award  opportunities  available  under  his  variable  remuneration  arrangements.  For 
2021, the maximum annual bonus opportunity relating to the achievement of certain financial metrics will remain 
at 160% of base salary, with the metrics being consistent with the previous year. The annual bonus opportunity 
relating  to  the  achievement  of  certain  non-financial  objectives  will  continue,  capped  at  a  maximum  of  40%  of 
base  salary.  Subject  to  approval  of  the  Remuneration  Policy  at  the  2021 AGM,  the  maximum  share  incentive 
award available to the Chief Executive Officer for achievement of certain financial targets under the Company’s 
Long-Term Incentive Plan (“LTIP”) is increased from 220% to 300% of base salary.  The revised Remuneration 
Policy includes new clawback provisions applicable to all employees including the Chief Executive Officer, which 
would apply should a material misstatement of previously released financial results be identified. 

A summary of the Chief Executive Officer’s salary and incentive arrangements for the financial year 2021 can be 
found under the section headed Implementation of the Remuneration Policy for the Year Ending 31 December 
2021 on pages 48 to 49 of the Remuneration Report.

The  Committee  has  also  reviewed  the  compensation  of  its  Non-Executive  Directors.  In  light  of  the  financial 
impact  of  COVID-19,  it  is  proposed  to  also  freeze  the  base  fees  for  Non-Executive  Directors  and  the  Non-
Executive  Chair  for  2021.  It  is  proposed  however  to  increase  the  value  of  share  awards  available  to  the  Non-
Executive Directors from 55% to 100% of annual base fee, at the date of award.

The Committee looks forward to gaining your support for the Annual Remuneration Report at the 2021 AGM.

R J Hipple

CHAIR OF THE REMUNERATION COMMITTEE
April 29, 2021

38

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

Remuneration Report

2020 Remuneration Report
(subject to advisory vote by the shareholders at the 2021 AGM)
This  report  has  been  compiled  in  accordance  with  the  U.K.  ‘The  Large  and  Medium‑sized  Companies  and 
Groups (Accounts and Reports) (Amendments) Regulations 2013’. As required by the Regulations, the report will 
be proposed for an advisory vote at the 2021 AGM. The approved Remuneration Policy can be found on the 
Company’s website at www.luxfer.com/governance/.

The Remuneration Committee, its Activities and Responsibilities

The members of the Committee during the year are set out below.

Members of Committee 
during 2020

Richard Hipple

Allisha Elliott
Lisa Trimberger

Member and Chair

Member
Member 

Meetings held 
during membership

Meetings
attended

4

4
4

4i
4i
4i

i Three of the Committee meetings were held via videoconference due to COVID-19.

The Company Secretary acts as secretary to the Committee. The Chief Executive Officer normally attends all the 
meetings, at least in part.

The  Committee  is  responsible  for  determining  and  agreeing  with  the  Board  the  framework  on  executive 
remuneration  and  its  costs.  The  Committee’s  written  Terms  of  Reference  can  be  accessed  in  the 
Governance section of the Company’s website www.luxfer.com/governance/.

During 2020, the Committee discussed the following matters:

March 2020

June 2020

August 2020

December 
2020

•

•
•
•

•

•

•
•

•

•
•

Consideration as to whether, and to what extent, the Executive Directors' bonus targets for 2019 
had been met;
Determination of the Executive Director’s annual bonus targets for 2020;
Annual review of the Executive Director's and Company Secretary salaries;
Setting of goals to be met by the Executive Directors and Senior Managers which if met would 
lead to the awarding of time‑based share awards;
Delegation of authority to Chief Executive Officer to make awards under the LTIP over a defined 
number of shares to junior and middle management in his sole discretion; and
Review of of Executive and Non-Executive officer stock ownership guidelines..

Review of benchmarking peer companies; and
Review of the impact of COVID-19 on executive compensation.

Review of Executive Director and Non-Executive Director compensation benchmarking study.

Annual review of the Committee's Terms of Reference; and
Review of proposed 2021 Executive and Non-Executive Officer compensation.

Advisors to the Committee
The Committee has access to independent advice when it considers it requires such advice.
The  Company  engaged  with  Meridian  Compensation  Partners,  LLC  ("Meridian")  to  provide  advisory  and 
benchmarking  surveys  with  regards  to  Director  and  Executive  Officer  remuneration  and  benchmarking  peer 
companies. The cost of advice provided by Meridian during 2020 was $12,216 (2019: $17,969).

39

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

REMUNERATION RECEIVED BY THE DIRECTOR FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2020
(Information with pages 40 to 48 have been audited. Information on pages 48 to 55 not subject to audit 
unless stated otherwise.)

Single Figure

The  tables  below  set  out  an  analysis  of  the  Director’s  total  remuneration  for  2020. Total  remuneration  reflects 
both the performance of the Company and the contribution made by the Director to the continued success of the 
Company during their period of tenure.

Executive Director’s Remuneration

Single Total Figure Table

U.S.$

Year

Salary(1)

Taxable
Benefits(
2)

Annual
Bonus(3)

Alok Maskara

2020

2019

657,000

675,000

60,197

57,513

337,500

405,711

Long-Term 
Incentive 
Awards(4)

831,890

485,300

Other 
Share 
Awards(5)
11,613

42,127

Pensions 
Contributions
(6)

Total

165,480

2,063,680

168,750

1,834,401

U.S.$
Alok Maskara

Year
2020

2019

Fixed pay
882,677

901,263

Variable pay
1,181,003

933,138

Total
2,063,680

1,834,401

Table  compiled  in  accordance  with  the  U.K.  'The  Large  and  Medium-sized  Companies  and  Groups  (Accounts 
and  Reports)  Regulations  2008',  as  amended  by  'The  Large  and  Medium-sized  Companies  and  Groups 
(Accounts and Reports) (Amendment) Regulations 2013'.

(1)Salary.  Single  Total  Figure  remuneration  reflects  the  period  from  January  1,  2020  to  December  31, 
2020.

(2)Taxable Benefits. During the year an amount was paid to the director in respect of expenses relating 
to car allowance, and medical and dental insurance. All payments made to Alok Maskara in respect of 
these allowances were determined and paid in U.S. dollars. 

(3)Annual Bonus. For the 2020 financial year, the annual bonus plan was based on the achievement of 
two  financial  performance  goals,  management  EBITA  (adjusted  earnings  before  interest,  taxation  and 
amortisation)  performance  and  the  ratio  of  management  EBITA  to  adjusted  operating  cash  flow  “Cash 
Conversion”  (two  of  the  key  strategic  performance  indicators  used  by  the  Company  to  assess  its 
development against its financial objectives during the year), measured against the annual budget and 
an  element  was  based  on  the  achievement  of  certain  predetermined  balanced  scorecard  objectives. 
Given the impact of COVID-19 in 2020, the Committee set the EBITA Threshold lower than in previous 
years  and  capped  the  total  payout  factor  at  50%.  For  the  financial  performance  goals,  both  are 
measured on a sliding scale that commences only once threshold has been achieved and rises through 
the target performance up to a stretch target. The financial performance award elements of the annual 
bonus  opportunity  were  split  evenly  between  the  above  two  financial  metrics.  The  achievement  of 
balanced scorecard objectives in 2020 did not increase the total bonus paid due to the payout cap set at 
50%.

40

Summary of the annual bonus potential as a percentage of base salary for the Executive Director for 
2020:

Sliding scale between threshold, 
target and stretch

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

Maximum Annual bonus 
(number of points available 
and % of salary)(1)

Management

(2)

EBITA

Cash 
Conversion(3)

Bonus
outcome
2020

Alok Maskara

200%

0.0% - 100.0%

0.0% - 100.0%

50%

(1)In 2020, Luxfer achieved levels of EBITA and cash conversion that resulted in a bonus opportunity of 
54.5% out of 200% being assessed for Alok Maskara. However due to the financial impact of COVID-19, 
the payout was capped at 50%. 

(2)Management  EBITA  (earnings  before  interest,  taxation  and  amortisation)  is  defined  as  operating 
income  (as  reported  under  U.S.  GAAP)  adjusted  for  equity  income  /(loss)  of  unconsolidated  affiliates, 
qualifying restructuring charges, impairment charges, acquisition-related charges / credits, amortisation 
of  finance  costs,  the  unwind  of  deferred  consideration,  amortisation  of  acquired  intangibles  and  share 
based compensation charges.

(3)Cash  conversion  is  defined  as  the  ratio  of  management  EBITA  to  adjusted  operating  cash  flow. 
Adjusted operating cash flow is reconciled from management EBITA by adding back depreciation, loss / 
(gain)  on  disposal  of  property,  plant  and  equipment,  changes  in  assets  and  liabilities,  net  of  effects  of 
business acquisitions, non-restructuring capital expenditures, equity income of unconsolidated affiliates 
and U.K. pension deficit funding contributions.

In 2020, the Company generated a management EBITA of $40.6 million being in the range of between agreed 
threshold and target levels and a cash conversion ratio of approximately 219%, which is at the top of the range. 

The Board has considered whether to include in this report the targets which applied to the bonus arrangements 
for the Executive Director in 2020 but has determined that these amounts are commercially sensitive.

(4)The Long-Term Incentive Awards. The 2020 Single Figure:

In 2020, 40% of the total target award communicated by the Remuneration Committee was in the form 
of  time-based  restricted  stock  units  granted  on  March  13,  2020.  The  value  of  these  awards  was 
$374,748 based on the closing share price on the day of grant of $12.22 per share and deducting the 
nominal cost value of $1.00 each share. The awards will vest in one-quarter increments on each of the 
first four annual anniversaries following grant.

In  addition,  the  Remuneration  Committee  performance  targets  for  the  year  were  based  upon  EPS 
targets and total shareholder return, as described in Executive Director Awards Under the LTIP on page 
44. The  total  shareholder  return  performance  measurement  period  remains  open  until  the  year  ending 
December  31,  2022.  The  EPS  share  award  opportunity  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2020  was 
missed.

The  LTIP  share  award  disclosure  in  the  Proxy  Statement  filed  with  the  SEC  (Form  DEF  14A)  for Alok 
Maskara  as  part  of  his  executive  compensation  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2020  differs  to  the 
amount  included  in  the  Single  Total  Figure  Table,  as  it  is  based  upon  the  achievement  of  targeted 
Company  performance  for  all  performance-based  awards  communicated  in  the  year. The  value  of  the 
awards included in the Proxy Statement is in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

In  2019,  the  Remuneration  Committee  targets  were  based  upon  certain  EPS  and  TSR  targets, 
consistent with the methodology applied for the year ended December 31, 2020. The total shareholder 
return  performance  measurement  period  remains  open  until  the  year  ending  December  31,  2021. The 
EPS target was missed in 2019 resulting in no time-based awards being granted in 2020. 

In 2018, the TSR targets set by the Remuneration Committee closed at December 31, 2020. The share 
award opportunity showed the Company in the second quartile when compared to its peer group. This 
led  to  an  award  of  23,760  share  awards  made  to  the  Executive  Director  and  vested  immediately  on 
March 26, 2021. The value of these awards was $457,142 based on the closing share price on the day 
of grant of $20.24 and deducting the nominal cost of £0.50 translated into U.S. dollars at the same date.

41

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

(5)Other  Share  Awards.  In  May  2017  Alok  Maskara  was  granted  share  options  in  respect  of  his 
appointment  to  the  role  of  Chief  Executive  Officer.  These  time-based  awards  and  performance-based 
awards were outside the terms of reference of the LTIP but granted in accordance with the provisions of 
the Remuneration Policy. The number, and details of the terms, of the grants are set out in the table in 
Outstanding Share Awards During 2020 and the accompanying notes, on pages 46 to 47.

As  shown  in  the  Outstanding  Share  Awards  During  2020  table  on  page  46,  a  total  of  15,000  share 
awards made to the Executive Director on his appointment vested and were released during the year. 
The  value  of  these  awards  was  included  in  the  Other  Share Awards  remuneration  figure  of  the  Single 
Total  Figure  table  for  2017.  These  awards  carry  with  them  the  right  to  receive  accumulated  dividends 
during the period of the award, in shares. The dividends are not credited until the award vests. The value 
of  the  dividends  vested  and  paid  in  shares  was  $11,613  resulting  from  the  vesting  of  877  dividend 
shares. The dividend shares were valued at the closing share price on the NYSE on the date of vesting, 
less the issue price of £0.50 translated into U.S. dollars at the date of vesting.

For the year ended December 31, 2019, a total of 30,000 share awards made to the Executive Director 
on his appointment vested and were released during the year. The value of these awards was included 
in the Other Share Awards remuneration figure of the Single Total Figure table for 2017. These awards 
carry with them the right to receive accumulated dividends during the period of the award, in shares. The 
dividends are not credited until the award vests. The value of the dividends vested and paid in shares 
was $42,127 resulting from the vesting of 1,824 dividend shares. The dividend shares were valued at the 
closing share price on the NYSE on the date of vesting, less the issue price of £0.50 translated into U.S. 
dollars at the date of vesting.

(6)For details of pension arrangements see page 48.

Payments to Past Directors

There were no payments made to past Directors during the year. 

Payments for Loss of Office

There were no payments made to Directors for loss of office during the year.

Non-Executive Directors' Remuneration

None  of  the  Non-Executive  Directors  (including  the  Chair)  received  taxable  benefits,  annual  bonus,  long-term 
incentive awards (exceeding one year) or pension-related benefits during the year.

Single Total Figure Table

U.S.$(1)

Year

Base Fee(1)

Other Fees (Fees in the 
form of share awards)(2)

David Landless

Clive Snowdon

Richard Hipple

Allisha Elliott

Lisa Trimberger

2020
2019
2020
2019
2020
2019
2020
2019
2020
2019

115,000 
103,194 
82,000 
82,000 
82,000 
82,000 
82,000 
67,492 
82,000 
27,333 

60,462 
55,770 
43,152 
44,587 
108,563 
— 
96,158 
— 
75,063 
— 

Total

  175,462 
  158,964 
  125,152 
  126,587 
  190,563 
  82,000 
  178,158 
  67,492 
  157,063 
  27,333 

Table  compiled  in  accordance  with  the  U.K.  'The  Large  and  Medium-sized  Companies  and  Groups  (Accounts 
and  Reports)  Regulations  2008',  as  amended  by  'The  Large  and  Medium-sized  Companies  and  Groups 
(Accounts and Reports) (Amendment) Regulations 2013'.

42

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

(1) Allisha Elliott was appointed to the Board as a Non-Executive Director from March 5, 2019. Her base 
fee in 2019 reflects the period of service from this date to December 31, 2019.

Lisa Trimberger was appointed to the Board as a Non-Executive Director from September 1, 2019. Her 
base fee in 2019 reflects the period of service from this date to December 31, 2019.

The Non-Executive Directors' fees of Clive Snowdon, Richard Hipple, Lisa Trimberger and Allisha Elliott 
are all determined in U.S. dollars.

The Non-Executive Director’s fee of David Landless although determined in U.S. dollars, is paid in GBP 
sterling  translated  at  the  closing  month-end  exchange  rate  of  each  month  prior  to  payment.  Actual 
payments  received  by  David  Landless  aggregated  to  £90,104  (2019:  £81,267). The  base  fee  for  2019 
includes the supplementary fee for being Chair from May 15, 2019.

(2) 2020 Single figure:

The value of the Other Fees in the Single Figure table is calculated as follows:

•

•

An  element  of  the  fees  received  by  the  Chair  and  the  other  Non‑Executive  Directors  are 
delivered as time‑based restricted stock units (“RSUs”). The award value is a percentage of their 
Base Fee as provided in the Director Equity Incentive Plan (“EIP”) less the issue price per share 
of $1.00. The value of the award is capped at to up to 55% of base fees at the date of the award. 
Awards  were  made  immediately  after  the  2020  AGM  and  vest  immediately  before  the  2021 
AGM. The number of RSUs was calculated using the closing share price on the NYSE ($14.79) 
the  day  before  the  award  was  made. The  number  of  awards  received  by  each  Non‑Executive 
Director  is  set  out  in  Awards  Granted  During  the  Year  -  Non‑Executive  Directors  Under  the 
Director Equity Incentive Plan (EIP) on page 45.

The RSU awards carry with them the right to receive accumulated dividends during the period of 
the  award,  in  shares. The  Other  Fees  amount  includes  the  value  of  the  dividends  awarded  in 
2020  and  vested    immediately  before  the  2020 AGM  or  will  vest  immediately  before  the  2021 
AGM. The value of the awards themselves were included in the Single Figure for 2020 as they 
were  time‑based  awards  (see  below).  The  dividend  shares  were  valued  at  the  closing  share 
price on the NYSE on the date of the dividends being awarded, being $16.91, $12.78, $13.60 
and $12.16 respectively, less the issue price of $1.00. The number of dividend shares allocated, 
and their value were:

Non-Executive Director

David Landless
Clive Snowdon
Richard Hipple
Allisha Elliott
Lisa Trimberger

Dividend shares 
allocated
121
89
151
134
104

Value of dividend less 
nominal cost of share $
1,496
1,106
1,787
1,586
1,231

LUXFER SHARE INCENTIVE PROGRAMS

Luxfer  has  a  number  of  share  incentive  plans  designed  to  align  the  interests  of  its  Directors,  managers  and 
employees with the interests of its shareholders. These plans help us remain competitive and act as retention 
tools. 

The plan under which awards are granted to the Executive Directors on an ongoing basis is the Luxfer Holdings 
PLC Long‑Term Umbrella Incentive Plan (“LTIP”). Awards, which are considered part of their fees, are made to 
the  Non‑Executive  Directors  under  the  Non‑Executive  Directors  Equity  Incentive  Plan  (“EIP”).  The  U.K. 
Executive  Directors  also  participate  in  the  Company’s  All  Employee  Share  Plan  (“SIP”)  open  to  all  U.K. 
employees.  In  the  U.S.  the  Company  has  established  an  Employee  Share  Purchase  Plan  (“ESPP”)  which  is 
open to all U.S. employees and U.S. based Executive Directors.

43

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

LTIP:  The LTIP was adopted for the I.P.O. in 2012. It is used to grant awards not only to the Executive Directors 
but also senior and junior managers in the Luxfer Group. A variety of different awards can be granted under the 
LTIP.  To  date,  it  has  been  used  to  grant  time‑based  nominal  cost  options  to  U.K.  employees  including  the 
Executive  Directors,  performance‑based  nominal  cost  options  and  market  value  options  to  the  Executive 
Directors  and  other  senior  U.K.  employees  and  time‑based  and  performance  restricted  stock  units  to  U.S. 
managers and managers from other countries in which the Luxfer Group operate. The maximum value of awards 
under the rules of the LTIP that can be granted to the Chief Executive Officer and Other Executive Directors are 
defined in the Remuneration Policy.

I.P.O. Options:  As part of the I.P.O. in October 2012, stand‑alone option grants were made over shares to the 
Executive Directors, Non‑Executive Directors and certain other key executives seen as critical to the Company’s 
future success on completion of the I.P.O. All these options had fully vested and were exercisable up to October 
2019,  being  seven  years  from  the  date  of  grant.  No  dividend  shares  were  allocated  on  these  awards,  either 
before  or  after  vesting,  whilst  unexercised.  The  exercise  price  is  the  I.P.O.  price  of  $10  per  share.  The  IPO 
Options expired in October 2019 and are no longer available for exercising. 

EIP:  Annual awards are made under the EIP to Non‑Executive Directors as part of their fees. The value of the 
award is up to 55% of the base fee of a Non‑Executive Director. These awards are made the day after the AGM 
of the Company in each year and vest the day before the following AGM. Annual awards are usually made as 
restricted  stock  units.  They  are  paid  out  immediately  on  vesting,  together  with  dividends  which  have  been 
accumulated  during  the  vesting  period.  New  Non‑Executive  Directors  cannot  participate  in  the  annual  awards 
until they have served six months, however, the awards they would have earned from the date of appointment 
are added to the next annual award provided they are re-elected at the AGM.

Copies of the LTIP, I.P.O. Options and EIP plans mentioned above are filed on the Company’s file at the SEC.

AWARDS GRANTED DURING THE YEAR

Executive Directors' Awards Under the LTIP

In  2020,  the  Remuneration  Committee  awarded  long-term  incentive  compensation  under  the  Long-Term 
Umbrella  Incentive  Plan.  As  it  does  each  year,  the  Remuneration  Committee  referenced  benchmark  data 
(including  compensation  surveys,  Comparator  Group  information  and  other  data  provided  by  Meridian 
Compensation Partners LLC) in setting target U.S. dollar award levels for the Executive Director. In accordance 
with the Remuneration Policy the maximum share award opportunity available to the Executive Director (in any 
one  year)  at  the  time  of  communicating  their  award  during  2020  was  capped  at  220%  of  their  base  salary,  on 
achievement  of  stretch  performance.  Achievement  of  target  performance  would  result  in  a  share  award 
opportunity  capped  equivalent  to  150%  of  base  salary  being  available  and  threshold  performance  at  75%  of 
base salary.

Based on the target level of the Executive Director’s share awards available (capped at 150% of base salary), 
40% of this award was granted in March 2020 in the form of time-based restricted stock units, vesting evenly on 
the  first  four  anniversaries  of  the  award  from  grant  date. This  amounted  to  33,400  time-based  restricted  stock 
units.  The  remaining  60%  of  the  target  award  allocation  was  split  40%  available  based  on  the  delivery  of  a 
certain adjusted diluted EPS target for the year ending December 31, 2020 and 60% available on the delivery of 
certain  total  shareholder  return  targets.  The  total  shareholder  return  target  consists  of  a  ranking  of  Company 
performance against a peer group of twenty companies for the last ninety days of the year ended December 31, 
2019  against  the  last  ninety  days  of  the  year  ending  December  31,  2022.  Based  on  the  relative  level  of 
shareholder  return  achieved,  awards  in  relation  total  shareholder  return  would  vest  evenly  in  March  2023  and 
March  2024.  For  each  of  the  adjusted  diluted  EPS  and  total  shareholder  return  performance  metrics,  it  is 
possible to achieve a threshold, target and stretch level of award grants, based on result delivery.

The  EPS  share  award  opportunity  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2020  was  missed.  The  relative  total 
shareholder return performance will be subject to remeasurement up to and including the year ending December 
31, 2021.

For 2019, the Remuneration Committee set performance targets consistent with that used in 2020 based upon 
the  achievement  of  adjusted  diluted  EPS  to  be  measured  at  threshold,  target  and  stretch  levels  and  the 
achievement  of  relative  total  shareholder  return  to  be  measured  at  threshold,  target  and  stretch  levels.  The 
relative  total  shareholder  return  performance  will  be  subject  to  remeasurement  up  to  and  including  the  year 
ending  December  31,  2021.  The  reported  EPS  for  2019  was  not  achieved  which  resulted  no  awards  being 
granted. 

44

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

For 2018, the Remuneration Committee set performance targets consistent with that used in 2020 based upon 
the achievement of relative total shareholder return to be measured at threshold, target and stretch levels. The 
performance of the Comapny meant target level being achieved which resulted in Alok Maskara earning 100% of 
the available awards. The number, and details of the terms, of the grants are set out in the table in Outstanding 
Share Awards During 2020 and the accompanying notes, on pages 46 to 47.

The Committee believe they set challenging targets to motivate the executive director and align the interests of 
the executive with those of shareholders. Achievement of stretch targets requires exceptional performance.

Non-Executive Directors under the Director EIP

The  table  below  sets  out  the  share  award  grants  made  to  the  Non-Executive  Directors  during  the  year  in 
accordance with the Remuneration Policy.

Chair or 
Non-
Executive 
Director

David 
Landless

Basis of 
Aggregate 
Awards 
Granted
55% of annual 
fee for 2020

Share 
Price at 
Date of 
Grant $
14.79

Date of 
Grant
June 4, 
2020

No. of 
Shares 
Granted
4,276

Type of 
Award
Restricted 
Stock Unit

Face 
Value 
of 
Award 
$
63,242

Issue 
Price per 
share & in 
Aggregate 
$
$1.00 each 
share

Clive 
Snowdon

June 4, 
2020

55% of annual 
fee for 2020

14.79

Restricted 
Stock Unit

3,049

45,095

$1.00 each 
share

Richard 
Hipple

June 4, 
2020

55% of annual 
fee for 2020(1)

14.79

Restricted 
Stock Unit

7,743

114,519 $1.00 each 

share

Allisha 
Elliott

June 4, 
2020

55% of annual 
fee for 2020(1)

14.79

Restricted 
Stock Unit

6,858

101,430 $1.00 each 

share

Lisa 
Trimberger

June 4, 
2020

55% of annual 
fee for 2020(1)

14.79

Restricted 
Stock Unit

5,354

79,186

$1.00 each 
share

Vesting 
Date
Day 
before 
2021 
AGM

% of Face 
Value 
That Vest
On 
vesting 
date 
100%

Day 
before 
2021 
AGM

Day 
before 
2021 
AGM

Day 
before 
2021 
AGM

Day 
before 
2021 
AGM

On 
vesting 
date 
100%

On 
vesting 
date 
100%

On 
vesting 
date 
100%

On 
vesting 
date 
100%

(1) New Non-Executive Directors cannot participate in the annual EIP awards until they have served six months; however, the 
awards they would have earned from the date of appointment are added to the next annual award. Awards in 2020 for Richard 
Hipple, Allisha Elliott and Lisa Trimberger include additional RSUs granted in respect of prior year service. 

45

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

OUTSTANDING SHARE AWARDS DURING 2020

Executive and Non-Executive Directors

Awards granted in 2020 in respect of 2019 Company financial performance to the Executive Director have been 
included  in  the  table  below.  Based  on  the  Company’s  financial  performance  in  2020,  no  performance  related 
awards were granted in 2020.

Awards

Options/Restricted Stock Units

Awards
Alok Maskara

Upon Appointment(1)
Upon Appointment(2)
LTIP 2017(3)
LTIP 2018(4)(5)
LTIP 2019(6)
LTIP 2020(7)

Totals

David Landless
EIP 2019(8)
EIP 2020(9)

Totals

Clive Snowdon
EIP 2019(8)
EIP 2020(9)

Totals

Richard Hipple
EIP 2020(9)

Totals

Allisha Elliott
EIP 2020(9)

Totals

Lisa Trimberger
EIP 2020(9)

Totals

Available
Jan 1,
2020

Granted
During
Year

Settled
During
Year

Available
Dec 31,
2020

Vested
Awards
Jan 1,
2020

Vested
Awards
During
Year

Settled
During
Year

Vested
Awards
Dec 31,
2020

Available
Unvested
Awards

  15,000   
  30,000   
  32,367   
  49,280   
  21,200   

—   
—   
—   
—   
—   
—    33,400   
  147,847    33,400   

(15,000)  
— 
(15,000)   15,000 
(16,183)   16,184 
(24,640)   24,640 
(5,300)   15,900 
—    33,400 
(76,123)   105,124 

—    15,000    (15,000)  
—    15,000    (15,000)  
—    16,183    (16,183)  
—    24,640    (24,640)  
(5,300)  
—    5,300   
—   
—   
—   
—    76,123    (76,123)  

2,218   

—   
—    4,276   
2,218    4,276   

(2,218)  
—   
(2,218)  

— 
4,276 
4,276 

—    2,218   
—   
—   
—    2,218   

(2,218)  
—   
(2,218)  

1,763   

—   
—    3,049   
1,763    3,049   

(1,763)  
—   
(1,763)  

— 
3,049 
3,049 

—    1,763   
—   
—   
—    1,763   

(1,763)  
—   
(1,763)  

—    7,743   
—    7,743   

—   
—   

7,743 
7,743 

—   
—   

—   
—   

—    6,858   
—    6,858   

—   
—   

6,858 
6,858 

—   
—   

—   
—   

—    5,354   
—    5,354   

—   
—   

5,354 
5,354 

—   
—   

—   
—   

—   
—   

—   
—   

—   
—   

— 
—   
15,000 
—   
16,184 
—   
24,640 
—   
15,900 
—   
33,400 
—   
—    105,124 

—   
—   
—   

—   
—   
—   

— 
4,276 
4,276 

— 
3,049 
3,049 

—   
—   

7,743 
7,743 

—   
—   

6,858 
6,858 

—   
—   

5,354 
5,354 

46

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

Key to table:

Award
(1)

(2)

(3)

(4)

(5)

(6)

(7)

(8)

(9)

Award Scheme, Type & Grant
Upon appointment – Time-Based 
Restricted Stock Units (i)
Upon appointment – Time-Based 
Restricted Stock Units (iii)
LTIP 2017-Performance-Based-
EPS targets (iv)
LTIP 2018—Time-Based Restricted 
Stock Units (v)
LTIP 2018-Performance-Based-
EPS targets (vi)
LTIP 2019 – Time-Based Restricted 
Stock Units (vii)
LTIP 2020 – Time-Based Restricted 
Stock Units (viii)
EIP 2019—Time-Based Restricted 
Stock Units (ix)
EIP 2020—Time-Based Restricted 
Stock Units (ix)

Exercise 
Price / 
Nominal Cost 
Each Award
£0.50(ii)

£0.50(ii)

£0.50(ii)

£0.50(ii)

£0.50(ii)

Grant Date
Aug 23, '17

Aug 23, '17

Mar 23, '18

Mar 26, '18

Mar 26, '19

Mar 14, ‘19

$1.00

Mar 13,  ‘20

$1.00

May 16, ‘19

$1.00

June 4, ‘20

$1.00

Remaining Vesting/ 
Settlement Dates
All vested

May 23, 2021

Vesting
Period
No longer 
applicable
To Jul 22, 2021

Mar 23, 2021

To May 22, 2021

Mar 26, 2021

To May 25, 2021

Mar 26, 2021

To May 25, 2021

Mar 14, 2021, 2022, 
2023
Mar 13, 2021, 2022, 
2023, 2024
All vested the day 
before 2020 AGM
Day before 2021 
AGM

To May 13, 2023

To May 14, 2024

No longer 
applicable
—

(i) Upon Appointment - The Remuneration Committee determined that the new Chief Executive Officer should acquire 
a  minimum  quantity  of  22,500  shares  within  twelve  months  of  appointment.  Upon  the  Chief  Executive  Officer 
acquiring the shares, the Company matched the purchase by granting an award over 45,000 nominal cost RSUs, to 
vest over three years.

(ii) Where the exercise price / nominal cost is indicated in GBP sterling, in so far as it is required to be translated into 
U.S.  dollars  for  the  purpose  of  the  exercise  /  settlement,  it  is  translated  at  the  $:£  exchange  rate  reported  in  the 
Financial Times for the date of exercise / settlement.

(iii) Upon Appointment  -  The  Remuneration  Committee  determined  to  make  a  one-off  share  award  to  the  new  CEO, 

outside the terms of the LTIP, over 60,000 time-based nominal cost RSUs, to vest over four years.

(iv) LTIP  2017:   Awards  made  on  attainment  of  2017  EPS  performance  goals  and  include  “holding  period”  and  “claw 
back” provisions, to vest evenly over three years. Time-based restricted stock units accumulate additional restricted 
stock units when the Company pays a dividend. Shares underlying the total amount of restricted stock units are then 
issued when the restricted stock unit vests.

(v) LTIP 2018:  Time based awards granted on March 26, 2018 and include “holding period” and “claw back” provisions, 
to vest evenly over three years. Time-based restricted stock units accumulate additional restricted stock units when 
the Company pays a dividend. Shares underlying the total amount of restricted stock units are then issued when the 
restricted stock unit vests.

(vi) LTIP  2018:   Awards  made  on  attainment  of  2018  EPS  performance  goals  and  include  “holding  period”  and  “claw 
back” provisions, to vest evenly over two years. Time-based restricted stock units accumulate additional restricted 
stock units when the Company pays a dividend. Shares underlying the total amount of restricted stock units are then 
issued when the restricted stock unit vests.

(vii) LTIP 2019:  Time based awards granted on March 14, 2019 and include “holding period” and “claw back” provisions, 
to vest evenly over four years. Time-based restricted stock units accumulate additional restricted stock units when 
the Company pays a dividend. Shares underlying the total amount of restricted stock units are then issued when the 
restricted stock unit vests.

(viii) LTIP 2020:  Time based awards granted on March 13, 2020 and include “holding period” and “claw back” provisions, 
to vest evenly over four years. Time-based restricted stock units accumulate additional restricted stock units when 
the Company pays a dividend. Shares underlying the total amount of restricted stock units are then issued when the 
restricted stock unit vests.

(ix) EIP 2019 and EIP 2020 annual awards are settled immediately on vesting, together with dividends which have been 

accumulated during the vesting period. The 2019 awards were settled in 2020 net of payroll taxes.

47

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

PENSION ARRANGEMENTS

In lieu of contributions into Company pension plans, the Company offers a salary supplement, which ultimately 
reflect  the  cost  of  previous  defined  benefit  arrangements,  now  withdrawn.  Executive  Directors  are  paid  the 
equivalent  of  25%  of  base  salary,  with  an  element  of  this  funding  being  paid  into  the  U.S.  funded  defined 
contribution scheme for Alok Maskara.

Details of the payments made to the defined contribution arrangement and salary supplement during years 2020 
and 2019 for the Executive Director are set forth in the tables below.

Director’s Remuneration and Benefits for the Year Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019

Executive 
Director

Year
Alok Maskara  2020
2019

Definted 
Benefit

Funded Defined 
Contribution(1)

Unfunded Defined 
Contribution

Cash 
Supplement

Total

—  
—  

16,500  $ 
16,800  $ 

—  $ 
—  $ 

148,980  $ 
151,950  $ 

165,480 
168,750 

(1)

 The Funded Defined Contribution for Alok Maskara relates to amounts paid in respect of a 401(k) matching 
program.

Implementation  of  the  Remuneration  Policy  for  the  Year  Ending  December  31,  2021  (Information  not 
subject to audit unless stated otherwise)

Set out below is a summary of how the Directors Remuneration Policy will be applied during the year ending 
December 31, 2020.

Base Salary

Alok Maskara

2021

$

2020

$

675,000

657,000 

% increase(1)
 — %

(1) Actual base salary payout for Alok Maskara was lower in 2020 at $657,000 than his contractual salary ($675,000) due to 
the impact of COVID-related furlough and voluntary pay reductions.

Pension Arrangements

The Executive Director will receive a cash supplement calculated at a flat rate of 25% of base salary.

Annual Bonus

In accordance with the Remuneration Policy, the maximum annual bonus for Alok Maskara, as Chief Executive 
Officer, is capped at 200% of base salary. Included within this is the Additional Percentage Bonus to be awarded 
on  achievement  of  specific  targets  set  by  the  Remuneration  Committee.  At  the  start  of  each  year,  the 
Remuneration  Committee  reserve  the  discretion  to  set  the  Additional  Percentage  Bonus  and  related  specific 
targets that are aligned with the strategic goals of the Company.

As  in  previous  years,  the  financial  performance  target  element  of  the  annual  bonus  will  be  based  on  a 
combination  of  two  financial  performance  metrics,  management  EBITA  and  Cash  Conversion.  It  will  be  on  a 
sliding scale that commences only once threshold has been achieved and rises through the target performance 
up  to  a  stretch  target.  The  financial  performance  award  element  of  the  annual  bonus  opportunity  will  be  split 
evenly between the above two financial metrics:

Financial metric annual bonus opportunity
Alok Maskara

Management EBITA
0% - 50%

Cash Conversion
0% - 50%

Split; sliding scale between threshold,
target and stretch

48

 
LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

Long Term Incentives

The Remuneration Committee has then set targets for 2021 which, if attained, would lead to the granting of time-
based  restricted  stock  units  for  Alok  Maskara.  The  Committee  has  set  a  scorecard  of  metrics  to  assess  the 
performance of the Company based upon Total Shareholder Return (“TSR”) and adjusted diluted EPS. A greater 
weighting has been assigned to the attainment of the TSR target which earns 60% of the performance awards 
available, compared to the EPS target which has a 40% weighting.

The  total  shareholder  return  target  will  consist  of  a  ranking  of  Company  performance  against  a  peer  group  of 
twenty companies for the last ninety days of the year ended December 31, 2020 against the last ninety days of 
the  year  ending  December  31,  2023.  Based  on  the  relative  level  of  shareholder  return  achieved,  awards  in 
relation total shareholder return would be granted in March 2024 and vest in equal tranches in 2025 and 2026. 

The Remuneration Committee is also proposing that Alok Maskara be granted time-based restricted stock units, 
which vest in equal tranches commencing on the first anniversary of the grant date at the value of 40% of the 
total target share award available.

If,  during  the  preparation  of  the  current  year’s  financial  results,  a  material  misstatement  of  the  previous  year’s 
results  is  discovered,  a  clawback  of  the  long-term  incentive  awards  granted  with  respect  to  the  misstated 
element  of  the  previous  financial  results  applies  to  all  employees,  including  our  Executive  Director.  The 
Remuneration  Committee  has  discretion  to  apply  the  policy  to  recover  and  recoup  incentive  compensation  in 
such situations involving a material misstatement of financial results.

In  accordance  with  the  revised  Remuneration  Policy  for  approval  at  the  2021  AGM,  the  maximum  value  of 
awards  that  can  be  made  to  the  Chief  Executive  Officer  Director  in  any  one  year  is  capped  at  up  to  300%  of 
base salary (increased from a cap of 220% of base salary in the previous Remuneration Policy). 

Non-Executive Directors

Summary  of  how  the  Directors'  Remuneration  Policy  for  the  Non-Executive  Directors  will  be  applied 
during the year ending December 31, 2021.

The Board decides the approach to compensating the Non-Executive Directors. The Board agreed to freeze the 
base fees of the Non-Executive Directors for 2020, as shown below. The value of share awards as a percentage 
of base fee is to remain fixed at up to 55% of base fee under the EIP.

2021

2020

%

Value of Share

Value of Share

$
Base Fee

$
Base Fee

Increase Awards % of Base 
Base Fee

Fee
2021

Awards % of Base Fee
2020

David Landless 
Clive Snowdon
Richard Hipple
Allisha Elliott 
Lisa Trimberger

115,000
82,000
82,000
82,000
82,000

115,000
82,000
82,000
82,000
82,000

-%
-%
-%
-%
-%

Up to 100%
Up to 100%
Up to 100%
Up to 100%
Up to 100%

Up to 55%
Up to 55%
Up to 55%
Up to 55%
Up to 55%

49

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

Directors' Interests in Shares in the Company (audited)

David Landless (1)
Alok Maskara (2)
Clive Snowdon (3)
Richard Hipple (4)
Allisha Elliott 
Lisa Trimberger (5)

Number of Ordinary Shares
Held at Dec 31, 2020

Number of Ordinary Shares
Held at Jan 1, 2020

11,160 

195,950 

7,459 

6,044 

— 

5,000 

9,638

154,925

6,447

3,000 

—

5,000

(1) David  Landless  acquired  1,522  shares  throughout  2020  as  a  result  of  the  vesting  of  2,288  time-based  Restricted 
Stock  Units.  2,218  Restricted  Stock  Units  were  awarded  in  2019  under  the  EIP  and,  together  with  an  accrued 
dividend of 70 shares, fully vested on June 2, 2020. Of those 2,288 shares, 1,138 shares were used as payment of 
exercise price or tax liability. Of the 1,522 shares acquired by David Landless during 2020, 372 of those shares were 
acquired  through  the  operation  of  the  Dividend  Reinvestment  Plan  (DRIP),  which  allows  for  the  purchase  of 
additional shares through the reinvestment of cash dividends. Further details on these awards can be found in the 
notes to Single Figure-Non-Executive Directors' Remuneration on pages 42 to 43. 

(2) Alok Maskara acquired 41,025 shares throughout 2020 as a result of the vesting of 80,927 time-based Restricted 
Stock  Units,  as  detailed  in  the  table  titled Outstanding  Share  Awards  During  2020 on  pages  46  and  47.  Of  those 
80,927 shares, 39,902 shares were used as payment of exercise price or tax liability.  

(3) Clive  Snowdon  acquired  1,012  shares  throughout  2020  as  a  result  of  the  vesting  of  1,819  time-based  Restricted 
Stock  Units.  1,763  Restricted  Stock  Units  were  awarded  in  2019  under  the  EIP  and,  together  with  an  accrued 
dividend of 56 shares, fully vested on June 2, 2020. Of those 1,819 shares, 807 shares were used as payment of 
exercise  price  or  tax  liability.  The  shares  identified  as  held  by  Clive  Snowdon  are  held  by  a  connected  person. 
Further details on these awards can be found in the notes to Single Figure-Non-Executive Director's Remuneration 
on pages 42 to 43.

(4) Richard Hipple acquired 3,044 shares throughout 2020. Richard Hipple purchased 3,000 shares on market in May 
2020. Of the 3,044 shares acquired by Richard Hipple during 2020, 44 of those shares were acquired through the 
operation of the Dividend Reinvestment Plan (DRIP), which allows for the purchase of addtional shares through the 
reinvestment of cash dividends.  

(5)

In August 2019, Lisa Trimberger purchased 5,000 shares on market. These shares are owned by a trust of which 
Lisa Trimberger is the sole beneficiary and her spouse is the trustee. 

Executive Director Shareholding Requirements

The Executive Director is required to hold and maintain ordinary shares equal in value to 150% of base salary. 
The  Director  is  allowed  a  period  of  three  years  from  date  of  appointment  to  acquire  the  holding.  Executive 
Directors  are  required  to  obtain  the  Chair’s  permission  before  they  or  their  connected  persons  can  deal  in  the 
Company’s shares providing an effective way of ensuring their shareholding requirements are maintained.

Total Directors' Shareholdings and Interests at 31 December 2020

Shares Owned
Beneficially

Options Vested 
but not 
Exercised(1)

Restricted Stock Units Not Yet Vested 
(assuming will be settled in Shares not 
Cash)(1)

Alok Maskara
Non-Executive
David Landless
Clive Snowdon
Richard Hipple
Allisha Elliott
Lisa Trimberger

195,950 

11,160 
7,459 
6,044 
—
5,000

—  

—  
—  
—  
—  
—  

33,400 

4,276 
3,049 
7,743 
6,858 
5,354 

(1) A breakdown of the vested and unvested awards and brief details of the plans under which the awards were made 

can be found in the Outstanding Share Awards During 2020 table on page 46 of this report.

50

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

Performance Graph

U.K. legislation requires the Annual Remuneration Report to contain a line graph that shows the TSR over a ten-
year period for both a holding of the Company’s listed shares and a hypothetical comparator holding of shares 
representing  a  specified  broad  equity  market  index.  As  the  Company  was  only  listed  on  the  NYSE  at  the 
beginning of October 2012, we are only able to provide TSR for the Company’s shares in a listed environment 
for  a  period  3  October  2012  to  31  December  2020.  We  have  used  the  Russell  2000  index  as  the  most 
appropriate  published  index  for  comparison  purposes. The  graph  shows  the  value  of  $100  vested  in  Luxfer  in 
October 2012 at the I.P.O., and the reinvestment of dividends since that date, compared to $100 invested in the 
Russell 2000 on the same date, assuming the same reinvestment of dividends. The Russell 2000 was chosen as 
the index as it comprises companies that closely resemble Luxfer. The TSR is calculated in U.S. dollars.                                 

51

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

History of Total Remuneration Figure for Chief Executive Officer

We  have  included  the  total  remuneration  figure  for  the  Chief  Executive  Officer  for  a  seven-year  period  as 
required by legislation.

U.S.$
Year ended 
December 31

2014

2015

2016

2017 (2)

2018

2019 (3)

2020

Total remuneration

853,320 1,021,357

836,317

3,396,615

5,971,101 1,834,401  2,063,680 

Annual
bonus % (1)

Share awards 
vesting % (1)

% change in total 
remuneration

 — %

 39 %

 — %

 124 %

200%

60%

 50 %

 59 %

 21 %

 — %

 37 %

84%

584%

 146 %

 (13) %

 20 %

 (18) %

 306 %

 76 %

 (69) %

 12 %

The average increase in the CEO's total remuneration over the past seven years is a 44% increase, although this is heavily 
impacted by the 306% increase in 2017. The CAGR over the same period was a 13% increase.

(1) Percentage of salary.

(2) The  2017  figures  include  Brian  Purves’  remuneration  for  the  first  six  months  of  2017  and  Alok  Maskara’s 

remuneration for the second six months of 2017.

(3) The  2019  share  awards  vesting  figure  of  584%  (as  a  percentage  of  salary)  includes  the  vesting  of  120,000 
performance-based EPS awards granted on hire. Excluding these awards, the adjusted share awards vesting figure 
would be 183%.

Relative Importance of Spend on Pay

The following chart sets out the Group's actual spend on pay (for all employees) relative to dividends paid in the 
current and prior year. 

(To assist with conformity and transparency we have used staff costs as set out in Note 7 to the Consolidated 
Financial Statements.)

52

Percentage Change in Chief Executive Officer's Remuneration

For 2020, we have selected U.S. employees as the most appropriate comparator as the Chief Executive Officer 
is based in the U.S. and the benefits structure is similar, consistent with the approach taken for 2019.

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

U.S.$

Salary

Chief Executive Officer

Employee average

Benefits

Chief Executive Officer

Employee average

Annual Bonus

Chief Executive Officer

Employee average

Pay Ratio

2020

2019

% change

657,000

56,826 

60,197 

11,341 

337,500 

2,785 

675,000

56,491

57,513

11,045

405,711

3,359

 (2.7) %

 0.6 %

 4.7 %

 2.7 %

 (16.8) %

 (17.1) %

For 2020, we have selected U.S. employees as the most appropriate comparator as the Chief Executive Officer 
is based in the U.S. and the benefits structure is similar.

Year

2020

2019

Method

25th percentile 
pay / ratio

50th percentile 
pay / ratio

75th percentile 
pay / ratio

A

A

43,945   

24.0 : 1

44,289   

25.7 : 1

70,952   

14.9 : 1

70,895   

16.1 : 1

103,402 

10.2 : 1

104,424 

10.9 : 1

The Company has selected method A for calculating the pay ratio, as the company has selected to use U.S. 
employees as the most appropriate comparator and gender pay gap reporting (used in method B and C) is not 
required in the U.S., method A was deemed the most appropriate, this is consistent with the approach taken for 
2019. When calculating the percentiles, the average U.S. person's salary was used throughout the year. When  
calculating the pay ratios, share-based compensation has been omitted as only senior managers are part of the 
LTIP scheme.

The  individuals  who  represent  the  three  quartiles  are  all  full-time  employees  and  are  considered  to  be 
representative of the 25th, median and 75th percentile pay levels in the Group.

The  pay  ratios  have  reduced  year  on  year,  with  the  decrease  predominantly  a  result  of  the  reduction  in  the 
annual bonus awarded and the CEO's reduction in salary. The median pay for the U.S. employee has remained 
relatively flat, with the reduction being a result of decreases in annual bonus.  

53

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

Statement of voting at AGM

The Annual Remuneration Implementation Report and Remuneration Policy was put to an advisory vote at the 
2020 AGM.

Annual Remuneration Implementation 
Report

Votes for (and
percentage of
votes cast)

Votes against (and
percentage of
votes cast)

Proportion of
share capital
voting

23,404,641 

110,301 

 82.08 %

 99.53 %

 0.47 %

The vote received in favour of the Remuneration Report was 99.53%, and the larger shareholders with whom the 
Directors liaise with from time to time did not make any negative comments in those conversations concerning 
Directors’ pay and incentives.

Directors Remuneration Policy

The  Directors'  Remuneration  policy  was  last  approved  at  the  2018 Annual  General  Meeting,  where  84.84%  of 
the votes cast were in favor of approving the Directors’ Remuneration Policy.  The Remuneration Committee (the 
“Committee”),  as  a  standing  committee  of  the  Board  of  Directors  of  Luxfer  Holdings  PLC  (the  “Board”  and  the 
“Company”  respectively),  presents  this  proposed  Directors’  Remuneration  Policy  (“Policy”)  for  shareholder 
approval at the 2021 Annual General Meeting of Shareholders (“Annual General Meeting” or “AGM”). Following 
approval at the 2021 AGM, this Policy shall take effect immediately and remains valid for a period of three (3) 
years or until a subsequent version is approved by an ordinary resolution of the shareholders. The Committee 
reviews  the  Company’s  remuneration  programs  and  overall  system  to  ensure  (i)  alignment  with  shareholders’ 
interests and best practices; (ii) fair and transparent remuneration; and (iii) that remuneration packages remain 
competitive, attract high-quality talent, and reward performance.

Differences in Remuneration For Directors and Employees

The  difference  in  remuneration  for  the  Executive  Director  and  other  employees  reflects  differing  levels  of 
responsibility, seniority, and market norms in the jurisdictions in which they are employed. The key differences in 
remuneration are as follows:

•

•

•

•

Bonus arrangements for senior, middle, and lower management are set at a lower percentage than the 
Executive  Director  but  are  broadly  structured  on  the  same  basis  to  ensure  commonality  of  objectives. 
There is greater emphasis on performance-related pay for management, and bonus opportunity for other 
employees may be lowered or not available, depending on jurisdiction.

Benefits for employees take into account their position and the market norms of the jurisdiction in which 
they operate.  

Pension arrangements are offered where it is the norm in the jurisdiction of the employee. Where local 
regulation  permits  and  where  it  is  the  market  norm,  higher  contributions  may  be  available  for  more 
senior  management.  The  Company’s  primary  pension  plans  are  described  in  the  Company’s  financial 
statements.

Participation in the LTIP is limited to the Executive Director and a select number of senior officers and 
senior  managers. At  the  discretion  of  the  Committee,  market  value  share  awards  or  time-based  share 
awards  may  be  awarded  to  employees  in  recognition  of  outstanding  performance  and  to  encourage 
share ownership and retention. UK employees, if eligible, can participate in the UK Share Incentive Plan, 
as described above.

The  Committee  commissions  benchmarking  studies  of  comparable  companies  and  the  pay  of  other  senior 
executives when setting the Executive Director’s pay. Consideration is also given to the pay and benefits that are 
available throughout Luxfer, such as cost-of-living increases. Such consideration defines a clear structure of pay 
and benefits layer-by-layer. The Committee does not consult with employees nor does it use internal comparison 
metrics  when  drafting  the  Remuneration  Policy.  However,  the  Committee  is  aware  of  average  pay  and  benefit 
packages  available  within  the  Company.  When  setting  the  terms  of  awards  for  the  Executive  Director,  The 
Committee also considers views expressed by institutional shareholder bodies. 

54

 
 
LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

Approach to Recruitment Remuneration

Executive  Director.  When  setting  a  remuneration  package  for  a  new  Executive  Director,  including  internal 
promotions,  the  Committee  will  apply  similar  principles  to  those  set  out  in  the  most  recent  approved 
Remuneration Policy for both short- and long-term incentives. 

Non-Executive Directors. New Non-Executive Directors will be paid fees on the same basis as existing Non-
Executive  Directors.  They  will  also  participate  in  the  Non-Executive  Directors  Incentive  Plan  under  which  the 
annual awards are non-discretionary. Awards can be made in the form of Options, Restricted Stock, or Restricted 
Stock  Units  at  the  discretion  of  the  Board  and  based  on  the  value  of  each  type  of  award  and  the  number  of 
shares left in the Plan. The vesting period is determined at the discretion of the Committee. 

Severance and Change-in-Control Benefits

Executive  Director.  The  Company  may  terminate  the  Executive  Director’s  contract  without  notice  on  the 
occurrence  of  certain  events  identified  in  their  contract.  Such  termination  would  normally  consist  of  conduct 
justifying dismissal such as gross misconduct. The Executive Director has the same employment rights as any 
other employee in the case of redundancy or if a relevant tribunal determines that their termination was unfair 
under UK law. 

Ordinary  notice  period  is  12  months.  the  remuneration  entitlement  is  payment  in  lieu  of  notice  in  the  event  of 
early termination. This may include base salary benefits and pension payable for the notice period. A bonus may 
be paid if the period for which pay in lieu of notice is made extends past the year-end, subject to targets being 
met.

Non-Executive Directors. Letters of Appointment for Non-Executive Directors and the Chair are not for a fixed 
term. The Chair and Non-Executive Directors do not have any employment rights. New appointees to the Board 
will generally be appointed on the same basis as the current Non-Executive Directors. Non-Executive Directors’ 
Letters of Appointment are available for inspection at the registered office of the Company.

Ordinary  notice  period  is  3  months,  except  if  the  Director  fails  to  be  re-elected  at  an AGM,  then  the  contract 
terminates immediately without notice or compensation.

Policy on payment for Loss of Office

Contractual  entitlements  through  the  date  of  termination  will  be  honored,  and  the  Company  will  (i)  pay  any 
amounts it is required to pay in accordance with the Director’s statutory employment or contractual rights and (ii) 
settle  those  rights.  The  Company  will  seek  to  apply  the  principles  of  mitigation  to  ensure  that  it  is  not  paying 
more  than  is  required.  In  the  event  of  a  compromise  or  severance  agreement,  the  Committee  may  make 
payments it considers reasonable in settlement of potential legal claims, such as incidental and professional fees 
paid by a Director. 

a. Bonus Payment. Generally, there is no entitlement to an annual bonus upon cessation of employment 
within the first half of the calendar year. The Committee may, at its discretion, make a retroactive 
payment on a pro-rated basis during the second half of the calendar year. After year-end but before 
completion of an audit, departing employees will be paid the actual bonus earned on the normal bonus 
payment date. Departing employees are not eligible for bonus payments if they breach any obligations in 
their employment contract, including the period of notice.

b. LTIP Provisions. For employees departing for any reason other than termination for cause , all unvested 
time-based awards will immediately lapse or be forfeited. All vested unexercised options and stock 
appreciation rights will lapse on the first anniversary date of departure. Performance based awards will 
vest on a pro-rated basis based on the performance results to the date of termination. The Committee 
has the discretion to accelerate vesting and exercise dates, waive conditions to vesting or exercise, or 
extend exercise periods after termination of employment. Discretion is typically used in such 
circumstances where Directors are retiring before the last vesting date or leaving employment through ill 
health or redundancy. In the case of termination for cause, all time-based awards, unvested 
performance-based awards, and unexercised options will immediately lapse or be forfeited on the date 
of termination.

55

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

Approval of Report

Richard Hipple, the Chair of the Committee, will attend the forthcoming AGM and will be available to answer any 
questions  shareholders  may  have  concerning  the  Directors'  remuneration.  This  Remuneration  Report  will  be 
submitted for approval by an advisory vote at the forthcoming AGM.

Signed on behalf of the Board by:

R J Hipple

CHAIR OF THE REMUNERATION COMMITTEE

April 29, 2021

For and on behalf of the Board

56

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

Statement of Directors' Responsibilities in Respect of the Financial 
Statements

The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report and the financial statements in accordance with 
applicable law and regulation.

Company law requires the Directors to prepare financial statements for each financial year. Under that law, the 
Directors  have  prepared  the  Group  an  Company  financial  statements  in  accordance  with  International 
accounting standards in conformity with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006. 

Under Company law, the Directors must not approve the financial statements unless they are satisfied that they 
give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the Group and Company for the period. In preparing the financial 
statements, the Directors are required to:

•

•

Select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently;

State  whether  applicable  International  accounting  standards  in  conformity  with  the  requirements  of 
Companies Act 2006 have been followed, subject to any material departures disclosed and explained in 
the financial statements;

• Make judgements and accounting estimates that are reasonable and prudent; and

•

Prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis unless it is inappropriate to presume that 
the Group and Company will continue in business.

The Directors are also responsible for safeguarding the assets of the Group and Company and hence for taking 
reasonable steps for the prevention and detection of fraud and other irregularities.

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting records that are sufficient to show and explain 
the Group and Company's transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position 
of  the  Group  and  Company  and  enable  them  to  ensure  that  the  financial  statements  and  the  Directors’ 
Remuneration Report comply with the Companies Act 2006. 

The  Directors  are  responsible  for  the  maintenance  and  integrity  of  the  Company’s  website.  Legislation  in  the 
United Kingdom governing the preparation and dissemination of financial statements may differ from legislation 
in other jurisdictions.

Directors' Confirmations

The  Directors  consider  that  the  Annual  Report  and  Accounts,  taken  as  a  whole,  is  fair,  balanced  and 
understandable and provides the information necessary for shareholders to assess the Group and Company’s 
position and performance, business model and strategy.

Each of the Directors, whose names and functions are listed in Directors' Report confirm that, to the best of their 
knowledge:

•

•

Company financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with  International accounting 
standards in conformity with the requirements of Companies Act 2006, give a true and fair view of the 
assets, liabilities, financial position and loss of the Company; and

The  Directors'  Report  includes  a  fair  review  of  the  development  and  performance  of  the  business  and 
the  position  of  the  Group  and  Company,  together  with  a  description  of  the  principal  risks  and 
uncertainties that it faces. 

57

Independent auditors’ report to the 
members of Luxfer Holdings PLC
Report on the audit of the financial statements

Opinion
In  our  opinion,  Luxfer  Holdings  PLC’s  group  financial  statements  and  company  financial  statements  (the  “financial 
statements”):

•

•

•

give  a  true  and  fair  view  of  the  state  of  the  group’s  and  of  the  company’s  affairs  as  at  31  December  2020  and  of  the 
group’s profit and the group’s and company’s cash flows for the year then ended;
have been properly prepared in accordance with international accounting standards in conformity with the requirements of 
the Companies Act 2006; and
have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006.

We have audited the financial statements, included within the Annual Report and Financial Statements  (the “Annual Report”), 
which comprise: the consolidated and company balance sheets as at 31 December 2020; the consolidated income statement 
and  consolidated  statement  of  comprehensive  income,  the  consolidated  and  company  cash  flow  statements,  and  the 
consolidated  and  company  statements  of  changes  in  equity  for  the  year  then  ended;  and  the  notes  to  the  financial 
statements, which include a description of the significant accounting policies.

Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (“ISAs (UK)”) and applicable law. Our 
responsibilities under ISAs (UK) are further described in the Auditors’ responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements 
section of our report. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for 
our opinion.

Independence
We  remained  independent  of  the  group  in  accordance  with  the  ethical  requirements  that  are  relevant  to  our  audit  of  the 
financial  statements  in  the  UK,  which  includes  the  FRC’s  Ethical  Standard,  as  applicable  to  listed  entities,  and  we  have 
fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements.

Our audit approach

Overview
Audit scope

• We  performed  a  full  scope  audit  of  three  significant  reporting  units  within  the  group,  and  additional  procedures  over 
selected  financial  statement  line  items  in  certain  smaller  components.  We  also  performed  audit  procedures  over  the 
corporate  entities  and  relevant  consolidation  adjustments  for  selected  financial  statement  line  items.  The  audit  work 
performed  over  these  components  represented  84%  of  consolidated  revenue  and  71%  of  consolidated  profit  on 
operations before taxation adjusted for restructuring and other expense.

58

Key audit matters

• Goodwill impairment assessment (group)
•

Impact of COVID-19 (group and company)

Materiality

• Overall group materiality: US$2,000,000 (2019: US$2,145,000) based on 5% of three year average profit on continuing 
operations before taxation, adjusted for restructuring and other expense (2019: 5% of profit on operations before taxation, 
adjusted for restructuring and other expense).

• Overall  company  materiality:  £1,318,000  (2019:  £1,462,000)  based  on  1%  of  total  assets  restricted  to  90%  of  group 

materiality.

• Performance materiality: US$1,500,000 (group) and £988,000 (company).

The scope of our audit
As  part  of  designing  our  audit,  we  determined  materiality  and  assessed  the  risks  of  material  misstatement  in  the  financial 
statements.

Capability of the audit in detecting irregularities, including fraud
Irregularities, including fraud, are instances of non-compliance with laws and regulations. We design procedures in line with 
our responsibilities, outlined in the Auditors’ responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements section, to detect material 
misstatements  in  respect  of  irregularities,  including  fraud.  The  extent  to  which  our  procedures  are  capable  of  detecting 
irregularities, including fraud, is detailed below.

Based on our understanding of the group and industry, we identified that the principal risks of non-compliance with laws and 
regulations related to local and international tax legislation, health and safety regulations and environmental legislation in the 
countries where the group operates, and we considered the extent to which non-compliance might have a material effect on 
the financial statements. We also considered those laws and regulations that have a direct impact on the preparation of the 
financial  statements  such  as  the  Companies  Act  2006.  We  evaluated  management’s  incentives  and  opportunities  for 
fraudulent  manipulation  of  the  financial  statements  (including  the  risk  of  override  of  controls),  and  determined  that  the 
principal  risks  were  related  to  posting  inappropriate  journal  entries  to  manipulate  financial  results,  including  relating  to 
revenue recognition and EBITA, and management bias in accounting estimates. The group engagement team shared this risk 
assessment with the component auditors so that they could include appropriate audit procedures in response to such risks in 
their work. Audit procedures performed by the group engagement team and/or component auditors included:

•

•

•
•

•
•
•

obtaining an understanding of the legal and regulatory framework applicable to the group and how the group is complying 
with that framework.
discussions  with  management,  the  Audit  Committee,  General  Counsel  and  internal  audit,  including  consideration  of 
known or suspected instances of non-compliance with laws and regulations and fraud.
reviewing minutes of meetings of those charged with governance.
challenging  assumptions  and  judgements  made  by  management  in  their  significant  accounting  estimates,  including  but 
not limited to the goodwill impairment assessment, pensions and deferred income taxes.
reviewing internal audit reports.
incorporating an element of unpredictability into our audit procedures.
identifying  and  testing  journal  entries,  in  particular  any  journal  entries  posted  with  unusual  account  combinations 
impacting financial results, revenue recognition and EBITA.

There are inherent limitations in the audit procedures described above. We are less likely to become aware of instances of 
non-compliance  with  laws  and  regulations  that  are  not  closely  related  to  events  and  transactions  reflected  in  the  financial 
statements. Also, the risk of not detecting a material misstatement due to fraud is higher than the risk of not detecting one 
resulting from error, as fraud may involve deliberate concealment by, for example, forgery or intentional misrepresentations, 
or through collusion.

59

Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in the auditors’ professional judgement, were of most significance in the audit of the 
financial statements of the current period and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether 
or not due to fraud) identified by the auditors, including those which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy; the 
allocation of resources in the audit; and directing the efforts of the engagement team. These matters, and any comments we 
make on the results of our procedures thereon, were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial statements as a 
whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters.

This is not a complete list of all risks identified by our audit.

Valuation of retirement benefits in relation to defined benefit schemes, inventory costing and restructuring and other expense, 
which were key audit matters last year, are no longer included because of the reduction in subjectivity in, and effort required 
to audit, these balances. Otherwise, the key audit matters below are consistent with last year.

Key audit matter
Goodwill impairment assessment (group)
Refer to pages 72 and 80 within the accounting policies 
and note 14 of the consolidated financial statements.

The group has goodwill assets of $58.9m as at 31 
December 2020. Goodwill is tested at least annually for 
impairment, or more frequently if events or 
circumstances indicate that the asset might be impaired.

The directors perform their annual goodwill impairment 
test by comparing the recoverable amount of the cash 
generating unit ("CGU"), to which goodwill has previously 
been allocated, to its carrying value. A goodwill 
impairment charge will be recognized for the amount by 
which the CGU's carrying amount exceeds its 
recoverable amount. 

The recoverable amount is the higher of fair value less 
costs of disposal and value in use. The value in use of 
each CGU is determined by the directors using a 
discounted cash flow analysis. Projecting discounted 
future cash flows requires the directors to make 
significant estimates including: (i) future revenue growth 
rates including the perpetual growth rate; (ii) anticipated 
operating margins; and (iii) the discount rates applied to 
the estimated future cash flows.

We focused on this area as the determination of the 
value in use involves making judgments and estimates 
based on the directors' assessment of the future results 
and prospects of the CGUs. This in turn resulted in a 
high degree of auditor judgment, subjectivity and effort in 
performing procedures to evaluate the directors' 
discounted future cash flow analysis.

How our audit addressed the key audit matter

To assess the goodwill impairment assessment 
performed by the directors we have performed the 
following:
We understood and evaluated the controls and 
processes related to the goodwill impairment 
assessment and selectively tested those controls we 
identified as being key and on which we planned to rely. 
Testing of controls included checking sufficient review of 
the key assumptions and appropriate review of forecast 
estimates and judgements. No significant control 
deficiencies were identified.
We evaluated the historical accuracy of forecasts by 
comparing the actual results from previous years against 
the directors' previous forecasts. These procedures 
enabled us to determine the accuracy of the directors’ 
forecasting process. When comparing the prior year 
forecasts to the actual performance in 2020, we 
considered why some forecasts were not met, including 
the impact of COVID-19, and factored this into other 
areas of our work.
We evaluated the assumptions underlying the estimated 
future cash flows included in the discounted cash flow 
analysis. We compared future revenue growth rates and 
operating margins with historical performance as well as 
gaining an understanding of key factors and judgements 
applied in determining the future growth rates and 
operating margins. We inspected detailed forecasts for 
each CGU and obtained evidence to support the key 
drivers for growth included within the estimated future 
cash flows.
We engaged our internal specialists to assist us in 
evaluating the perpetual growth rate used to determine 
each CGU’s terminal value. We compared the rates 
used to the weighted average of the long-term inflation 
forecasts in the main geographies in which each CGU 
operates.

Our internal specialists also assisted us in assessing the 
appropriateness of the directors’ discount rates by 
comparing the rate used for each CGU to our own 
independently determined range of what we would 
consider to be acceptable.
We questioned the directors on the appropriateness of 
their sensitivity calculations and also applied our own 
sensitivity analysis to the discounted cash flow analysis 
to ascertain the extent to which reasonable adverse 
changes would, either individually, or in aggregate, 
require the impairment of goodwill.
Based on the procedures performed and the evidence 
obtained, we found the directors' goodwill impairment 
assessment to be reasonable.

60

 
Impact of COVID-19 (group and parent)
Refer to page 80 within the accounting policies and note 
22 of the consolidated financial statements.

The Covid-19 pandemic has had a material impact on 
the performance of the group during the financial year. 
As a result, the pandemic has brought increased 
estimation uncertainty to certain areas of the financial 
statements.
The key areas of the financial statements most impacted 
by the increased estimation uncertainty are described 
below:

1. The directors have considered the appropriateness of 
the going concern basis of preparation in the group’s 
financial statements and concluded that this is 
appropriate. The group has a $150m revolving credit 
facility, expiring in July 2022, and is required to remain in 
compliance with covenants attached to this facility.
2. The group has goodwill of $58.9m as at 31 December 
2020. The directors considered the impact of Covid-19 
on the goodwill impairment assessment, as well as 
reasonably possible changes in key assumptions, 
including future growth rates and the discount rates. No 
impairments were identified in the year ended 31 
December 2020 and this assessment was not found to 
be sensitive to reasonably possible changes in key 
assumptions.

In response to the key areas identified as being 
significantly impacted by Covid-19, we have performed 
the following:
Our evaluation of the directors’ assessment of the 
group's and the company’s ability to continue to adopt 
the going concern basis of accounting included the 
procedures detailed in the ‘Conclusions relating to going 
concern’ section further below.
Our evaluation of the directors’ assessment of the 
impairment of goodwill included the procedures detailed 
in the ‘Goodwill impairment assessment’ key audit 
matter in the section above.
Finally, we assessed whether the nature and extent of 
the disclosure made by the directors was sufficiently 
complete to articulate the impact of the pandemic on the 
group, supported by the information available to date.

Based on the procedures performed, we concluded that 
the impact of Covid-19 has been appropriately evaluated 
and reflected in the preparation of the financial 
statements.

How we tailored the audit scope
We tailored the scope of our audit to ensure that we performed enough work to be able to give an opinion on the financial 
statements  as  a  whole,  taking  into  account  the  structure  of  the  group  and  the  company,  the  accounting  processes  and 
controls, and the industry in which they operate.

The  group  is  split  into  two  main  reporting  divisions  being  Gas  Cylinders  and  Elektron.  These  are  further  split  into  four 
business  units  as  Luxfer  Gas  Cylinders,  Luxfer  MEL  Technologies,  Luxfer  Graphic  Arts  and  Luxfer  Magtech.  The  Luxfer 
Superform business unit, now presented within discontinued operations, was previously aggregated into the Gas Cylinders 
reporting division.

Each  business  unit  has  multiple  management  reporting  units  in  a  range  of  different  geographies  and  is  structured  mainly 
across  Europe  and  North America.  The  financial  statements  are  a  consolidation  of  a  number  of  the  group's  management 
reporting units and its the centralized functions.

The management reporting units vary in size and we identified three reporting units from across two countries which required 
an  audit  of  their  full  financial  information  due  to  their  individual  size  or  risk  characteristics. Additionally,  we  identified  eight 
reporting  units  from  across  two  countries  which  required  an  audit  of  specific  balances  to  be  performed.  In  total,  these  11 
reporting units accounted for 84% of consolidated revenue and 71% of the consolidated profit on operations before taxation, 
adjusted for restructuring and other expense.  

Two component audit teams performed the required audit and specified procedures over eight of the 11 reporting units, with 
the procedures over the remaining three performed by the group engagement team. The group engagement team attended 
the audit clearance meetings via conference call and had regular communication with the local teams during their audits. Our 
attendance at the clearance meetings, review of selected audit working papers, review and discussion of reporting received 
from  local  component  teams,  together  with  the  work  performed  at  a  group  level,  gave  us  the  evidence  we  needed  for  our 
opinion on the consolidated financial statements as a whole.  

61

 
 
Materiality
The scope of our audit was influenced by our application of materiality. We set certain quantitative thresholds for materiality. 
These,  together  with  qualitative  considerations,  helped  us  to  determine  the  scope  of  our  audit  and  the  nature,  timing  and 
extent of our audit procedures on the individual financial statement line items and disclosures and in evaluating the effect of 
misstatements, both individually and in aggregate on the financial statements as a whole.

Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality for the financial statements as a whole as follows:

Overall 
materiality
How we 
determined it

Rationale for 
benchmark 
applied

Financial statements - group

US$2,000,000 (2019: US$2,145,000).

5% of three year average profit on continuing operations before 
taxation, adjusted for restructuring and other expense (2019: 5% 
of profit on operations before taxation, adjusted for restructuring 
and other expense)
Based on the benchmarks used in the Annual Report, profit on 
continuing operations before taxation is the primary measure 
used by the shareholders in assessing the performance of the 
group, and is a generally accepted auditing benchmark. 
Restructuring and other expense were adjusted for as this 
provides us with a consistent year on year basis for determining 
materiality. Given that current year performance has been 
significantly impacted by COVID-19, we consider using an 
average of three years average benchmark better reflects what 
a reader of the financial statements would consider material.

Financial statements - 
company
£1,318,000 (2019: £1,462,000).

1% of total assets restricted to 
90% of group materiality

Total assets is appropriate as the 
entity is not profit oriented. The 
company holds investments in 
subsidiaries and therefore total 
assets is considered a generally 
acceptable auditing benchmark.

For each component in the scope of our group audit, we allocated a materiality that is less than our overall group materiality. 
The range of materiality allocated across components was from $266,000 to $1,634,000. Certain components were audited 
to a local statutory audit materiality that was also less than our overall group materiality.

We use performance materiality to reduce to an appropriately low level the probability that the aggregate of uncorrected and 
undetected misstatements exceeds overall materiality. Specifically, we use performance materiality in determining the scope 
of  our  audit  and  the  nature  and  extent  of  our  testing  of  account  balances,  classes  of  transactions  and  disclosures,  for 
example  in  determining  sample  sizes.  Our  performance  materiality  was  75%  of  overall  materiality,  amounting  to 
US$1,500,000 for the group financial statements and £988,000 for the company financial statements.

In  determining  the  performance  materiality,  we  considered  a  number  of  factors  -  the  history  of  misstatements,  risk 
assessment  and  aggregation  risk  and  the  effectiveness  of  controls  -  and  concluded  that  an  amount  in  the  middle  of  our 
normal range was appropriate.

We agreed with those charged with governance that we would report to them misstatements identified during our audit above 
$200,000  (group  audit)  (2019:  $110,000)  and  £131,000  (company  audit)  (2019:  £75,000)  as  well  as  misstatements  below 
those amounts that, in our view, warranted reporting for qualitative reasons.

62

   
 
Conclusions relating to going concern
Our evaluation of the directors’ assessment of the group's and the company’s ability to continue to adopt the going concern 
basis of accounting included:

•

•
•

•
•

•

•

•

obtaining the directors' forecasts and going concern assessment for the period to June 2022, which included the expected 
continuing impact of Covid-19.
evaluating and assessing the process by which the directors' future cash flow forecasts were prepared.
agreeing the opening gross debt and cash position of the directors' cash flow forecasts to the March 2021 management 
accounts.
reviewing the arithmetical accuracy of the directors' forecasts.
evaluating  and  assessing  the  directors'  key  assumptions  in  the  going  concern  assessment,  including  the  forecast 
revenues and anticipated operating margins over the period to June 2022, which included a sensitivity analysis of the key 
assumptions underpinning the cash flows throughout the going concern period.
obtaining the terms of the group’s financing facility and the covenants in place in relation to this facility, and determining 
that  the  directors'  base  case  and  severe  but  plausible  downside  scenarios  demonstrated  compliance  with  all  covenant 
conditions for at least 12 months from the date of the approval of the financial statements.
gaining an understanding of the potential mitigating actions that the directors could implement to meet the requirements of 
the covenants.
reviewing the directors' disclosures in the financial statements.

Based on the work we have performed, we have not identified any material uncertainties relating to events or conditions that, 
individually or collectively, may cast significant doubt on the group's and the company’s ability to continue as a going concern 
for a period of at least twelve months from when the financial statements are authorised for issue.

In auditing the financial statements, we have concluded that the directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting in the 
preparation of the financial statements is appropriate.

However, because not all future events or conditions can be predicted, this conclusion is not a guarantee as to the group's 
and the company's ability to continue as a going concern.

Our  responsibilities  and  the  responsibilities  of  the  directors  with  respect  to  going  concern  are  described  in  the  relevant 
sections of this report.

Reporting on other information
The  other  information  comprises  all  of  the  information  in  the  Annual  Report  other  than  the  financial  statements  and  our 
auditors’ report thereon. The directors are responsible for the other information. Our opinion on the financial statements does 
not  cover  the  other  information  and,  accordingly,  we  do  not  express  an  audit  opinion  or,  except  to  the  extent  otherwise 
explicitly stated in this report, any form of assurance thereon.

In connection with our audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, 
consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in 
the  audit,  or  otherwise  appears  to  be  materially  misstated.  If  we  identify  an  apparent  material  inconsistency  or  material 
misstatement, we are required to perform procedures to conclude whether there is a material misstatement of the financial 
statements or a material misstatement of the other information. If, based on the work we have performed, we conclude that 
there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are required to report that fact. We have nothing to report based 
on these responsibilities.

With respect to the Strategic report and Directors’ Report, we also considered whether the disclosures required by the UK 
Companies Act 2006 have been included.

Based on our work undertaken in the course of the audit, the Companies Act 2006 requires us also to report certain opinions 
and matters as described below.

63

Strategic report and Directors’ Report
In  our  opinion,  based  on  the  work  undertaken  in  the  course  of  the  audit,  the  information  given  in  the  Strategic  report  and 
Directors’ Report for the year ended 31 December 2020 is consistent with the financial statements and has been prepared in 
accordance with applicable legal requirements.

In light of the knowledge and understanding of the group and company and their environment obtained in the course of the 
audit, we did not identify any material misstatements in the Strategic report and Directors’ Report.

Directors’ Remuneration
In our opinion, the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited has been properly prepared in accordance with 
the Companies Act 2006.

Responsibilities for the financial statements and the audit

Responsibilities of the directors for the financial statements
As explained more fully in the Statement of Directors' Responsibilities in Respect of the Financial Statements, the directors 
are  responsible  for  the  preparation  of  the  financial  statements  in  accordance  with  the  applicable  framework  and  for  being 
satisfied that they give a true and fair view. The directors are also responsible for such internal control as they determine is 
necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or 
error.

In  preparing  the  financial  statements,  the  directors  are  responsible  for  assessing  the  group’s  and  the  company’s  ability  to 
continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of 
accounting  unless  the  directors  either  intend  to  liquidate  the  group  or  the  company  or  to  cease  operations,  or  have  no 
realistic alternative but to do so.

Auditors’ responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from material 
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditors’ report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance 
is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a 
material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually 
or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of 
these financial statements.

Our  audit  testing  might  include  testing  complete  populations  of  certain  transactions  and  balances,  possibly  using  data 
auditing techniques. However, it typically involves selecting a limited number of items for testing, rather than testing complete 
populations. We will often seek to target particular items for testing based on their size or risk characteristics. In other cases, 
we will use audit sampling to enable us to draw a conclusion about the population from which the sample is selected.

A  further  description  of  our  responsibilities  for  the  audit  of  the  financial  statements  is  located  on  the  FRC’s  website  at: 
www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of our auditors’ report.

Use of this report
This report, including the opinions, has been prepared for and only for the company’s members as a body in accordance with 
Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006 and for no other purpose. We do not, in giving these opinions, accept or 
assume responsibility for any other purpose or to any other person to whom this report is shown or into whose hands it may 
come save where expressly agreed by our prior consent in writing.

64

Other required reporting

Companies Act 2006 exception reporting
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, in our opinion:

• we have not obtained all the information and explanations we require for our audit; or
•

adequate  accounting  records  have  not  been  kept  by  the  company,  or  returns  adequate  for  our  audit  have  not  been 
received from branches not visited by us; or
certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or
the company financial statements and the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited are not in agreement 
with the accounting records and returns.

•
•

We have no exceptions to report arising from this responsibility.

Gregory Briggs (Senior Statutory Auditor)

for and on behalf of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditors

Manchester

April 29, 2021

65

 
LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT

All amounts in millions, except share and per share data

REVENUE
Cost of sales
Gross profit
Distribution costs
Administrative expenses
Share of results of joint ventures and associates
Changes to defined benefit pension plans
Restructuring and other expense
OPERATING PROFIT
Other (expense) / income:

Net loss on acquisitions and disposals
Finance income:

Interest received

Finance costs:

Interest costs
IAS 19R retirement benefits finance charge
Unwind of discount on deferred contingent consideration from acquisitions

Total finance costs

PROFIT ON OPERATIONS BEFORE TAXATION
Income tax expense
NET INCOME FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS
Net loss from discontinued operations
NET INCOME FOR THE YEAR
Attributable to:
Equity shareholders

Earnings per share1:
Basic from continuing operations
Basic from discontinued operations
Basic

Diluted from continuing operations
Diluted from discontinued operations
Diluted

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

Note
2

15
6
6
4

6

8

9
9
9

10

11

2020
$M

2019
$M

324.8 
(237.3)   
87.5 
(6.5)   
(42.6)   
(0.1)   
— 
(7.3)   
31.0 

— 

— 

(6.0)   
(1.0)   
— 
(7.0)   
24.0 
(6.2)   
17.8 
(0.9)   
16.9 

373.4 
(261.4) 
112.0 
(7.6) 
(55.5) 
0.7 
2.7 
(29.6) 
22.7 

(1.4) 

0.1 

(5.6) 
(1.4) 
(0.2) 
(7.2) 
14.2 
(8.2) 
6.0 
(1.8) 
4.2 

16.9 

4.2 

$

$

0.65 
(0.03)   
0.61 

0.64 
(0.03)   
0.60 

0.22 
(0.07) 
0.15 

0.22 
(0.07) 
0.15 

Weighted average ordinary shares outstanding:
Basic
Diluted

  27,557,219 
  27,971,382 

  27,289,042 
  27,882,864 

(1) The calculation of earnings per share is performed separately for continuing and discontinued operations. As a 
result, the sum of the two in any particular period may not equal the earnings-per-share amount in total.

In 2020, the basic average shares outstanding and diluted average shares outstanding were the same for 
discontinued operations because the effect of potential shares of common stock was anti-dilutive since the 
Company generated a net loss from discontinued operations. As a result, 593,822 shares combined were not 
included in the computation of diluted EPS for discontinued operations in 2020.

66

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

Net income for the year

Other comprehensive (loss) / income movements
Items that may be reclassified to the consolidated income statement:

Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations
Fair value movements in cash flow hedges

Transfers to consolidated income statement on cash flow hedges
Deferred income taxes on cash flow hedges

Hedge accounting income  adjustments
Total hedge accounting and translation of foreign operations movements

Items that will not be reclassified to the consolidated income statement:
Remeasurement of defined benefit retirement plans

Deferred income taxes on retirement benefits remeasurements
Retirement benefits changes

Total other comprehensive loss movements for the year
Total comprehensive income for the year

Attributed to:
Equity shareholders

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

Note

2020
$M

2019
$M

16.9 

4.2 

2.9 
— 

— 
— 

— 
2.9 

(19.0)   

3.7 
(15.3)   

(12.4)   
4.5 

(0.6) 
0.3 

0.1 
(0.1) 

0.3 
(0.3) 

(2.3) 

0.6 
(1.7) 

(2.0) 
2.2 

4.5 

2.2 

31

24

67

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC 

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET 

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

December 31, 2020 December 31, 2019

Note

$M

$M

ASSETS

Non-current assets

Property, plant and equipment

Right-of-use assets

Intangible assets

Investments

Deferred income tax assets

Current assets

Inventories

Trade and other receivables

Income tax receivable

Cash and cash equivalents

Held-for-sale assets

TOTAL ASSETS

EQUITY AND LIABILITIES

Capital and reserves

Ordinary share capital

Deferred share capital

Share premium account

Treasury shares

Retained earnings

Own shares held by ESOP

Share based compensation reserve

Translation reserve

Merger reserve

Non-current liabilities

Bank and other loans

Retirement benefits

Lease liability

Deferred income tax liabilities

Provisions

Trade and other payables

Current liabilities

Trade and other payables

Current income tax liabilities

Deferred contingent consideration
Lease liability

Provisions

Held-for-sale liabilities

Total liabilities

TOTAL EQUITY AND LIABILITIES

12

27

13

15

24

16

17

19

18

20

20

20

20

20

22

31

27

24

23

25

25

26
27

23

18

85.5 

9.2 

72.4 

0.5 

19.2 

186.8 

68.8 

43.1 

1.5 

1.5 

36.2 

151.1 

337.9 

26.6 

149.9 

77.1 

(4.0) 

297.1 

(1.4) 

(7.3) 

(48.9) 

(333.8) 

155.3 

53.1 

50.8 

7.6 

2.8 

1.0 

0.1 

115.4 

41.7 

0.4 

— 
2.1 

12.0 

11.0 

67.2 

182.6 

337.9 

98.2 

14.5 

72.9 

2.3 

16.5 

204.4 

94.5 

66.3 

1.2 

10.3 

3.9 

176.2 

380.6 

26.6 

149.9 

74.5 

(4.0) 

309.1 

(1.7) 

(6.9) 

(51.8) 

(333.8) 

161.9 

91.0 

35.2 

11.7 

1.0 

0.9 

0.6 

140.4 

63.7 

0.4 

0.5 
3.3 

10.4 

— 

78.3 

218.7 

380.6 

THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS ON PAGES 64 TO 119 WERE APPROVED BY THE BOARD ON APRIL 29, 2021 AND SIGNED ON ITS 
BEHALF:

Alok Maskara,

April 29, 2021

Company Registration no. 03690830

68

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

CONSOLIDATED CASH FLOW STATEMENT

The amounts below include both continuing and discontinued operations.

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

Note

2020

$M

2019

$M

RECONCILIATION OF CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

Net income for the year

Adjustments to reconcile net income for the year to net cash flows from continuing operating activities:

Income taxes

Depreciation and amortization

Lease right-of-use asset depreciation

Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment

Gain on disposal of business

Share based compensation charges / (credits) net of cash settlement

Net interest costs

Non-cash restructuring charges

   Property, plant and equipment impairment

   Intangible assets impairment

   Other non-cash restructuring charges

Curtailment and past service (credits) / charges on retirement benefits obligations

IAS 19R retirement benefits finance charge

Acquisitions and disposals costs / (gains)

Unwind of discount on deferred contingent consideration from acquisitions

Share of results of joint ventures and associates

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

   Decrease / (increase) in receivables

   Decrease in inventories

   Decrease in payables

Movement in retirement benefits obligations

Movement in provisions

Income taxes paid

NET CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

Purchases of property, plant and equipment

Purchases of intangible assets

Proceeds from sale of business

Receipts from sales of property, plant and equipment

Net cash flows on purchase of businesses

NET CASH FLOWS USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES

NET CASH FLOWS BEFORE FINANCING ACTIVITIES

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

Interest and similar finance costs paid on banking facilities

Interest paid on Loan Notes

Bank interest received
Net (repayment) / drawdown on banking facilities

Payments made in respect of leases

Dividends paid

Proceeds from issue of shares

NET CASH FLOWS USED IN FINANCING ACTIVITIES

NET DECREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

Net foreign exchange differences

Net cash and cash equivalents at January 1

Net cash and cash equivalents at December 31

10

4

27

4

6

8, 9

12

13

6

9

6

9

15

26

27

21

19

19

16.9 

6.2 

14.7 

3.3 

0.1 

— 

1.4 

6.0 

— 

— 

— 

— 

1.0 

— 

— 

0.1 

16.0 

13.7 

(17.1) 

(5.2) 

1.9 

(2.1) 

56.9 

(8.2) 

— 

1.5 

— 

(0.4) 

(7.1) 

49.8 

(1.2) 

(3.9) 

— 
(38.2) 

(3.7) 

(13.6) 

1.1 

(59.5) 

(9.7) 

0.9 

10.3 

1.5 

4.2 

7.3 

15.3 

3.7 

0.2 

(2.9) 

0.1 

5.8 

6.1 

0.4 

0.1 

(2.7) 

1.4 

4.3 

0.2 

(0.7) 

(2.6) 

0.3 

(18.0) 

(6.9) 

0.7 

(6.1) 

10.2 

(13.9) 

(0.1) 

4.4 

1.2 

(0.5) 

(8.9) 

1.3 

(1.3) 

(3.4) 

0.1 
17.5 

(4.1) 

(13.6) 

3.5 

(1.3) 

— 

(0.3) 

10.6 

10.3 

69

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

Equity attributable to the equity shareholders of the parent 

Ordinary
share
capital

Deferred
share
capital

Share
premium
account

Treasury
shares

Retained
earnings

Own 
shares
held
by ESOP

Other 
Reserves
(1)

Note

$M

$M

$M

$M

$M

$M

$M

Total
equity

$M

At At January 1, 2019

Net income for the year

Currency translation differences

Increase in fair value of cash flow hedges

Transfer to consolidated income statement on cash flow 

hedges

Remeasurement of defined benefit retirement plans
Deferred income taxes on items taken to other 

comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income for the year

Shares sold from ESOP

Equity dividends

Equity settled share based compensation charges

Utilization of treasury shares

Utilization of shares from ESOP

Other changes in equity in the year

At December 31, 2019

Net income for the year

Currency translation differences

Remeasurement of defined benefit retirement plans
Deferred income taxes on items taken to other 

comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income for the year

Shares sold from ESOP

Equity dividends

Equity settled share based compensation charges

Utilization of treasury shares

Utilization of shares from ESOP

Other changes in equity in the year

At December 31, 2020

24

21

20

20

24

21

20

17

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

26.6 

149.9 

65.7 

(4.3) 

320.2 

(2.2) 

(386.2) 

169.7 

—  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

—  $  —  $ 

—  $ 

4.2  $ 

—  $  —  $ 

4.2 

—  $  —  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

(0.6)  $ 

(0.6) 

—  $  —  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

0.3  $ 

0.3 

—  $  —  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

0.1  $ 

0.1 

—  $  —  $ 

—  $ 

(2.3)  $ 

—  $  —  $ 

(2.3) 

—  $ 

—  $  —  $ 

—  $ 

0.6  $ 

—  $ 

(0.1)  $ 

— 

—  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

— 

— 

— 

2.5 

— 

(0.3) 

—  $ 

3.3  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

0.2  $  —  $ 

—  $  —  $ 

—  $ 

(13.6)  $ 

—  $  —  $ 

(13.6) 

—  $  —  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

4.1  $ 

—  $  —  $ 

0.3  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

(0.1)  $ 

4.1 

0.2 

—  $ 

5.5  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

0.3  $ 

(10.0)  $ 

(4.2) 

— 

26.6 

— 

149.9 

8.8 

74.5 

0.3 

(13.6) 

0.5 

(6.0) 

(10.0) 

(4.0) 

309.1 

(1.7) 

(392.5) 

161.9 

—  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

—  $  —  $ 

—  $ 

16.9  $ 

—  $  —  $ 

16.9 

—  $  —  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

2.9  $ 

2.9 

—  $  —  $ 

—  $ 

(19.0)  $ 

—  $  —  $ 

(19.0) 

—  $ 

—  $  —  $ 

—  $ 

3.7  $ 

—  $  —  $ 

— 

—  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

— 

— 

— 

1.6 

— 

2.9 

—  $ 

0.8  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

0.3  $  —  $ 

—  $  —  $ 

—  $ 

(13.6)  $ 

—  $  —  $ 

(13.6) 

—  $  —  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

2.8  $ 

2.8 

—  $ 

0.1  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

(0.2)  $ 

(0.1) 

—  $ 

1.7  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

(3.0)  $ 

(1.3) 

— 

26.6 

— 

149.9 

2.6 

77.1 

— 

(13.6) 

0.3 

(0.4) 

(11.1) 

(4.0) 

297.1 

(1.4) 

(390.0) 

155.3 

0.5 

2.2 

3.5 

3.7 

4.5 

1.1 

(1)

Other reserves include a hedging reserve of nil (2019: nil), a translation reserve of $48.9 million deficit (2019: deficit of $51.8 million), a merger 
reserve of $333.8 million deficit (2019: $333.8 million deficit) and a share based compensation reserve of $7.3 million deficit (2019: $6.9 million 
deficit).

70

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

All amounts in millions, except share and per share data

1.  Accounting policies

Basis of preparation and statement of compliance with IFRS

The  consolidated  financial  statements  have  been  prepared  in  accordance  with  international  accounting 
standards  in  conformity  with  the  requirements  of  the  Companies  Act  2006  as  they  apply  to  the  consolidated 
financial statements of the Group for the year ended December 31, 2020. The consolidated financial statements 
have been prepared on a historical cost basis, except where IFRS requires or permits fair value measurement.

The directors have a reasonable expectation that the Group has adequate resources to continue in operational 
existence for the foreseeable future. In assessing the appropriateness of adopting the going concern basis in the 
preparation  of  these  financial  statements,  cash  forecasts  and  projections  have  been  prepared  to  June  2022. 
There  is  sufficient  headroom  in  our  covenant  compliance  which  would  enable  the  Group  to  drawdown  on  the 
RCF and not impact the Group's ability to continue as a going concern. Therefore the directors continue to apply 
the going concern basis for accounting in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements.

For  the  purpose  of  the  accompanying  consolidated  financial  statements,  subsequent  events  have  been 
evaluated through to April 29, 2021, which is the date the consolidated financial statements were authorized by 
the Board. The consolidated financial statements were issued on April 29, 2021.

Basis of consolidation

The  consolidated  financial  statements  comprise  the  financial  statements  of  Luxfer  Holdings  PLC  and  its 
subsidiaries (the "Group") at December 31 each year. The financial statements of the subsidiaries are prepared 
for  the  same  reporting  year  as  the  parent  company,  using  consistent  accounting  policies.  All  inter-company 
balances  and  transactions,  including  unrealized  profits  arising  from  intra-Group  transactions,  have  been 
eliminated in full.

Subsidiaries  are  consolidated  from  the  date  on  which  control  is  transferred  to  the  Group  and  cease  to  be 
consolidated from the date on which control is transferred out of the Group.

The  accounting  policies  which  follow,  set  out  those  polices  which  apply  in  preparing  the  consolidated  financial 
statements for the years ended December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2020.

Parent Company Guarantee

In  accordance  with  S479A  of  the  Companies Act  2006,  Luxfer  Holdings  PLC  has  provided  a  parent  company 
guarantee  for  the  below  listed  subsidiaries,  meaning  that  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2020,  they  are 
exempt from audit.

Name of Company

Biggleswick Limited

Lumina Trustee Limited

Luxfer Gas Cylinders China Holdings Limited

Luxfer Group Limited

Luxfer Group 2000 Limited

Luxfer Group Services Limited

Luxfer Magtech International Limited

Luxfer Overseas Holdings Limited

Company registered number

3349880

6055812

5165622

3944037

4027006

3981395

2891444

3081726

71

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

Presentation currency

The  consolidated  financial  statements  are  presented  in  U.S.  dollars  and  all  values  are  rounded  to  the  nearest 
$0.1 million except when otherwise indicated. The books of the Group's non-U.S. entities are converted to U.S. 
dollars at each reporting period date in accordance with the accounting policy below.

The  functional  currency  of  the  holding  company  Luxfer  Holdings  PLC  and  its  U.K.  subsidiaries  remains  GBP 
sterling for the year-ended 2020. As of January 1, 2021, the functional currency of Luxfer Holdings PLC will be 
USD given a review of the intercompany financing and the primary operations of the company.

Business combinations and goodwill

Business combinations are accounted for using the acquisition method. The cost of an acquisition is measured 
as the aggregate of the consideration transferred, measured at acquisition date fair value, and the amount of any 
non-controlling  interest  in  the  acquiree.  The  choice  of  measurement  of  non-controlling  interest,  either  at  fair 
value  or  at  the  proportionate  share  of  the  acquiree's  identifiable  net  assets,  is  determined  on  a  transaction  by 
transaction basis. Acquisition costs are expensed as incurred.

Goodwill is initially measured at cost, being the excess of the aggregate of the acquisition-date fair value of the 
consideration  transferred  and  the  amount  recognized  for  the  non-controlling  interest  over  the  net  identifiable 
amounts of the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed in exchange for the business combination. After initial 
recognition,  goodwill  is  measured  at  cost  less  any  accumulated  impairment  losses.  For  the  purpose  of 
impairment  testing,  goodwill  acquired  in  a  business  combination  is,  from  the  acquisition  date,  allocated  to  the 
Group's  cash  generating  units  that  are  expected  to  benefit  from  the  combination.  Goodwill  is  tested  at  leaset 
annually  for  impairment,  or  more  frequently  if  events  or  changes  in  circumstances  indicate  that  the  asset  is 
impaired.

Goodwill  arising  on  acquisitions  before  the  date  of  transition  to  IFRS  has  been  retained  at  the  previous 
U.K. GAAP amounts subject to being tested for impairment at that date and in subsequent years.

A bargain purchase is measured at cost being the excess of the net identifiable amounts of the assets acquired 
and the liabilities assumed in exchange for the business combination over the aggregate of the acquisition-date 
fair  value  of  the  consideration  transferred  and  the  amount  recognized  for  the  non-controlling  interest.  Any 
amount of a bargain purchase is recognized immediately as income.

Contingent  consideration  arising  as  a  result  of  a  business  combination  is  recognized  at  fair  value  at  the 
acquisition  date.  Subsequent  changes  in  the  fair  value  of  contingent  consideration  classified  as  an  asset  or 
liability are accounted for in accordance with the relevant IFRS standards.

Other intangible assets

Other intangible assets excluding development costs, are measured initially at purchase cost, or where acquired 
in  a  business  combination  at  fair  value,  and  are  amortized  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  their  estimated  useful 
lives as shown in the table below.

Research expenditure is expensed as incurred. Internal development expenditure is charged as administrative 
costs  to  the  consolidated  income  statement  in  the  year  it  is  incurred  unless  it  meets  the  recognition  criteria  of 
IAS  38  "Intangible  Assets".  Where  the  recognition  criteria  are  met,  intangible  assets  are  capitalized  and 
amortized  over  their  estimated  useful  economic  lives  from  product  launch,  as  shown  in  the  table  below. 
Intangible  assets  relating  to  products  in  development  are  subject  to  impairment  testing  at  each  balance  sheet 
date or earlier upon indication of impairment.

Technology and patents

Tradenames and trademarks

Customer relationships

Backlogs and non-compete agreements

Development costs

Software

14 – 20 years

20 – 25 years

10 – 15 years

5 – 6 years

5 – 10 years

4 – 7 years

The  carrying  values  are  reviewed  for  impairment  when  events  or  changes  in  circumstances  indicate  that  the 
carrying value may not be recoverable. Reviews are made annually of the estimated remaining lives and residual 
values of the patents and trademarks.

72

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

Revenue

A  performance  obligation  is  a  promise  in  a  contract  to  transfer  a  distinct  good  or  service  to  the  customer. The 
majority of the Group’s contracts have a single performance obligation as the promise to transfer the individual 
goods or services is not separately identifiable from other promises in the contracts and, therefore, not distinct. 
There  is  no  variable  consideration  or  obligations  for  returns,  refunds,  and  no  other  related  obligations  in  the 
Group’s contracts.

Payment terms and conditions vary by contract type and may include a requirement of payment in advance. In 
instances  where  the  timing  of  revenue  recognition  differs  from  the  timing  of  invoicing,  the  Company  has 
determined its contracts do not include a significant financing component.

The  Company’s  revenue  is  primarily  derived  from  the  following  sources  and  is  recognized  when  or  as  the 
Company satisfies a performance obligation by transferring a good or service to a customer. 

Product revenues

We  recognize  revenue  when  it  is  realized  or  realizable  and  has  been  earned.  Revenue  is  recognized  when 
persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, shipment or delivery has occurred (depending on the terms of the 
sale), which is when the transfer of product or control occurs, our price to the buyer is fixed or determinable, and 
the ability to collect is reasonably assured. 

Royalties

Royalty revenue is recognized on an accrual basis in accordance with the substance of the relevant agreements, 
provided that it is probable that the economic benefits will flow to the Group and the amount of revenue can be 
measured reliably.

Tooling revenue

Revenue from certain long-term tooling contracts is recognized over the contractual period under the cost-to-cost 
measure of progress as this is when the benefit is received by the customer. Incremental direct costs associated 
with  the  contract  include,  direct  labor  hours,  direct  raw  material  costs  and  other  associated  costs.  Under  this 
method, sales and gross profit are recognized as work is performed either based on the relationship between the 
actual costs incurred and the total estimated costs at completion (“the cost-to-cost method”) or based on efforts 
for  measuring  progress  towards  completion  in  situations  in  which  this  approach  is  more  representative  of  the 
progress  on  the  contract  than  the  cost-to-cost  method.  We  record  costs  and  earnings  in  excess  of  billings  on 
uncompleted  contracts  within  Trade  and  other  receivables  and  billings  in  excess  of  costs  and  earnings  on 
uncompleted  contracts  within  Trade  and  other  payables  in  the  consolidated  balance  sheet.  Where  customer 
acceptance  is  on  final  completion  and  handover  of  the  tool,  revenue  is  recognized  at  the  point  the  customer 
accepts  ownership  of  the  tool.  All  tooling  revenue  relates  to  discontinued  operations  resulting  in  all  related 
activity  included  in  discontinued  operations  and  associated  balances  included  in  assets  and  liabilities  held-for-
sale.

Practical Expedients

The  Company  applies  the  practical  expedient  and  does  not  disclose  information  about  remaining  performance 
obligations for contracts that have original expected durations of one year or less.

73

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

Property, plant and equipment

Property,  plant  and  equipment  is  stated  at  cost  less  accumulated  depreciation  and  any  impairment  in  value. 
Depreciation is initially calculated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the particular asset. As 
a  result  of  the  complexity  of  our  manufacturing  process,  there  is  a  wide  range  of  plant  and  equipment  in 
operation. The rate of annual charge is summarized as follows:

Freehold buildings

Leasehold land and buildings

Plant and equipment

Including:

Heavy production equipment (including casting, rolling, extrusion and press equipment)

Chemical production plant and robotics

Other production machinery

Furniture, fittings, storage and equipment

Freehold land is not depreciated.

3% – 10%

The lesser of life of 
lease or freehold rate

4% – 30%

4% – 6%

10% – 15%

10% – 20%

10% – 30%

Reviews are made annually of the estimated remaining lives and residual values of individual productive assets, 
taking account of commercial and technological obsolescence as well as normal wear and tear.

For any individual asset the carrying value is reviewed for impairment when events or changes in circumstances 
indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable. If any such indication exists and where the carrying value 
exceeds  the  estimated  recoverable  amount,  the  asset  is  written-down  to  its  recoverable  amount.  The 
recoverable amount of property, plant and equipment is the greater of the fair value less costs of disposal and 
the value in use. In assessing the value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present 
value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the 
risks specific to the asset. For an asset that does not generate largely independent cash inflows, the recoverable 
amount is determined for the cash-generating unit to which the asset belongs. Impairment losses are recognized 
in the consolidated income statement as part of the profit or loss on operations before taxation.

An item of property, plant and equipment is derecognized upon disposal or when no future economic benefits are 
expected  to  arise  from  the  continued  use  of  the  asset. Any  gain  or  loss  arising  on  derecognition  of  the  asset 
(calculated as the difference between the net disposal proceeds and the carrying value of the item) is included in 
the consolidated income statement in the year the item is derecognized.

Maintenance costs in relation to an item of property, plant and equipment are expensed as incurred.

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realizable value. Raw materials are valued on a first-in, first-
out basis. Strategic purchases of inventories in order to secure supply and reduce the impact of price volatility on 
the cost of inventories are valued on an average cost basis. Work in progress and finished goods costs comprise 
direct  materials  and,  where  applicable,  direct  labor  costs,  an  apportionment  of  production  overheads  and  any 
other  costs  that  have  been  incurred  in  bringing  the  inventories  to  their  present  location  and  condition.  Net 
realizable  value  represents  the  estimated  selling  price  less  all  estimated  costs  of  completion  and  costs  to  be 
incurred in selling and distribution. Inventories are reviewed on a regular basis, and we will make allowance for 
excess or obsolete inventories and write-down to net realizable value based primarily on committed sales prices 
and our estimates of expected and future product demand and related pricing.

Held-for-sale assets / liabilities

In accordance with IFRS 5, assets and liabilities held-for-sale are written down to their fair value less costs to sell 
and  classified  as  held-for-sale  on  the  face  of  the  balance  sheet.  Impairments  recognized  on  the  assets  and 
liabilities will be taken to the income statement and presented within restructuring and other expense.

If an asset or liability is no longer available for sale, then they will be reclassified within their relevant asset or 
liability financial statement line and held at amortized cost.

Discontinued operations

In accordance with IFRS 5, certain amounts in prior-year income statement were reclassified to conform to the 
current-year presentation due to the classification of certain businesses as discontinued operations.

74

 
LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

Foreign currencies

Transactions  in  currencies  other  than  an  operation's  functional  currency  are  initially  recorded  in  the  functional 
currency at the rate of exchange prevailing on the dates of transactions. At each balance sheet date, the foreign 
currency monetary assets and liabilities are translated into the functional currency at the rates prevailing on the 
balance sheet date.

All  differences  are  taken  to  the  consolidated  income  statement  with  the  exception  of  differences  on  foreign 
currency borrowings that provide a hedge against a net investment in a foreign entity. These are taken directly to 
equity  until  the  disposal  of  the  net  investment,  at  which  time  they  are  recognized  in  the  consolidated  income 
statement. Tax charges and credits attributable to exchange differences on those borrowings are also dealt with 
in equity.

On  consolidation,  the  assets  and  liabilities  of  the  Group's  foreign  operations  are  translated  at  exchange  rates 
prevailing on the balance sheet date. Income and expense items are translated at the average exchange rates 
for  the  period.  Exchange  differences  that  arise,  if  any,  are  classified  as  equity  and  transferred  to  the  Group's 
translation  reserve.  Such  translation  differences  are  recognized  in  the  consolidated  income  statement  in  the 
period in which the operation is disposed or partially disposed.

Income taxes

Current income taxes

Current  income  tax  assets  and  liabilities  for  the  current  period  are  measured  at  the  amount  expected  to  be 
recovered from or paid to the taxation authorities. The tax rates and tax laws used to compute the amount are 
those that are enacted, or substantively enacted, at the reporting date in the countries where the Group operates 
and generates taxable income.

Current  income  taxes  relating  to  items  recognized  directly  in  equity  is  recognized  in  equity  and  not  in  the 
consolidated  income  statement.  Management  periodically  evaluates  positions  taken  in  the  tax  returns  with 
respect to situations in which applicable tax regulations are subject to interpretation and establishes provisions 
where appropriate.

Deferred income taxes

Deferred  income  taxes  are  the  future  income  taxes  expected  to  be  payable  or  recoverable  on  differences 
between  the  carrying  values  of  assets  and  liabilities  in  the  consolidated  financial  statements  and  the 
corresponding  tax  bases  used  in  the  computation  of  taxable  profit,  and  are  accounted  for  using  the  balance 
sheet  liability  method.  Deferred  income  tax  liabilities  are  generally  recognized  for  all  taxable  temporary 
differences. Deferred income tax assets are recognized to the extent that it is probable that taxable profits will be 
available  against  which  deductible  temporary  differences  can  be  utilized.  Such  assets  and  liabilities  are  not 
recognized  if  the  temporary  difference  arises  from  goodwill  or  from  the  initial  recognition  (other  than  in  a 
business  combination)  of  other  assets  and  liabilities  in  a  transaction  that  affects  neither  the  tax  profit  nor  the 
accounting profit.

Deferred  income  tax  liabilities  are  recognized  for  taxable  temporary  differences  arising  on  investments  in 
subsidiaries, investments in associates, and interests in joint ventures, except where the Group is able to control 
the  reversal  of  the  temporary  difference  and  it  is  probable  that  the  temporary  difference  will  not  reverse  in  the 
foreseeable future.

The carrying value of a deferred income tax asset is reviewed at each balance sheet date and reduced to the 
extent that it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable profits will be available to allow all or part of the asset to 
be recovered.

Deferred income taxes are calculated at the tax rate that is expected to apply in the period when the liability is 
settled or the asset is realized based on tax rates and tax laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted 
at the balance sheet date. Deferred income taxes are charged or credited to the consolidated income statement, 
except when it relates to items charged or credited directly to equity, in which case the deferred income taxes 
are also dealt with in equity.

75

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

Leases

The  Group  leases  various  buildings,  equipment  and  vehicles.  Rental  contracts  are  typically  made  for  fixed 
periods of 12 months to 10 years, but may have extension options.  Contracts may contain both lease and non-
lease  components.  The  Group  allocates  the  consideration  in  the  contract  to  the  lease  and  non-lease 
components based on their relative stand-alone prices. Lease terms are negotiated on an individual basis and 
contain  a  wide  range  of  different  terms  and  conditions.  The  lease  agreements  do  not  impose  any  covenants 
other than the security interests in the leased assets that are held by the lessor. Leased assets may not be used 
as security for borrowing purposes. 

Assets and liabilities arising from a lease are initially measured on a present value basis. Lease liabilities include 
the net present value of the following lease payments:

•

•

•

•

•

fixed payments (including in-substance fixed payments), less any lease incentives receivable

variable lease payment that are based on an index or a rate, initially measured using the index or rate as 
at the commencement date

amounts expected to be payable by the group under residual value guarantees

the exercise price of a purchase option if the group is reasonably certain to exercise that option, and

payments  of  penalties  for  terminating  the  lease,  if  the  lease  term  reflects  the  group  exercising  that 
option.  

Lease payments to be made under reasonably certain extension options are also included in the measurement 
of the liability.  The lease payments are discounted using the interest rate implicit in the lease. If that rate cannot 
be readily determined, which is generally the case for leases in the Group, the lessee’s incremental borrowing 
rate is used, being the rate that the individual lessee would have to pay to borrow the funds necessary to obtain 
an asset of similar value to the right-of-use asset in a similar economic environment with similar terms, security 
and conditions.   

The group is exposed to potential future increases in variable lease payments based on an index or rate, which 
are  not  included  in  the  lease  liability  until  they  take  effect.  When  adjustments  to  lease  payments  based  on  an 
index  or  rate  take  effect,  the  lease  liability  is  reassessed  and  adjusted  against  the  right-of-use  asset.    Lease 
payments are allocated between principal and finance cost.

Right-of-use assets are measured at cost comprising the following:

•

•

•

•

the amount of the initial measurement of lease liability

any lease payments made at or before the commencement date less any lease incentives received

any initial direct costs, and

restoration costs. 

Right-of-use assets are generally depreciated over the shorter of the asset's useful life and the lease term on a 
straight-line  basis.  If  the  Group  is  reasonably  certain  to  exercise  a  purchase  option,  the  right-of-use  asset  is 
depreciated  over  the  underlying  asset’s  useful  life.  Payments  associated  with  short-term  leases  of  equipment 
and vehicles and all leases of low-value assets are recognized on a straight-line basis as an expense in profit or 
loss.  Short-term  leases  are  leases  with  a  lease  term  of  12  months  or  less.  Low-value  assets  comprise  IT 
equipment and small items of office furniture. 

Retirement benefits costs

In  respect  of  defined  benefit  plans,  obligations  are  measured  at  the  present  value  whilst  plan  assets  are 
recorded at fair value. The cost of providing benefits is determined using the Projected Unit Credit Method, with 
actuarial valuations being carried out at each balance sheet date.

The charge to the consolidated income statement is based on an actuarial calculation of the Group's portion of 
the  annual  expected  costs  of  the  benefit  plans  and  the  net  interest  cost,  which  is  calculated  by  applying  the 
discount  rate  to  the  net  defined  benefit  obligation,  taking  into  account  contributions  and  benefits  paid.  Re-
measurements are recognized in the statement of comprehensive income.

When  a  settlement  or  curtailment  occurs  the  obligation  and  related  plan  assets  are  remeasured  using  current 
actuarial  assumptions  and  the  resultant  gain  or  loss  recognized  in  the  consolidated  income  statement  in  the 
period in which the settlement or curtailment occurs.

Payments to defined contribution plans are charged as an expense as they fall due.

76

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

Provisions

Provisions are recognized when the Group has a present obligation as a result of a past event, it is probable that 
a  transfer  of  resources  will  be  required  to  settle  the  obligation,  and  a  reliable  estimate  can  be  made  of  the 
amount of the obligation.

Share based compensation

The  cost  of  equity  settled  transactions  is  recognized,  based  upon  the  fair  value  at  grant  date,  together  with  a 
corresponding  increase  in  the  share  based  compensation  reserve  in  equity,  over  the  period  in  which  the 
performance  or  service  conditions  are  fulfilled.  The  cumulative  expense  recognized  for  equity  settled 
transactions  at  each  reporting  date  until  the  vesting  date  reflects  the  extent  to  which  the  vesting  period  has 
expired  and  the  Group's  best  estimate  of  the  number  of  equity  instruments  that  will  ultimately  vest.  The 
consolidated income statement expense or credit for a period represents the movement in cumulative expense 
recognized at the beginning and end of that period.

Separate disclosure of expenses or income

Certain items of expense or income are presented separately with restructuring and other expenses, on the face 
of  the  income  statement,    based  on  management's  judgment  that  they  need  to  be  disclosed  by  virtue  of  their 
size,  nature  or  incidence  in  order  to  provide  a  proper  understanding  of  our  results  of  operations  and  financial 
condition. Such items of expense or income incurred during a period are disclosed under identifiable headings in 
the  consolidated  income  statement  and  further  explained  in  Note  6  to  the  consolidated  financial  statements. 
Examples of such items include but are not limited to:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

Restructuring of the activities of the Group and reversals of any provisions for the costs of restructuring;

write-downs  of  inventories  to  net  realizable  value  or  of  property,  plant  and  equipment  to  recoverable 
amount, as well as reversals of such write-downs;

disposals of items of property, plant and equipment;

disposals of investments and subsidiaries;

discontinued operations;

litigation settlements; and

other material reversals of provisions.

The nature of the items of expense or income is considered to determine whether the item should be presented 
as part of operating profit or loss or as other expenses or income. The adjusted earnings per share calculations, 
presented  by  the  Group  exclude  the  impact  of  these  items.  Management  believes  that  the  use  of  adjusted 
measures such as this provides additional useful information on underlying trends to shareholders.

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents in the balance sheet comprise cash at bank and in hand and short-term deposits with 
an original maturity date of three months or less. For the purpose of the consolidated cash flow statement, cash 
and cash equivalents consist of cash and cash equivalents as defined above, but net of bank overdrafts.

Interest in joint ventures

The Group has applied IFRS 11 to all joint arrangements. Under IFRS 11, investments in joint arrangements are 
classified as either joint operations or joint ventures depending on the contractual rights and obligations of each 
investor. The Group has assessed the nature of its joint arrangements and determined them to be joint ventures. 
Joint ventures are accounted for using the equity method of accounting. Under the equity method of accounting, 
interests in joint ventures are initially recognized at cost and adjusted thereafter to recognize the Group's share 
of the post-acquisition profits or losses and movements in other comprehensive income.

When the Group's share of losses in a joint venture equals or exceeds its interests in the joint ventures (which 
includes any long-term interests that, in substance, form part of the Group's net investment in the joint ventures), 
the  Group  does  not  recognize  further  losses,  unless  it  has  incurred  legal  or  constructive  obligations  or  made 
payments on behalf of the joint ventures.

77

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

The Group determines at each reporting date whether there is any objective evidence that the investment in the 
joint  venture  is  impaired.  If  the  investment  is  impaired,  the  Group  calculates  the  amount  of  impairment  as  the 
difference between the recoverable amount of the joint venture and its carrying value and recognizes the amount 
as 'restructuring and other expense' in the consolidated income statement.

Gains or losses resulting from upstream and downstream transactions between the Group and its joint venture 
are  recognized  in  the  Group's  consolidated  financial  statements  only  to  the  extent  of  unrelated  investor's 
interests  in  the  joint  venture.  Unrealized  losses  are  eliminated  unless  the  transaction  provides  evidence  of  an 
impairment  of  the  asset  transferred.  Accounting  policies  of  the  joint  ventures  have  been  changed  where 
necessary to ensure consistency with the policies adopted by the Group.

Interest in associates

Associates  are  all  entities  over  which  the  Group  has  significant  influence  but  not  control,  generally 
accompanying  a  shareholding  of  between  20%  and  50%  of  the  voting  rights.  Investments  in  associates  are 
accounted for using the equity method of accounting. Under the equity method of accounting, the investment is 
initially recognized at cost, and the carrying value is increased or decreased to recognize the investor's share of 
the profit or loss and movements in other comprehensive income of the investee after the date of acquisition.

If  the  ownership  interest  in  an  associate  is  reduced  but  significant  influence  is  retained,  only  a  proportionate 
share of the amounts previously recognized in other comprehensive income is reclassified to profit or loss where 
appropriate.

The Group's share of post-acquisition profit or loss is recognized in the consolidated income statement, and its 
share  of  post-acquisition  movements  in  other  comprehensive  income  is  recognized  in  other  comprehensive 
income  with  a  corresponding  adjustment  to  the  carrying  value  of  the  investment.  When  the  Group's  share  of 
losses in an associate equals or exceeds its interest in the associate, including other unsecured receivables, the 
Group  does  not  recognize  further  losses,  unless  it  has  incurred  legal  or  constructive  obligations  or  made 
payments on behalf of the associate.

The Group determines at each reporting date whether there is any objective evidence that the investment in the 
associate  is  impaired.  If  this  is  the  case,  the  Group  calculates  the  amount  of  impairment  as  the  difference 
between  the  recoverable  amount  of  the  associate  and  its  carrying  value  and  recognizes  the  amount  as 
'restructuring and other expense' in the consolidated income statement.

Gains or losses resulting from upstream and downstream transactions between the Group and its associate are 
recognized in the Group's consolidated financial statements only to the extent of unrelated investor's interests in 
the associates. Unrealized losses are eliminated unless the transaction provides evidence of an impairment of 
the  asset  transferred.  Accounting  policies  of  associates  have  been  changed  where  necessary  to  ensure 
consistency with the policies adopted by the Group.

Dilution  gains  and  losses  arising  in  investments  in  associates  are  recognized  in  the  consolidated  income 
statement.

Financial assets and liabilities

Hedge effectiveness is determined at the inception of the hedge relationship, and through periodic prospective 
effectiveness assessments to ensure that an economic relationship exists between the hedged item and hedging 
instrument.    For  hedges  of  foreign  currency  purchases,  the  Group  enters  into  hedge  relationships  where  the 
critical terms of the hedging instrument match exactly with the terms of the hedged item. The Group therefore 
performs a qualitative assessment of effectiveness. If changes in circumstances affect the terms of the hedged 
item  such  that  the  critical  terms  no  longer  match  exactly  with  the  critical  terms  of  the  hedging  instrument,  the 
Group uses the hypothetical derivative method to assess effectiveness.

In  hedges  of  foreign  currency  purchases,  ineffectiveness  may  arise  if  the  timing  of  the  forecast  transaction 
changes  from  what  was  originally  estimated,  or  if  there  are  changes  in  the  credit  risk  of  a  country  or  the 
derivative  counterparty.    As  all  critical  terms  matched  during  the  year,  the  economic  relationship  was  100% 
effective. 

In 2020 the Group did not hedge account for its contracts.

78

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

Trade and other receivables

Trade  receivables  are  recognized  initially  at  the  amount  of  consideration  that  is  unconditional,  unless  they 
contain significant financing components, in which case they are recognized at fair value. The group holds the 
trade  receivables  with  the  objective  of  collecting  the  contractual  cash  flows,  and  so  it  measures  them 
subsequently at amortized cost using the effective interest method.

The  group  applies  the  IFRS  9  simplified  approach  to  measuring  expected  credit  losses  which  uses  a  lifetime 
expected loss allowance for all trade receivables and contract assets.

To  measure  the  expected  credit  losses,  trade  receivables  and  contract  assets  have  been  grouped  based  on 
shared credit risk characteristics and the days past due. The contract assets relate to unbilled work in progress 
and  have  substantially  the  same  risk  characteristics  as  the  trade  receivables  for  the  same  types  of  contracts. 
The  group  has  therefore  concluded  that  the  expected  loss  rates  for  trade  receivables  are  a  reasonable 
approximation of the loss rates for the contract assets.

The expected loss rates are based on the payment profiles of sales over a period of 36 months before 
December 31, 2020 and the corresponding historical credit losses experienced within this period. The historical 
loss rates are adjusted to reflect current and forward looking information on macroeconomic factors affecting the 
ability of the customers to settle the receivables.

Trade receivables and contract assets are written off where there is no reasonable expectation of recovery.

The maximum exposure at the end of the reporting period is the carrying amount of these receivables.

Bank and other loans

Bank  and  other  loans  are  recorded  at  the  fair  value  of  the  proceeds  received  net  of  directly  attributable 
transaction  costs.  Issue  costs  relating  to  revolving  credit  facilities  are  charged  to  the  consolidated  income 
statement  over  the  estimated  life  of  the  facility  on  a  periodic  basis  and  are  added  to  the  carrying  value  of  the 
facility.  Issue  costs  relating  to  fixed  term  loans  are  charged  to  the  consolidated  income  statement  using  the 
effective interest method and are added to the carrying value of the fixed term loan.

Trade payables

Trade payables are not interest bearing and are stated at their nominal value.

Derivative financial instruments

The Group uses derivative financial instruments such as foreign currency contracts to hedge its risks associated 
with foreign currency fluctuations. Such derivative financial instruments are stated at fair value.

Hedges  are  classified  as  cash  flow  hedges  when  they  hedge  exposure  to  variability  in  cash  flows  either 
attributable  to  a  particular  risk  associated  with  a  recognized  asset  or  liability  or  a  highly  probable  forecast 
transaction.

In relation to cash flow hedges to hedge the foreign currency risk of firm commitments which meet the conditions 
for special hedge accounting, the portion of the gain or loss on the hedging instrument that is determined to be 
an effective hedge is recognized directly in equity and  the ineffective portion is recognized in the consolidated 
income statement. 

In relation to derivative financial instruments used to hedge a forecast transaction, the portion of the gain or loss 
on  the  hedging  instrument  that  is  determined  to  be  an  effective  hedge  is  recognized  directly  in  equity  and  the 
ineffective portion is recognized in the consolidated income statement. Amounts taken to equity are transferred 
to the consolidated income statement when the hedged transaction affects profit or loss.

In 2020 none of the derivatives were denominated as a cash flow hedge at the year-end.

79

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

Financial liabilities and equity instruments

Financial  liabilities  and  equity  instruments  issued  by  the  Group  are  recorded  at  the  proceeds  received,  net  of 
direct issue costs.

Financial liabilities and equity instruments are all instruments that are issued by the Group as a means of raising 
finance,  including  shares,  loan  notes,  debentures,  debt  instruments  and  options  and  warrants  that  give  the 
holder the right to subscribe for or obtain financial liabilities and equity instruments.

An equity instrument is any contract that evidences a residual interest in the assets of an entity after deducting 
all  of  its  liabilities.  All  equity  instruments  are  included  in  shareholders'  funds.  The  finance  costs  incurred  in 
respect of an equity instrument are charged directly to the consolidated income statement. Other instruments are 
classified as financial liabilities if they contain a contractual obligation to transfer economic benefits.

Critical accounting judgments and key sources of estimation uncertainty

The  key  assumptions  concerning  the  future,  and  other  key  sources  of  estimation  uncertainty  at  the  balance 
sheet  date,  that  have  a  significant  risk  of  causing  a  material  adjustment  to  the  carrying  values  of  assets  and 
liabilities  within  the  next  financial  year,  are  discussed  below.  The  judgments  used  by  management  in  the 
application of the Group's accounting policies in respect of these key areas of estimation are considered to be 
the most significant. The below policies include both elements of judgments and estimates.

Impairment of non-financial assets

The Group assesses whether there are any indicators of impairment for all non-financial assets at each reporting 
date.  Goodwill  is  tested  for  impairment  annually  and  at  other  times  when  such  indicators  exist.  Other  non-
financial  assets  are  tested  for  impairment  when  there  are  indicators  that  the  carrying  value  may  not  be 
recoverable. Further details are given in Note 14.

The  directors  perform  their  annual  goodwill  impairment  test  by  comparing  the  recoverable  amount  of  the  cash 
generating  unit  ("CGU"),  to  which  goodwill  has  previously  been  allocated,  to  its  carrying  value.  A  goodwill 
impairment  charge  will  be  recognized  for  the  amount  by  which  the  CGU's  carrying  amount  exceeds  its 
recoverable amount. 

The recoverable amount is the higher of fair value less costs of disposal and value in use. The value in use of 
each  CGU  is  determined  by  the  directors  using  a  discounted  cash  flow  analysis.  Projecting  discounted  future 
cash flows requires the directors to make significant estimates including: (i) future revenue growth rates including 
the perpetual growth rate; (ii) anticipated operating margins; and (iii) the discount rates applied to the estimated 
future  cash  flows.  These  assumptions  are  determined  over  a  three  year  long-term  planning  period.  The  three 
year growth rates for revenues and operating profits margins vary for each CGU being evaluated. Revenues and 
operating  profit  margins  beyond  2022  are  projected  to  grow  at  a  perpetual  growth  rate  of  1.8%. A  reasonable 
change in these estimates would not result in an impairment.

The recoverable amount is the higher of fair value less costs of disposal and value in use. The value in use of 
each  CGU  is  determined  by  the  directors  using  a  discounted  cash  flow  analysis.  Projecting  discounted  future 
cash flows requires the directors to make significant estimates including: (i) future revenue growth rates including 
the perpetual growth rate; (ii) anticipated operating margins; and (iii) the discount rates applied to the estimated 
future cash flows.  

Pensions

Determining the present value of future obligations of pensions requires an estimation of future mortality rates, 
future  salary  increases,  future  pension  increases,  future  inflation  increases  and  discount  rates.  These 
assumptions are determined in association with qualified actuaries. Due to the long-term nature of these plans, 
such  estimates  are  subject  to  significant  uncertainty.  The  pension  liabilities  at  December  31,  2020  are  $50.8 
million (2019: $35.2 million). Further details are given in Note 31.

80

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

Impact of COVID-19 on the Financial Statements

Luxfer’s  top  priority  during  this  global  pandemic  is  the  health  and  well-being  of  our  employees,  customers, 
shareholders, and the communities in which we operate. The Group continues to monitor the COVID-19 situation 
closely, while simultaneously executing business continuity plans. These business continuity plans include, but 
are  not  limited  to,  (i)  retooling  operations  to  maintain  social  distance  and  maximize  employee  safety;  (ii) 
increasing resources and efforts to satisfy demand from the most impactful parts of our business; (iii) expanding 
flexible work arrangements and policies, where practical, to maximize employee safety; (iv) increased monitoring 
of  short-term  cash  flow,  including  measures  to  reduce  costs  and  generate  cash;  and  (v)  providing  regular 
updates to our shareholders, employees, customers, and suppliers in a transparent and timely manner. 

At  this  time,  Luxfer  continues  to  operate  all  of  its  facilities,  following  temporary  closures  at  a  small  number  of 
locations  earlier  in  2020.  However,  due  to  weaker  demand  resulting  from  uncertain  economic  conditions, 
potential  supply  constraints,  and  the  continued  impact  of  COVID-19,  Luxfer  has  implemented  additional  cost 
saving programs, including headcount reductions. 

Luxfer’s results continue to reflect the global macro environment resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic, 
including broad-based market weakness, which has been especially evident in our general industrial and 
transportation end-markets in 2020 with full year decline of 18.0% and 14.7% respectively. However, while 
general industrial has continued to decline in the fourth quarter by 12.5% relative to prior year, transportation has 
experienced a recovery with growth of 20.1%, largely on the back of the return to growth of sales of alternative 
fuel products. Despite the adverse macro trends, the Group has a strong balance sheet and access to an 
existing $150 million credit facility, of which only $4.1 million was drawn down at the end of the year following 
continued strong cash generation which allowed the early repayment in the fourth quarter of $25 million of Loan 
Notes due 2021. Furthermore, as our net debt to EBITDA ratio has fallen to 1.0x at the end of 2020 (from 1.2x at 
the end of 2019), we have identified no issues in relation to financial covenants nor availability of funding for 
continued operations. 

Changes in accounting policies

The accounting policies adopted are consistent with those of the previous financial year.

New standards and amendments to standards not applied

The IASB has issued the following significant amendments to standards with a mandatory effective date on or 
after January 1, 2020:

International Financial Reporting Standards
IAS 1

Presentation of financial statements (amendments)

Mandatory effective date
No earlier than January 1, 2022

IAS 16

IFRS 3

IAS 37

Property, Plant and Equipment (amendments)

No earlier than January 1, 2022

Business combination (amendments)

No earlier than January 1, 2022

Onerous Contracts (amendments)

No earlier than January 1, 2022

The directors do not expect  that the adoption of the  standards listed above will have a material impact on the 
consolidated financial statements of the Group in future periods.

2. Revenue

Disaggregated revenue disclosures for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019 are 
presented below.

2020
$M

$M

Gas 

Cylinders Elektron

Net sales by end-market

$M

$M

2019
$M

$M

Total
87.7    111.9 
42.3   
92.1 
52.9    120.8 
182.9    324.8 

Gas 

Cylinders Elektron

Total
24.7    111.7    136.4 
59.5    108.0 
48.5   
48.7    129.0 
80.3   
153.5    219.9    373.4 

General industrial
Transportation
Defense, First Response & Healthcare

24.2   
49.8   
67.9   
141.9   

81

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
United States

U.K.

Germany

Italy

France

Top five countries

Rest of Europe

Asia Pacific
Other (1)

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

Net sales by geographic destination

2020

2019

$M

Percent

$M

Percent

173.0 

 53.3 %  

201.4 

 53.9 %

18.7 

15.7 

10.5 

20.2 

 5.8 %  

 4.8 %  

 3.2 %  

 6.2 %  

23.9 

21.8 

13.3 

15.9 

238.1 

 73.3 %  

276.3 

25.4 

45.2 

16.1 

324.8 

 7.8 %  

 13.9 %  

 5.0 %  

37.7 

42.8 

16.6 

373.4 

 6.4 %

 5.8 %

 3.6 %

 4.3 %

 74.0 %

 10.1 %

 11.5 %

 4.4 %

(1) Other includes Canada, South America, Latin America and Africa.

The  Company’s  performance  obligations  are  satisfied  at  a  point  in  time.  With  the  reclassification  of  our 
Superform  business  as  discontinued  operations,  none  of  the  Company's  revenue  is  satisfied  over  time. As  a 
result,  the  Company's  contract  receivables,  contract  assets  and  contract  liabilities  at  December  31,  2020  are 
disclosed within current assets and liabilities held-for-sale.

The following table provides information about contract receivables, contract assets and contract liabilities with 
customers as at December 31, 2019 .

In millions

Contract receivables

Contract assets

Contract liabilities

December 31, 2019

1.7 

1.3 

(0.5) 

Contract assets in 2019 consisted of $1.3 million accrued unbilled amounts relating to tooling revenue and were 
recognized in prepayments and accrued income in the consolidated balance sheet. Of the $2.1 million contract 
assets recognized as of December 31, 2018, $2.0 million were billed to customers and transferred to receivables 
as of December 31, 2019.

Contract liabilities in 2019 of $0.5 million consisted of advance payments and billing above costs incurred and 
were  recognized  as  accruals  and  deferred  income.  Significant  changes  in  contract  liabilities  balances  during 
2019 were as follows:

In millions

As at January 1,

(Payments received) / amounts billed

(Costs incurred) / revenue recognized

As at December 31,

2019

(1.1) 

(0.9) 

1.5 

(0.5) 

$ 

$ 

82

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

Segmental Information

3. 
We  classify  our  operations  into  two  core  business  segments,  Gas  Cylinders  and  Elektron,  based  primarily  on 
shared  economic  characteristics  for  the  nature  of  the  products  and  services;  the  nature  of  the  production 
processes;  the  type  or  class  of  customer  for  their  products  and  services;  the  methods  used  to  distribute  their 
products or provide their services; and the nature of the regulatory environment. The Group has four identified 
business  units,  which  aggregate  into  the  two  reportable  segments.  Luxfer  Gas  Cylinders  forms  the  Gas 
Cylinders segment, and Luxfer MEL Technologies, Luxfer Magtech and Luxfer Graphic Arts aggregate into the 
Elektron segment. The Superform business unit used to aggregate into the Gas Cylinders segment, but is now 
recognized within discontinued operations. Prior to its sale at the end of the second quarter of 2019, there was a 
further  business  unit,  Luxfer  Czech  Republic  which  was  part  of  the  Elektron  Segment.  A  summary  of  the 
operations of the segments is provided below:

Gas Cylinders segment
Our  Gas  Cylinders  segment  manufactures  and  markets  specialized  products  using  carbon  composites  and 
aluminum,  including  pressurized  cylinders  for  use  in  various  applications  including  self-contained  breathing 
apparatus (SCBA) for firefighters, containment of oxygen and other medical gases for healthcare, alternative fuel 
vehicles, and general industrial.

Elektron segment 
Our Elektron segment focuses on specialty materials based primarily on magnesium and zirconium, with key 
product lines including advanced lightweight magnesium alloys with a variety of uses across a variety of 
industries; magnesium powders for use in countermeasure flares, as well as heater meals; photoengraving 
plates for graphic arts; and high-performance zirconium-based materials and oxides used as catalysts and in the 
manufacture of advanced ceramics, fiber-optic fuel cells, and many other performance products.

Other
Other  primarily  represents  unallocated  corporate  expense  and  includes  non-service  related  defined  benefit 
pension cost / credit.

Management  monitors  the  operating  results  of  its  reportable  segments  separately  for  the  purpose  of  making 
decisions  about  resource  allocation  and  performance  assessment.  Segment  performance  is  evaluated  by  the 
chief  operating  decision  maker,  who  is  responsible  for  allocating  resources  and  assessing  performance  of  the 
operating segments and has been identified as the CEO, using adjusted EBITA(1) and adjusted EBITDA, which is 
defined as segment income and is based on operating income adjusted for share based compensation charges; 
loss  on  disposal  of  property,  plant  and  equipment,  restructuring  charges;  impairment  charges;  acquisition  and 
disposal  related  gains  and  costs;  other  charges;  depreciation  and  amortization;  and  unwind  of  discount  on 
deferred consideration.

Unallocated assets and liabilities include those which are held on behalf of the Group and cannot be allocated to 
a  segment,  such  as  taxation,  investments,  cash,  retirement  benefits  obligations,  bank  and  other  loans  and 
holding company assets and liabilities.

Financial  information  by  reportable  segment  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  is  included  in  the  following 
summary:

In millions

Gas Cylinders segment

Elektron segment

Consolidated

In millions

Gas Cylinders segment

Elektron segment

Unallocated

Consolidated

Net Sales

Adjusted EBITDA(2)

2020

2019

2020

2019

$ 

141.9  $ 

153.5  $ 

21.3  $ 

182.9 

219.9 

32.6 

$ 

324.8  $ 

373.4  $ 

53.9  $ 

22.3 

44.8 

67.1 

Depreciation and 
amortization

2020

2019

Restructuring and 
other expense
2019
2020

$ 

3.9  $ 

9.7 

— 

3.9 

9.7 

— 

$ 

5.9  $ 

21.8 

1.3 

0.1 

7.8 

— 

$ 

13.6  $ 

13.6 

$ 

7.3  $ 

29.6 

83

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In millions

Gas Cylinders segment

Elektron segment

Unallocated

Discontinued operations

Consolidated

In millions

Gas Cylinders segment

Elektron segment

Unallocated

Discontinued operations

Consolidated

In millions

United States

United Kingdom

Rest of Europe

Canada

Asia Pacific

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

Capital expenditure

2020

2019

$ 

2.0  $ 

5.1   

—   

0.3  $ 

7.4  $ 

$ 

$ 

3.1 

10.9 

— 

0.8 

14.8 

Total assets

2020

2019

Total liabilities
2019
2020

$ 

90.8  $ 

104.5  $ 

36.4  $ 

186.7 

26.6 

33.8 

197.9 

34.2 

44.0 

28.6   

106.6   

11.0   

36.3 

34.0 

129.6 

18.8 

$ 

$ 

337.9  $ 

380.6  $ 

182.6  $ 

218.7 

Non-current assets

2020

2019

107.7   

122.8 

68.5   

1.1   

9.4   

0.1   

68.5 

1.0 

11.5 

0.6 

186.8   

204.4 

(1) Adjusted EBITA is adjusted EBITDA less depreciation and loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment.

(2) 2020 and 2019 adjusted EBITDA is calculated on a US GAAP basis, our primary GAAP. A reconciliation can be found in our FORM 10-K 
filed with the SEC on March 2, 2021.

4.  Operating profit

Operating profit for continuing activities is stated after charging:

Research and development expenditure charged to the consolidated income statement

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment (Note 12)

Right-of-use asset depreciation

Amortization of intangible assets (Note 13)

Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment

Restructuring and other expense (Note 6)

Staff costs (Note 7)

Cost of inventories recognized as expense

2020

$M

2019

$M

3.3 

13.4 

3.3 

1.3 

0.1 

7.3 

89.1 

239.3 

5.7 

13.1 

3.7 

2.2 

0.2 

29.6 

114.4 

226.9 

84

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

5.  Fees payable to auditors

The  total  remuneration  of  the  Group's  auditors,  PricewaterhouseCoopers  LLP  and  other  member  firms  of 
PricewaterhouseCoopers  International  Limited,  for  services  provided  to  the  Group  during  the  years  ended 
December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019 is analyzed below.

Fees payable to auditors for the audit of the consolidated financial statements and its 
subsidiaries

1.7 

1.8 

Fees paid for non-audit services were less than $0.1 million in both 2020 and 2019.

The audit fee for the company financial statements of Luxfer Holdings PLC was $0.1 million (2019: $0.1 million). 

2020

$M

2019

$M

6.  Other (expense) / income items

(a)   Changes to defined benefit pension plans

Credited / (charged) to operating profit:

Changes to defined benefit pension plans

(b)   Restructuring and other expense

Charged to operating profit:

Rationalization of operations

Asset impairments

Environmental remediation costs

(c)   Net loss on acquisitions and disposals

(Charged)/credited to non-operating profit:

Merger and acquisition costs

Gain on disposal of business

Gain on previously written down inventory

Remeasurement of deferred contingent consideration

Changes to defined benefit pension plans

2020

$M

2019

$M

— 

— 

2.7 

2.7 

(6.9)   

(22.4) 

— 

(0.4)   

(7.3)   

(4.7) 

(2.5) 

(29.6) 

(0.4)   

(4.4) 

— 

0.3 

0.1 

— 

2.9 

— 

0.1 

(1.4) 

During  2020,  there  was  no  change  in  the  defined  benefit  pension  plans  that  has  been  recognized  outside  of 
interest. 

During  2019,  a  $2.7  million  credit  has  been  recognized  in  relation  to  special  events  occurring  in  the  US  and 
France.  There  was  a  $1.8  million  curtailment  gain  on  the  French  plan  as  a  result  of  the  redundancy  exercise 
which took place in June 2019. There was also a $0.9 million gain on the US plan as a result of offering deferred 
members  the  opportunity  to  receive  a  lump  sum  in  respect  of  their  benefits  in  the  Plan.  Lump  sums  of  $2.7 
million were paid out and $3.6 million of defined benefit obligation was extinguished.

85

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

Rationalization of operations

In 2020, there was a further $5.4 million of costs in relation to the closure of Luxfer Gas Cylinders' French site. It 
is expected that there will be further costs incurred in 2021. In response to uncertain global economic conditions, 
we  undertook  actions  to  reduce  the  Group's  cost  structure  and  improve  operating  efficiency.  These  actions 
included  a  workforce  reduction  program  resulting  in  $1.5  million  of  severance-related  charges,  of  which 
$0.4  million  and  $1.0  million  was  incurred  in  the  Gas  Cylinders  and  Elektron  segment  respectively,  and 
$0.1 million Other.

In 2019, $21.5 million of costs were incurred in relation to rationalization cost in the Gas Cylinders Segment and 
$0.9 million in the Elektron Segment. $21.4 million of the charge in the Gas Cylinders Segment was in relation to 
the the closure of the Company's French site. There is an expectation that further costs will be incurred in, but 
not  beyond  2020.  $0.6  million  of  the  charge  in  the  Elektron  Segment  relates  to  one-time  employee  benefits 
following the decision to scale down production at one of our Luxfer Magtech sites in 2019 and further closure 
costs  in  relation  to  the  previously  announced  rationalization  of  Elektron's  Graphic Arts  operations. There  were 
other simplification costs of $0.4 million across both segments.

Asset impairments

In 2019, an impairment charge of $2.1 million has been recognized in respect of the Gas Cylinders Segment and 
$4.4 million within the Elektron Segment. Within the Gas Cylinders Segment, the charge predominantly relates to 
our  Superform  business  following  a  downturn  affecting  European  luxury  automotive  sales.  Within  the  Elektron 
Segment,  the  $4.4  million  relates  to  the  write  down  of  land  and  buildings  following  the  decision  to  scale  down 
production at one of our Luxfer Magtech sites.

Environmental remediation costs

In  2019,  the  Company  decided  to  commence  a  project  to  remove  low-level  naturally  occurring  radioactive 
material (NORM) from a redundant building at Elektron's Manchester, UK site. The work represents remediation 
of a legacy environmental issue and is expected to complete in the first quarter of 2021. In 2020 and 2019, the 
Company  recognized  $0.4  million  and  $2.5  million  respectively,  in  other  charges  on  the  consolidated  income 
statement related to this remediation.

Net loss on acquisitions and disposals

Acquisition-related  costs  which  were  net  $nil  in  2020  and  related  to  $0.4  million  costs  incurred  in  relation  to 
merger and acquisition ("M&A") exploration activities offset by deferred consideration adjustments and profit on 
previously written-down inventory. In July 2020 we sold our 51% investment in Luxfer Uttam India Private Limited 
to the joint venture ("JV") partner. Allowing for legal costs, we generated a profit on disposal of less than $0.1 
million.

In 2019, acquisition and disposal related costs of $1.4 million were incurred. This amount included a $3.5 million 
charge  in  relation  to  the  reimbursement  of  costs  and  $0.9  million  of  professional  and  legal  fees  incurred  in 
connection with the terminated Neo acquisition, partially offset by a $2.9 million gain from the sale of Magnesium 
Elektron CZ s.r.o in the second quarter of 2019 and a $0.1 million credit on the remeasurement of the deferred 
contingent consideration.

86

7. 

Staff Costs

Staff costs from continuing operations were as follows:

Wages and salaries

Social security costs

Retirement benefits costs

IAS 19R retirement benefits finance charge

Redundancy costs: Continuing activities

Share based compensation charges (Note 33)

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

2020

$M

2019

$M

75.6 

5.1 

3.2 

1.0 

1.4 

2.8 

89.1 

83.3 

6.5 

4.0 

1.4 

14.7 

4.5 

114.4 

The average monthly number of employees from continuing operations during the year was made up as follows:

Production and distribution

Sales and administration

Research and development

The compensation of the members of our Board of Directors (each, a "director") was:

Remuneration (short-term benefits)

Social security costs

Post-retirement benefits

Total short-term and post-retirement benefits

2020

No.

2019

No.

1,070 

1,131 

168 

29 

176 

45 

1,267 

1,352 

2020

$M

2019

$M

1.5 

0.1 

0.2 

1.8 

1.6 

0.1 

0.2 

1.9 

In 2020, compensation  of key management personnel for  the period they served on the Executive Leadership 
Team, (including directors) was $4.8 million (2019: $6.0 million) in total which includes; $3.2 million (2019: $4.4 
million) for short-term employee benefits, $1.2 million (2019: $1.0 million) for long-term incentive plans and $0.3 
million  (2019:  $0.4  million)  for  post-employment  benefits.  Social  security  costs  were  incurred  of  $0.1  million 
(2019: $0.2 million).

Details  of  the  share  awards  granted  are  included  in  the  Remuneration  Report  in  Outstanding  Share  Awards 
During 2020, are on pages 46 to 47 of the Remuneration Report. 

Further details of directors' remuneration are included in the Remuneration Report on pages 39 to 56.

During 2020 and 2019, one director was a member of the Group's U.S. registered defined contribution plan. 

Directors' interests and related party transactions

No directors had a material interest in, nor were they a party to, any contract or arrangement to which the parent 
company, Luxfer Holdings PLC (the "Company") or any of its subsidiaries is or was party to either during the year 
or at the end of the year, with the following exceptions: in the case of the executive director his individual service 
contract  and  the  Luxfer  Holdings  PLC  Long-Term  Umbrella  Incentive  Plan;  in  the  case  of  the  non-executive 
directors  their  engagement  letters  or  the  contract  for  services  under  which  their  services  as  a  director  of  the 
Company are provided; in the case of the executive director and the chairman, the Luxfer Holdings PLC Non-
Executive Directors Equity Incentive Plan. Information regarding the share options exercised during the year is 
included within the Remuneration Report. See Note 34 for related party transactions.

87

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                                    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
8.  Finance income

Finance income from continuing operations was as follows:

Bank interest received

9.  Finance costs

Finance costs from continuing operations was as follows:

Bank and other loan interest payable

Amortization of issue costs

Lease interest payable

IAS 19R retirement benefits finance charge

Unwind of discount on deferred contingent consideration from acquisitions

Total finance costs

10.  Income tax expense 

(a) Analysis of taxation charge for the year

Current income taxes:

U.K. corporation tax

Adjustments in respect of previous years

Non-U.K. tax

Adjustments in respect of previous years

Total current tax charge

Deferred income taxes:

Origination and reversal of temporary differences

Adjustments in respect of previous years

Total deferred income taxes charge

Tax charge on profit on operations

The income taxes charges relate to continuing activities.

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

2020

$M

2019

$M

— 

0.1 

2020

$M

2019

$M

5.1 

0.5 

0.4 

1.0 

— 

7.0 

4.7 

0.5 

0.4 

1.4 

0.2 

7.2 

2020

$M

2019

$M

0.1 

(0.3)   

(0.2)   

2.1 

0.3 

2.2 

4.7 

(0.7)   

4.0 

6.2 

0.6 

0.1 

0.7 

3.9 

(0.4) 

4.2 

4.3 

(0.3) 

4.0 

8.2 

88

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

(b)  Factors affecting the taxation charge for the year

The tax assessed for the year differs from the standard rate of 19% (2019: 19%) for corporation tax in the U.K.

The differences are explained below:

Profit on operations before taxation

Profit on operations at 2020 standard rate of corporation tax in the U.K. of 19% (2019: 
19%)

Effects of:

Non-deductible expenses

Unprovided deferred income taxes

Foreign tax rate differences

Adjustments in respect of previous years

Tax expense

2020

$M

2019

$M

24.0 

14.2 

4.6 

1.5 

0.8 

— 

(0.7)   

6.2 

2.7 

3.3 

1.6 

1.1 

(0.5) 

8.2 

The 2020 deferred tax charge includes a non-cash accounting adjustment in respect of previous years of $0.8 
million, which predominantly results from a re-evaluation of the availability of historic tax losses to offset future 
taxable profits.                                     

The 2019 deferred tax charge includes a non-cash accounting adjustment in respect of previous years of $0.3 
million, which predominantly results from a re-evaluation of the availability of historic tax losses to offset future 
taxable profits, partially offset by the re-evaluation of the deductibility of share-based compensation expense.

(c) Factors that may affect future taxation charge

At December 31, 2020, the Group had carried forward tax losses of $104.2 million (U.K.: $30.0 million, non-U.K.: 
$74.2  million).  Carried  forward  tax  losses  for  2019  were  $94.9  million  (U.K.:  $32.8  million,  non-U.K.:  $62.1 
million).  To  the  extent  that  these  losses  are  not  already  recognized  as  deferred  income  taxes  assets,  and 
available to offset against future taxable profits, it is expected that the future effective tax rate would be below the 
standard  rate  in  the  country  where  the  profits  are  offset.  The  Group  has  unrecognized  deferred  tax  assets 
relating to certain trading and capital losses and other temporary timing difference of $19.3 million (2019: $14.9 
million), potentially available for offset against future profits.

Changes  to  the  U.K.  corporation  tax  rates  were  announced  as  part  of  the  U.K.  government's  Finance  Bill  of 
March 2021, which will increase the rate from 19% to 25% from April 2023. We expect that U.K. deferred taxes 
will  be  remeasured  based  on  the  anticipated  timing  of  reversal  of  associated  timing  differences  once  the 
announced rate change has been substantively enacted, expected to be later in 2021. However, it is likely that 
the  overall  effect  of  the  change,  had  it  been  substantively  enacted  by  the  balance  sheet  date  would  be  to 
increase the deferred tax asset by approximately $3.5 million.

89

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

11. Discontinued Operations

Our  Superform  aluminum  superplastic  forming  business  operating  from  sites  in  the  U.S.  and  the  U.K,  and  our 
U.S. aluminum gas cylinder business were historically included in the Gas Cylinders segment. As a result of our 
decision  to  exit  non-strategic  aluminum  product  lines,  we  have  reflected  the  results  of  operations  of  these 
businesses as discontinued operations in the Consolidated Statements of Income for all periods presented. The 
U.S.  aluminum  gas  cylinder  business  was  sold  in  March  2021,  see  Note  35  and  we  expect  the  sale  of  the 
Superform businesses to occur in 2021.

The assets and liabilities of the above businesses have been presented within Current assets held-for-sale and 
Current  liabilities  held-for-sale  in  the  consolidated  balance  sheet  of  2020.  The  Group  has  determined  that  the 
carrying  value  of  the  held-for-sale  assets  is  recoverable  and  as  a  result  no  impairment  losses  have  been 
recognized.

Results of discontinued operations were as follows:

REVENUE
Cost of Sales
Gross profit
Distribution costs
Administrative expenses
Restructuring and other expense
OPERATING PROFIT
Net finance costs
LOSS ON DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS BEFORE TAX
Income tax credit
NET LOSS FROM DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS

The assets and liabilities classified as held-for-sale were as follows:

Reclassified to held-for-sale assets and liabilities

Property, plant and equipment

Intangible assets

Right-of-use assets

Inventories

Trade and other receivables

Held-for-sale assets

Reclassified to held-for-sale liabilities

Trade and other payables

Lease liability

Other liabilities

Held-for-sale liabilities

2020

$M

2019

$M

53.2 
(50.4)   
2.8 
(1.1)   
(2.3)   
(0.1)   
(0.7)   
(0.2)   
(0.9)   
— 
(0.9)   

70.1 
(64.3) 
5.8 
(1.6) 
(4.7) 
(1.9) 
(2.4) 
(0.3) 
(2.7) 
0.9 
(1.8) 

December 31, 
2020

$M

7.9 

0.3 

3.0 

12.6 

8.7 

32.5 

6.9 

3.1 

1.0 

11.0 

Also included within assets held-for-sale in 2020 is one building valued at $3.7 million, within our Elektron 
Segment.

90

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The discontinued cash flow statement is presented below:

Cash flow from operating activities
Cash flow from investing activities
Cash flow from financing activities
Net change in cash and cash equivalents

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

2020
$M

2019
$M

$ 

$ 

0.3  $ 
(0.3)   
— 
—  $ 

0.8 
(0.8) 
— 
— 

The depreciation and amortization, capital expenditures and significant non-cash items were as follows:

Cash flows from discontinued operating activities:

Depreciation

Impairment charged

Cash flows from discontinued investing activities:

12.  Property, plant and equipment

2020

$M

2019

$M

1.1 

— 

1.1 

2.0 

0.3 

0.8 

Freehold
$M

Long
leasehold
$M

Short
leasehold
$M

Plant and
equipment
$M

Total
$M

Cost:

At January 1, 2019
Additions
Disposals
Transfers
Exchange difference
At December 31, 2019
Additions
Disposals

Transfers - Held for sale
Transfers 
Exchange difference
At December 31, 2020

43.4 
0.1 
(0.6)   
2.7 
2.2 
47.8 
0.2 
— 

(5.8)   
2.0 
0.8 
45.0 

Accumulated depreciation and impairment:
At January 1, 2019
Provided during the year
Impairment 
Disposals 
Transfers
Exchange difference
At December 31, 2019
Provided during the year
Disposals
Transfers - Held for sale
Exchange difference
At December 31, 2020
Net book values:
At December 31, 2020
At December 31, 2019
At January 1, 2019

24.9 
1.4 
1.5 
(0.6)   
2.2 
1.8 
31.2 
1.5 
— 
(3.4)   
0.5 
29.8 

15.2 
16.6 
18.5 

7.4 
— 
— 
1.1 
0.3 
8.8 
0.2 
— 

— 
0.1 
0.3 
9.4 

4.4 
0.4 
— 
— 
0.4 
0.2 
5.4 
0.5 
— 
— 
0.2 
6.1 

3.3 
3.4 
3.0 

14.1 
0.1 
(0.2)   
(2.6)   
0.1 
11.5 
0.1 
— 

(1.2)   
0.3 
0.1 
10.8 

6.7 
0.8 
0.3 
(0.2)   
(0.1)   
— 
7.5 
0.6 
— 
(1.2)   
0.1 
7.0 

3.8 
4.0 
7.4 

279.6 
14.6 
(4.9)   
(1.2)   
6.0 
294.1 
6.8 
(2.9)   

(41.5)   
(2.4)   
6.8 
260.9 

206.9 
10.5 
4.3 
(4.7)   
(2.5)   
5.4 
219.9 
10.8 
(2.8)   
(36.0)   
5.8 
197.7 

63.2 
74.2 
72.7 

344.5 
14.8 
(5.7) 
— 
8.6 
362.2 
7.3 
(2.9) 

(48.5) 
— 
8.0 
326.1 

242.9 
13.1 
6.1 
(5.5) 
— 
7.4 
264.0 
13.4 
(2.8) 
(40.6) 
6.6 
240.6 

85.5 
98.2 
101.6 

As at December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, no assets were held under finance leases.

Assets relating to our Superform and U.S. aluminum cylinder businesses have been classified as held-for-sale in 
2020.

91

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

Impairment of property, plant and equipment

$4.4  million  of  the  impairment  in  2019  relates  to  the  Elektron  Segment  following  the  decision  to  scale  down 
production at one of our Luxfer Magtech sites. $1.6 million of the impairment relates to our Superform business 
within  the  Gas  Cylinders  Segment  following  a  downturn  affecting  European  luxury  automotive  sales  and  $0.1 
million  in  relation  to  other  business  units  within  the  Segment.  The  impairment  in  relation  to  our  Superform 
business has been reclassified as discontinued operations in the consolidated income statement.

Long and short leasehold

The long and short leasehold costs relate to leasehold property improvements.

13.  Intangible assets

Cost:

At January 1, 2019

Additions

Disposals

Exchange difference

At December 31, 2019

Transfer to held-for-sale

Exchange difference

At December 31, 2020

Accumulated amortization 
and impairment:

At January 1, 2019

Provided during the year

Disposals

Impairment

Exchange difference

At December 31, 2019

Provided during the year

Transfer to held-for-sale

Exchange difference

At December 31, 2020

Net book values:

At December 31, 2020

At December 31, 2019

At January 1, 2019

Goodwill

Customer
related

Technology
and trading
related

Development
costs

Software

Total

$M

$M

$M

$M

$M

$M

76.8 

— 

— 

1.6 

78.4 

— 

1.5 

79.9 

19.9 

— 

— 

— 

0.6 

20.5 

— 

— 

0.5 

21.0 

58.9 

57.9 

56.9 

13.4 

— 

— 

— 

13.4 

— 

— 

13.4 

3.8 

0.9 

— 

— 

— 

4.7 

0.4 

— 

— 

5.1 

8.3 

8.7 

9.6 

8.2 

— 

— 

0.3 

8.5 

— 

0.3 

8.8 

3.2 

0.4 

— 

— 

0.1 

3.7 

0.4 

— 

0.1 

4.2 

4.6 

4.8 

5.0 

7.1 

— 

2.8 

  108.3 

0.1 

0.1 

(1.8)   

(0.5)   

(2.3) 

0.1 

5.4 

0.1 

2.1 

2.5 

  108.2 

(1.5)   

(0.5)   

(2.0) 

0.1 

4.0 

5.2 

0.6 

0.1 

2.0 

2.1 

  108.2 

1.9 

0.3 

34.0 

2.2 

(1.8)   

(0.5)   

(2.3) 

0.4 

0.2 

4.6 

0.2 

— 

0.1 

1.8 

0.3 

0.4 

1.0 

35.3 

1.3 

(1.2)   

(0.5)   

(1.7) 

0.2 

3.8 

0.2 

0.8 

1.9 

0.1 

1.7 

0.4 

0.7 

0.9 

0.9 

35.8 

72.4 

72.9 

74.3 

Customer  related  intangibles  include  customer  relationships,  order  backlogs  and  non-compete  agreements. 
Technology and trading related intangibles include technology, patents, trade names and trademarks.

Development costs include $0.2 million (2019: $0.8 million) relating to internally generated intangible assets, all 
other intangible assets are externally generated.

Assets relating to our Superform and U.S. aluminum cylinder businesses have been classified as held-for-sale in 
2020.

Impairment of intangible assets

The $0.4 million impairment of development costs in 2019 is in relation to the write down of Superform assets in 
the  Gas  Cylinders  Segment  following  a  downturn  affecting  European  luxury  automotive  sales. The  impairment 
has been reclassified as discontinued operations in the consolidated income statement. 

92

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

14.  Impairment of goodwill

Goodwill  acquired  in  a  business  combination  is  allocated,  at  acquisition,  to  the  cash-generating  units  (CGUs) 
that  are  expected  to  benefit  from  the  business  combination.  The  five  identified  CGUs  (Luxfer  Gas  Cylinders, 
Luxfer Superform, Luxfer MEL Technologies, Luxfer Magtech and Luxfer Graphic Arts) represent the lowest level 
within the Group at which goodwill is monitored for internal management reporting purposes. The five CGUs are 
aggregated  to  form  the  Group's  two  defined  reportable  segments:  Gas  Cylinders  Segment  and  Elektron 
Segment. Luxfer Superform forms part of the discontinued operations disclosure. The table below summarizes 
the carrying value of goodwill by segment:

At January 1, 2019

Exchange difference

At December 31, 2019

Exchange difference

At December 31, 2020

Gas Cylinders 
Segment

Elektron
Segment

$M

$M

Total

$M

18.5 

0.7 

19.2 

0.6 

19.8 

38.4 

0.3 

38.7 

0.4 

39.1 

56.9 

1.0 

57.9 

1.0 

58.9 

The  Gas  Cylinders  Segment  goodwill  of  $19.8  million  (2019:  $19.2  million)  relates  wholly  to  the  goodwill 
attributable to our Luxfer Gas Cylinders operations.The Elektron Segment goodwill of $39.1 million (2019: $38.7 
million)  included  goodwill  attributable  to  our  Luxfer  MEL  Technologies  operations  of  $5.4  million  (2019:  $5.2 
million)  and  goodwill  attributable  to  our  Luxfer  Magtech  operations  of  $33.7  million  (2019:  $33.5  million);  no 
goodwill  is  allocated  to  Luxfer  Graphic  Arts.  The  goodwill  figure  was  allocated  based  on  which  operating 
segments  historical  acquisitions  were  allocated  to  and  the  value  of  the  acquired  goodwill  on  those  historical 
acquisitions.

The Group tests goodwill annually for impairment, or more frequently if there are indications that goodwill might 
be  impaired.  The  recoverable  amount  of  each  of  the  cash-generating  units  has  been  determined  based  on  a 
value-in-use  calculation  using  a  discounted  cash  flow  method.  The  cash  flows  were  derived  from  a  3-year 
business plan prepared at a detailed level by each CGU. The results of these plans were then extrapolated to 
give a terminal value based on a growth rate of 1.8% (2019: 2.3%). The 3-year business plans were driven by 
detailed  sales  forecasts  by  product  type  and  best  estimate  of  future  demand  by  end  market,  using  current 
margins.  The  cash  flows  included  allowance  for  capital  maintenance  costs,  along  with  working  capital 
requirements based on the projected level of sales. A pre-tax discount rate of between 8.0% and 9.0% was used 
for the individual CGUs (2019: between 8.3% and 9.0% for all CGUs), which was considered a best estimate for 
the risk-adjusted cost of capital for the CGUs. The long-term projections assumed product prices and costs were 
at current levels, but the exchange rates used were USD:GBP of $1.34 and USD:EUR of $1.12.

The  Directors  and  management  have  considered  and  assessed  reasonably  possible  changes  for  other  key 
assumptions and have not identified any instances that could cause the carrying amount of the CGUs to exceed 
its recoverable amount.

93

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
15. Investments

Shares in joint ventures

At January 1, 2019

Share of results

At December 31, 2019

Share of results

Disposal

At December 31, 2020

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

$M

1.6 

0.7 

2.3 

(0.1) 

(1.7) 

0.5 

Investment in joint ventures and associates

At  December  31,  2020,  the  Group  had  the  following  joint  venture  which  affect  the  profit  of  the  Group.  The 
Group's joint venture has share capital which consists solely of ordinary shares and are indirectly held, and the 
country of incorporation or registration is also their principal place of operation. 

Name of company

Nikkei-MEL Co. 
Limited

Country of
incorporation

Holding

Proportion of 
voting rights and 
shares held

Classification

Nature of
business

Japan Ordinary shares

 50.0 %

Joint venture Distribution

the above ownership percentage remains consistent with 2019.

In 2020, the Company sold its 51% investment in Luxfer Uttam India Private Limited to our joint venture partner 
for INR 137.4 million ($1.8 million) cash. Allowing for legal costs, we generated a profit on disposal of less than 
$0.1 million.

Sub161 Pty Limited, our Australian associate in which we held a 26% interest, was liquidated and deregistered 
as a legal entity in 2020.

The main trading activity in 2019 was in Luxfer Uttam India Private Limited and Nikkei MEL Co. Limited. 

The share of results of all joint ventures and associates was  loss of $0.1 million (2019: profit of $0.7 million), 
with no items recognized in other comprehensive income in 2020 or 2019.

The  Group  has  looked  in  detail  at  the  ownership  agreements  of  its  joint  ventures  and  associates  in  order  to 
determine the level of control that it has. The Group has determined that it has joint control of its joint ventures 
mainly  based  upon  the  number  of  members  on  each  company  board  of  directors  and  their  associated  voting 
rights. In relation to the associate undertaking, the Group has significant influence but not joint control based on 
the proportion of directors on the company board and associated voting rights. The Group therefore accounts for 
all material joint ventures and associates on an equity basis.

Related  party  transactions  with  joint  ventures  and  associates  have  been  disclosed  in  Note  34  to  the  Group's 
consolidated financial statements.

94

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
16.  Inventories

Raw materials and consumables

Work in progress

Finished goods and goods for resale

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

December 31, 
2020

December 31, 
2019

$M

$M

26.2 

19.7 

22.9 

68.8 

33.4 

32.2 

28.9 

94.5 

Inventories above are disclosed net of any provisions for obsolete and excess inventories. The provision against 
obsolete  and  excess  inventories  at  December  31,  2020  was  $7.3  million  (2019:  $10.5  million).  The  cost  of 
inventories recognized as an expense in continuing operations during the year was $239.3 million (2019: $226.9 
million). The cost of inventories written-off during 2020 was $0.6 million (2019: $0.4 million).

17.  Trade and other receivables

Current Assets

Trade receivables

Amounts owed by joint ventures and associates

Other receivables

Prepayments and accrued income

Derivative financial instruments

Deferred consideration

December 31, 
2020

December 31, 
2019

$M

$M

33.6 

0.2 

3.4 

5.5 

0.2 

0.2 

43.1 

52.4 

2.7 

4.2 

6.7 

0.3 

— 

66.3 

Trade receivables are non-interest bearing and are generally on 30-90 day terms. Trade receivables above are 
disclosed  net  of  any  provisions  for  doubtful  receivables  of  $0.5  million  due  to  credit  risk.  The  following  table 
provides information about the exposure to credit risk and expected credit losses for trade receivables (including 
amounts owed by joint ventures and associates) as at December 31, 2020 based on aging profile:

Trade receivables and amounts owed by joint 
ventures and associates

%

$M

$M

Default rate (1)

Gross 
carrying 
amount

Lifetime 
expected 
credit loss

Current (not past due)

1-30 days past due

31-60 days past due

61-90 days past due

91-120 days past due

> 120 days past due

 — %  

 — %  

 — %  

 1.5 %  

 15.0 %  

 100.0 %  

29.0 

3.7 

0.7 

0.1 

0.1 

0.5 

34.1 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

0.5 

0.5 

(1) Default rate is applied to uninsured trade receivables and amounts owed by joint ventures and associates.

95

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
At December 31, 2020, trade receivables with a nominal value of $0.5 million (2019: $1.3 million) were impaired 
and fully provided for. Movements in the provision for impairment of trade receivables and amounts owed by joint 
ventures and associates were as follows:

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

At January 1

Charge in the year

Recoveries for expected credit losses

Exchange difference

At December 31

18  Held-for-sale assets and liabilities

2020

$M

2019

$M

1.3 

— 

(0.7)   

(0.1)   

0.5 

2.4 

1.2 

(2.0) 

(0.3) 

1.3 

In 2020, the Group classified its Superform aluminum superplastic forming business operating from sites in the 
U.S.  and  the  U.K,  and  its  U.S.  aluminum  gas  cylinder  business  as  assets  and  liabilities  held-for-sale  in 
accordance with IFRS 5 - Discontinued Operations. 

There  was  also  one  building  valued  at  $3.7  million,  within  our  Elektron  Segment  classified  as  held-for-sale 
assets,  previously  included  within  current  assets. The  building  was  also  classified  as  held-for-sale  in  2019,  as 
the expectation was that the building would be sold within 12 months. There are conditions attached to the sale 
which the Company expects to be met in 2021 and as such the building continues to be classified as held-for-
sale.

In 2019, there was also $0.2 million of inventory which has been reclassified as held-for-sale assets, in relation 
to one of our operations within our Gas Cylinders Segment. 

The respective assets and liabilities of the above disposal groups have been reclassified as held-for-sale within 
other current assets and other current liabilities per the table below.

Reclassified to held-for-sale assets and liabilities

$M

$M

December 31, 
2020

December 31, 
2019

Property, plant and equipment

Intangible assets

Right-of-use assets

Inventories

Trade and other receivables

Held-for-sale assets

Reclassified to held-for-sale liabilities

Trade and other payables

Lease liability

Other liabilities

Held-for-sale liabilities

11.6 

0.3 

3.0 

12.6 

8.7 

36.2 

6.9 

3.1 

1.0 

11.0 

3.7 

— 

— 

0.2 

— 

3.9 

— 

— 

— 

— 

As a result of items reclassified to held-for-sale, there has been no reclassification of items from other
comprehensive income to the income statement.

96

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
19.  Cash and cash equivalents

Cash at bank and in hand

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

December 31, 
2020

December 31, 
2019

$M

$M

1.5 

1.5 

10.3 

10.3 

Included within the cash at bank and in hand balance is nil (2019: $0.1 million) cash held in escrow, as restricted 
cash.

20. Share capital
(a) Ordinary share capital

December 31, 
2020

December 31, 
2019

December 31, 
2020

December 31, 
2019

No.

No.

$M

$M

Authorized:

Ordinary shares of £0.50 each

40,000,000 

40,000,000 

35.7  (1)

35.7  (1)

Deferred ordinary shares of 

£0.0001 each

Allotted, called up and fully paid:

 761,835,338,444 

 761,835,338,444 

 761,875,338,444 

 761,875,338,444 

149.9  (1)

185.6  (1)

149.9  (1)

185.6  (1)

Ordinary shares of £0.50 each

29,000,000 

29,000,000 

26.6  (1)

26.6  (1)

Deferred ordinary shares of 

£0.0001 each

 761,835,338,444 

 761,835,338,444 

 761,864,338,444 

 761,864,338,444 

149.9  (1)

176.5  (1)

149.9  (1)

176.5  (1)

(1)

The Group's ordinary and deferred share capital are shown in U.S. dollars at the exchange rate 
prevailing at the month end spot rate at the time of the share capital being issued. 

The rights of the shares are as follows:

Ordinary shares of £0.50 each

The ordinary shares carry no entitlement to an automatic dividend but rank pari passu in respect of any dividend 
declared and paid. The ordinary shares were allotted and issued to satisfy share awards which vested under the 
Group's share award and share incentive plans.

At December 31, 2020, there were 27,636,153 (2019: 27,431,283) ordinary shares of Luxfer Holdings PLC listed 
on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE). 

Deferred ordinary shares of £0.0001 each

The deferred shares have no entitlement to dividends or to vote. On a winding up (but not otherwise) the holders 
of the deferred shares shall be entitled to the repayment of the paid up nominal amount of the deferred shares, 
but only after any payment to the holders of ordinary shares of an amount equal to 100 times the amount paid up 
on such ordinary shares.

97

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(b) Share premium account

At January 1, 2019

Shares sold from ESOP

Utilization of shares 

At December 31, 2019
Shares sold from ESOP
Utilization of shares 

At December 31, 2020

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

$M

65.7 

3.3 

5.5 

74.5 
0.8 
1.8 

77.1 

The share premium account is used to record the excess of proceeds over nominal value on the issue of shares. 
Share issue costs directly related to the issue of shares are deducted from share premium.

(c)  Treasury shares

At January 1, 2019

Utilization of treasury shares

At December 31, 2019

At December 31, 2020

$M

(4.3) 

0.3 

(4.0) 

(4.0) 

In  June  2015,  the  Board  announced  a  share  buy-back  program  of  up  to  $10  million,  to  cover  the  needs  of 
employee share plans. Shareholder approval for this program was granted at the 2014 Annual General Meeting 
(for repurchases up to an aggregate amount of 2,700,000 ordinary shares or ADSs).

During  2020  and  2019  no  ordinary  shares  were  repurchased  under  the  share  buy-back  program.  At 
December 31, 2020, there were 350,335 (2019: 352,499) treasury shares held at a cost of $4.0 million (2019: 
$4.0 million). 

(d) Own shares held by ESOP

At January 1, 2019

Shares sold from ESOP

Utilization of ESOP shares

At December 31, 2019

Shares sold from ESOP

At December 31, 2020

$M

(2.2) 

0.2 

0.3 

(1.7) 

0.3 

(1.4) 

At December 31, 2020, there were 1,013,512 ordinary shares of £0.50 each (2019: 1,216,220 ordinary shares of 
£0.50 each) held by The Luxfer Group Employee Share Ownership Plan (the "ESOP"). 

98

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

21. Dividends paid and proposed

Dividends declared and paid during the year:

Interim dividend paid February 6, 2019 ($0.125 per ordinary share)

Interim dividend paid May 1, 2019 ($0.125 per ordinary share)

Interim dividend paid August 7, 2019 ($0.125 per ordinary share)

Interim dividend paid November 6, 2019 ($0.125 per ordinary share)

Interim dividend paid February 5, 2020 ( $0.125 per ordinary share)

Interim dividend paid May 6, 2020 ($0.125 per ordinary share)

Interim dividend paid August 5, 2020 ($0.125 per ordinary share)

Interim dividend paid November 4, 2020 ($0.125 per ordinary share)

Dividends declared and paid after December 31 (not recognized as a liability at 
December 31):

Interim dividend paid February 5, 2020: ($0.125 per ordinary share)

Interim dividend paid May 6, 2020: ($0.125 per ordinary share)

Interim dividend paid February 4, 2020: ($0.125 per ordinary share)

Interim dividend to be paid May 5, 2021: ($0.125 per ordinary share)

2020

$M

2019

$M

— 

— 

— 

— 

3.4 

3.4 

3.4 

3.4 

3.4 

3.4 

3.4 

3.4 

— 

— 

— 

— 

13.6 

13.6 

2020

$M

2019

$M

— 

— 

3.4 

3.4 

6.8 

3.4 

3.4 

— 

— 

6.8 

22. Bank and other loans

Loan Notes due 2021—gross

Unamortized finance costs

Loan Notes due 2021—net

Loan Notes due 2023—gross

Unamortized finance costs

Loan Notes due 2023—net

Loan Notes due 2026—gross

Unamortized finance costs

Loan Notes due 2026—net

Revolving credit facility—gross

Unamortized finance costs

Revolving credit facility—net

Included in current liabilities

Included in non-current liabilities

December 31, 
2020

December 31, 
2019

$M

$M

— 

— 

— 

25.0 

— 

25.0 

25.0 

(0.3)   

24.7 

4.1 

(0.7)   

3.4 

53.1 

— 

53.1 

53.1 

25.0 

— 

25.0 

25.0 

(0.1) 

24.9 

25.0 

(0.3) 

24.7 

17.5 

(1.1) 

16.4 

91.0 

— 

91.0 

91.0 

The Loan Notes due 2021 were due to mature on September 15, 2021, however we voluntarily chose to repay 
the  notes  early,  on  December  31,  2020,  largely  using  surplus  cash  generated  from  operations,  plus  a  small 
drawing on the Senior Facilities Agreement. In addition to the repayment of the $25 million principal, we incurred 
an early repayment charge of $0.5 million.

99

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

On  July  31,  2017,  an  extension  to  the  Senior  Facilities Agreement  was  agreed  which  provides  $150  million  in 
committed debt facilities, in the form of a multi-currency revolving credit facility, with an additional $50 million of 
uncommitted facilities through an accordion facility. The Senior Facilities Agreement was due to mature in April 
2019,  but  has  now  been  extended  until  the  end  of  July  2022.  Finance  costs  of  $1.2  million  were  capitalized 
following  this  extension  and  were  deemed  to  be  a  modification  of  the  existing  facility.  The  Senior  Facility 
Agreement bears interest equal to a margin based upon the Group's leverage plus either EURIBOR or LIBOR, 
depending on the currency drawn down. Note that GBP sterling drawings will be subject to interest rates based 
on SONIA (Sterling Overnight Index Average) once LIBOR is phased out by the end of 2021. We do not expect 
this change to have a material effect on our interest expense. 

The  weighted-average  interest  rate  on  the  revolving  credit  facility  was  2.19%  and  2.47%  in  2020  and  2019 
respectively. 

The maturity profile of the Group's undiscounted contractual payments is disclosed in Note 29.

23.  Provisions

At January 1, 2019

Charged to consolidated income statement

Cash payments

At December 31, 2019

Charged to consolidated income statement

Cash payments

Translation

At December 31, 2020

At December 31, 2020

Included in current liabilities

Included in non-current liabilities

At December 31, 2019

Included in current liabilities

Included in non-current liabilities

Rationalization
and
redundancy

Employee
benefits

Environmental
provisions

$M

$M

$M

Total

$M

9.3 

18.5 

(19.6)   

8.2 

6.9 

(4.9)   

0.7 

10.9 

10.9 

— 

10.9 

8.2 

— 

8.2 

0.8 

0.1 

— 

0.9 

0.1 

— 

— 

1.0 

— 

1.0 

1.0 

— 

0.9 

0.9 

0.5 

  10.6 

2.5 

  21.1 

(0.8)    (20.4) 

2.2 

  11.3 

0.4 

7.4 

(1.5)   

(6.4) 

— 

0.7 

1.1 

  13.0 

1.1 

  12.0 

— 

1.0 

1.1 

  13.0 

2.2 

  10.4 

— 

0.9 

2.2 

  11.3 

Rationalization and redundancy
At December 31, 2020, the Group had $10.9 million of provisions relating to redundancy and the rationalization 
of its operations (2019: $8.2 million). $0.3 million (2019: $0.4 million) and $10.6 million (2019: $7.8 million) of this 
provision related to the Elektron and Gas Cylinders segments respectively.

Employee benefits 
At  December  31,  2020,  the  Group  had  $1.0  million  of  employee  benefit  liabilities  (in  addition  to  retirement 
benefits), as calculated on an actuarial basis, relating to a provision for workers' compensation in the U.S. (2019: 
$0.9 million).

Environmental provisions
At  December  31,  2020,  the  Group  had  environmental  provisions  totaling  $1.1  million  relating  to  environmental 
clean-up  costs  (2019:  $2.2  million).  $1.0  million  relates  to  a  provision  to  remove  low-level  naturally  occurring 
radioactive  material  (NORM)  from  a  redundant  building  at  Elektron's  Manchester,  UK  site. The  remaining  $0.1 
million relates to a provision for disbursement of environmental liabilities as part of the acquisition of the trade 
and assets of the Specialty Metals business of ESM Group Inc.

100

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

24.  Deferred income taxes

Accelerated
tax
depreciation

Other
temporary
differences

$M

$M

Tax
losses

$M

Retirement
benefit
obligations

$M

Total

$M

At January 1, 2019

(Charged) / credited  to consolidated 
income statement
(Charged) / credited to other 
comprehensive income

Credited to discontinued operations

Exchange difference

At December 31, 2019

(Charged) / credited to consolidated 
income statement

Credited to other comprehensive income  

Transfer to assets held for sale

Exchange difference

At December 31, 2020

(2.8)   

(1.1)   

— 

0.8 

— 

(3.1)   

0.7 

— 

0.6 

— 

(1.8)   

3.8 

0.1 

(0.1)   

— 

0.1 

3.9 

9.5 

7.0 

  17.5 

(1.0)   

(2.0)   

(4.0) 

— 

— 

0.4 

8.9 

0.6 

— 

0.2 

0.5 

0.8 

0.7 

5.8 

  15.5 

(2.2)   

(2.6)   

0.1 

(4.0) 

— 

— 

0.1 

1.8 

— 

— 

0.2 

6.5 

3.7 

— 

0.3 

3.7 

0.6 

0.6 

9.9 

  16.4 

The  amount  of  deferred  income  taxes  accounted  for  in  the  Group  balance  sheet,  after  the  offset  of  balances 
within  countries  for  financial  reporting  purposes,  comprised  the  following  deferred  income  tax  assets  and 
liabilities:

Deferred income tax liabilities

Deferred income tax assets

Net deferred income tax assets

December 31, 
2020

December 31, 
2019

$M

$M

(2.8)   

19.2 

16.4 

(1.0) 

16.5 

15.5 

The 2020 deferred tax charge includes a non-cash accounting adjustment in respect of previous years of $0.8 
million, which predominantly results from a re-evaluation of the availability of historic tax losses to offset future 
taxable profits.                                     

The 2019 deferred tax charge includes a non-cash accounting adjustment in respect of previous years of $0.3 
million, which predominantly results from a re-evaluation of the availability of historic tax losses to offset future 
taxable profits, partially offset by the re-evaluation of the deductibility of share-based compensation expense.

101

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
25. Trade and other payables

Non-current Liabilities

Accruals and deferred income

Current Liabilities

Trade payables

Other taxation and social security

Accruals and deferred income

Interest payable

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

December 31, 
2020

December 31, 
2019

$M

$M

0.1 

0.1 

18.1 

0.5 

22.8 

0.3 

41.7 

0.6 

0.6 

36.4 

0.1 

26.8 

0.4 

63.7 

The directors consider that the carrying value of trade payables approximates to their fair value.

26. Acquisitions

Deferred contingent consideration

The deferred contingent consideration is in relation to the acquisition of Truetech and Innotech, (Luxfer Magtech) 
is linked to the future profitability of the entity. Where appropriate, this was payable annually from 2015 to 2020. 
The deferred consideration totaled nil at December 31, 2020 (2019: $0.5 million), following the final payment in 
2020.

Net cash flows on purchase of business:

Included in net cash flows from investing activities:

Deferred consideration paid

Net cash flows on purchase of business

December 31, 2020 December 31, 2019

$M

$M

(0.4)   

(0.4)   

(0.5) 

(0.5) 

102

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
27. Leases

Right-of-use assets

Cost:

At January 1, 2019

Opening balance

Additions

At December 31, 2019

Additions

Disposals

Transfer to held-for-sale

Exchange difference

At December 31, 2020

Accumulated depreciation:

At January 1, 2019
Charge for the year

At December 31, 2019

Charge for the year

Disposals

Transfer to held-for-sale

Exchange difference

At December 31, 2020

Net book values:

At December 31, 2019

At December 31, 2020

Lease liability

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

Land and 
buildings

$M

Motor vehicles

Equipment

$M

$M

Total

$M

—   

16.4   

—   

16.4   

—   

—   

(4.8)  

0.3   

11.9   

—   
3.0   

3.0   

2.9   

—   

(2.0)  

0.2   

4.1   

13.4   

7.8  

—   

0.2   

—   

0.2   

—   

—   

(0.1)  

—   

0.1   

—   
0.1   

0.1   

—   

—   

—   

—   

0.1   

0.1   

— 

—   

1.5   

0.1   

1.6   

0.8   

(0.1)  

(0.2)  

0.1   

2.2   

—   
0.6   

0.6   

0.4   

(0.1)  

(0.1)  

—   

0.8   

1.0   

1.4

— 

18.1 

0.1 

18.2 

0.8 

(0.1) 

(5.1) 

0.4 

14.2 

— 
3.7 

3.7 

3.3 

(0.1) 

(2.1) 

0.2 

5.0 

14.5 

9.2

December 31, 
2020

December 31, 
2019

$M

$M

$ 

$ 

2.1 

4.1 

3.5 

9.7 

3.3 

6.0 

5.7 

15.0 

The present value of lease liabilities is as follows:

Within 12 months

1 - 5 years

> 5 years

Total

The total cash outflow for leases in 2020 was $3.7 million and total expense was $4.2 million.

Supplemental balance sheet information

Weighted average remaining lease terms (years)
Weighted average discount rate

December 31, 
2020

December 31, 
2019

21.9 
 4.43 %

17.1 
 4.46 %

103

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

28. Commitments and contingencies

Capital commitments

At December 31, 2020, the Group had capital expenditure commitments of $1.1 million (2019: $1.0 million) for 
the acquisition of new plant and equipment.

Committed banking facilities

At December 31, 2020 and 2019 the Group had committed banking facilities of $150.0 million. Of the committed 
facilities, $4.1 million was drawn at December 31, 2020 (2019: $17.5 million).

The Group had a separate (uncommitted) facility for letters of credit which at December 31, 2020 and 2019 was  
£1.0 million ($1.3 million). None of this were utilized at December 31, 2020 and 2019 respectively.

The  Group  also  has  two  separate  (uncommitted)  bonding  facilities  for  bank  guarantees,  one  denominated  in 
GBP sterling of £4.5 million (2020: $6.1 million, 2019: $5.9 million), and one denominated in USD of $1.5 million 
(2019: $0.4 million). Of that denominated in GBP, £1.0 million ($1.4 million) was utilized at December 31, 2020 
(2019: £1.6 million / $2.3 million). Of that denominated in USD, $0.8 million was utilized in December 31, 2020 
(2019: fully utilized).

Contingencies

During February 2014, a cylinder was sold to a long term customer and ruptured at one of their gas facilities. As 
a result of this rupture, three people were noted to have minor injuries such as loss of hearing. There was no 
major damage to assets of the customer. A claim has been launched by the three people who were injured in the 
incident.  We  have  reviewed  our  quality  control  checks  from  around  the  time  which  the  cylinder  was  produced 
and no instances of failures have been noted. It has also been noted by the investigator that the customer has 
poor quality and safety checks. As a result we do not believe that we are liable for the incident, and therefore, do 
not currently expect this case to have a material impact on the Group's financial position or results of operations.

In  November  2018,  an  alleged  explosion  occurred  at  a  third-party  waste  disposal  and  treatment  site  in  Boise, 
Idaho, reportedly causing property damage, personal injury, and one fatality. We had contracted with a service 
company  for  removal  and  disposal  of  certain  waste  resulting  from  the  magnesium  powder  manufacturing 
operations at the Reade facility in Manchester, New Jersey. We believe this service company, in turn, apparently 
contracted  with  the  third-party  disposal  company,  at  whose  facility  the  explosion  occurred,  for  treatment  and 
disposal  of  the  waste.  In  November  2020,  we  were  named  as  a  defendant  in  three  lawsuits  in  relation  to  the 
incident  –  one  by  the  third-party  disposal  company,  one  by  the  estate  of  the  decedent,  and  one  by  an  injured 
employee of the third-party disposal company. At present, we have received insufficient information on the cause 
of the explosion. We do not believe that we are liable for the incident, have asserted such, and, therefore, do not 
currently  expect  this  matter  to  have  a  material  impact  on  the  Company’s  financial  position  or  results  of 
operations.

29. Financial risk management objectives and policies

The  Group's  financial  instruments  comprise  bank  and  other  loans,  senior  loan  notes,  derivatives  and  trade 
payables.  Other  than  derivatives,  the  main  purpose  of  these  financial  instruments  is  to  raise  finance  for  the 
Group's operations. The Group also has various financial assets such as trade receivables and cash and cash 
equivalents, which arise directly from its operations.

A  Treasury  Committee,  chaired  by  the  Chief  Financial  Officer,  oversees  the  implementation  of  the  Group's 
hedging  policies,  including  the  risk  management  of  currency  and  aluminum  risks  and  the  use  of  derivative 
financial instruments.

It is not the Group's policy or business activity to trade in derivatives. They are only used to hedge underlying 
risks occurring as part of the Group's normal operating activities.

The main risks arising from the Group's financial instruments are cash flow interest rate risk, liquidity risk, foreign 
currency translation and transaction risk, aluminum price risk and credit risk on trade receivables.

The  Group  regularly  enters  into  forward  currency  contracts  to  manage  currency  risks  and  when  considered 
suitable will use other financial derivatives to manage commodity and interest rate risks.

104

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

Interest rate risk

The  Group  has  exposure  to  variable  interest  rates  when  it  draws  down  on  the  revolving  credit  facilities. As  a 
result of this exposure, the Group may decide to hedge interest payable based on a combination of forward rate 
agreements,  interest  rate  caps  and  swaps.  It  has  also  used  fixed  rate  debt  within  its  financing  structure  to 
mitigate volatility in interest rate movements.

Liquidity risk

To  understand  and  monitor  cash  flows,  the  Group  uses  a  combination  of  a  short-term  rolling  six  week  cash 
forecast,  based  on  expected  daily  liquidity  requirements  and  longer  term  monthly  rolling  forecasts,  covering 
forecast periods of between 6 and 18 months forward. The Group also prepares, at least annually, a longer-term 
strategic  cash  forecast.  Together  this  system  of  control  is  used  to  ensure  the  Group  can  fund  its  ongoing 
operations,  including  working  capital,  capital  expenditure  and  interest  payments  and  to  ensure  that  bank 
covenant  targets  will  be  met.  Short  and  medium  term  changes  in  liquidity  needs  are  funded  from  the  Group's 
revolving  bank  facility,  as  disclosed  in  Note  22,  which  provides  the  ability  to  draw  down  and  repay  funds  on  a 
daily  basis.  In  monitoring  liquidity  requirements  and  planning  its  working  capital  and  capital  expenditure 
programs, the Group aims to maintain a sufficiently prudent level of headroom against its banking facilities and 
forecast covenant position as protection against any unexpected or sudden market shocks.

The Group also uses forecasts to manage the compliance with any associated covenant tests in relation to the 
Group's  financing  arrangements.  The  Group  is  subject  to  maintaining  net  debt  to  adjusted  EBITDA  levels  of 
below three times, adjusted EBITDA to net interest above four times, and a number of other debt service tests 
which include adjusted EBITDA, taxation, capital expenditure and pension payments.

The Group has been in compliance with the covenants under the Loan Notes due 2021, 2023 and 2026 and the 
banking facilities throughout all of the quarterly measurement dates.

The  maturity  of  the  Group's  liabilities  is  also  monitored  to  ensure  sufficient  funds  remain  available  to  meet 
liabilities as they fall due. The table below summarizes the maturity profile of the Group's financial liabilities at 
December 31, based on contractual payments.

December 31, 2020

December 31, 2019

Within 
12 
months

$M

1-5 
years

$M

> 5 
years

$M

Total

$M

Within 
12 
months

$M

1-5 
years

$M

> 5 
years

$M

Total

$M

— 

— 

— 

— 

2.1 

— 

18.1 

22.8 

0.3 

0.5 

— 

25.0 

— 

4.1 

4.1 

— 

— 

0.1 

— 

— 

— 

— 

25.0 

— 

3.5 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

25.0 

25.0 

4.1 

9.7 

— 

18.1 

22.9 

0.3 

0.5 

— 

— 

— 

— 

3.3 

0.5 

36.4 

26.8 

0.4 

0.1 

25.0 

25.0 

— 

17.5 

6.0 

— 

— 

0.6 

— 

— 

— 

— 

25.0 

— 

5.7 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

25.0 

25.0 

25.0 

17.5 

15.0 

0.5 

36.4 

27.4 

0.4 

0.1 

43.8 

33.3 

28.5 

  105.6 

67.5 

74.1 

30.7 

  172.3 

Loan Notes due 2021

Loan Notes due 2023

Loan Notes due 2026

Revolving credit facility

Lease liability

Deferred contingent 
consideration

Trade payables

Accruals and deferred income

Interest payable

Current income tax

105

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  table  below  summarizes  the  maturity  profile  of  the  Group's  financial  liabilities  at  December  31  based  on 
contractual  undiscounted  payments.  Interest  rates  on  the  Group's  variable  rate  debt  have  been  based  on  a 
forward curve.

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

Undiscounted contractual maturity of financial liabilities:

Amounts payable:

Within 12 months

1-5 years

> 5 years

Less: future finance charges

Capital risk management

December 31, 
2020

December 31, 
2019

$M

$M

46.6 

41.1 

34.1 

121.8 

(16.2)   

105.6 

72.5 

86.5 

36.8 

195.8 

(23.5) 

172.3 

The capital structure of the Group consists of shareholders' equity, debt and cash and cash equivalents. For the 
foreseeable  future,  the  Board  will  maintain  a  capital  structure  that  supports  the  Group's  strategic  objectives 
through:

• Managing funding and liquidity;

• Optimizing shareholder return; and

• Maintaining a strong, investment-grade credit rating

The  Group  monitors  its  adjusted  EBITDA,  for  continuing  activities  to  net  debt  ratio,  adjusted  net  income  and 
adjusted diluted earnings per share in its primary GAAP, that being US GAAP. These KPIs and reconciliations to 
GAAP measures can be found in our Form 10-K, filed with the SEC on March 2, 2021.

Credit risk

The  Group  only  provides  trade  credit  to  creditworthy  third  parties.  Credit  checks  are  performed  on  new  and 
existing  customers  along  with  monitoring  payment  histories  of  customers.  Outstanding  receivables  from 
customers  are  closely  monitored  to  ensure  they  are  paid  when  due,  with  both  outstanding  overdue  days  and 
total days of sales outstanding reported as a business unit key performance measure. Where possible sales are 
also protected through the use of credit insurance. At December 31, 2020, the Group has a provision for bad and 
doubtful  debtors  of  $0.5  million  (2019:  $1.3  million)  and  no  charge  (2019:  $1.2  million)  has  been  made  to  the 
consolidated income statement in relation to bad debts recognized in 2020.

The analysis of trade receivables that were past due but not impaired is as follows:

Neither past 
due nor 
impaired
$M

< 31 
days
$M

Total
$M

Past due but not impaired
61-90 
31-60 
days
days 
$M
$M

91-120 
days
$M

> 120 
days
$M

At December 31, 2020  

At December 31, 2019  

33.6 

52.4 

29.0 

39.3 

3.7 

9.2 

0.7 

2.5 

0.1 

0.3 

0.1 

0.9 

— 

0.2 

The Group also monitors the spread of its customer base with the objective of trying to minimize exposure at a 
Group and segment level to any one customer. The top 10 customers in 2020 represented 35% (2019: 27%) of 
total revenue. There were no customers in 2020 or 2019 that represented over 10% of total revenue.

106

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

Exchange rate risks

The  largest  risk  is  from  our  operations  in  the  U.K.,  which  in  2020  generated  sales  revenue  of  $153.5  million. 
Fluctuations in exchange rates, particularly between the U.S. dollar and GBP sterling (which has been subject to 
significant  fluctuations),  can  have  a  material  effect  on  our  consolidated  income  statement  and  consolidated 
balance sheet. In 2020, movements in the average U.S. dollar exchange rate had a negative impact on revenue 
of $0.3 million; in 2019, movements in the average U.S. dollar exchange rate had a positive impact on revenue 
of $(9.5) million. Changes in translation exchange rates increased net assets by $2.9 million in 2020, compared 
to an increase of $3.1 million in 2019.

Commodity price risks

The Group is exposed to a number of commodity price risks, including primary aluminum, magnesium, rare earth 
chemicals, zircon sand and other zirconium basic compounds. All have been subject to substantial increases in 
recent  years.  Historically  the  two  largest  exposures  to  the  Group  have  been  the  prices  of  aluminum  and 
magnesium and the Group will spend annually approximately $80 to $100 million on these two raw materials. 

Aluminum  is  traded  on  the  London  Metal  Exchange  ("LME")  and  therefore  the  Group  is  able  to  use  LME 
derivative contracts to hedge a portion of its price exposure. In 2020 the Group purchased approximately 7,000 
(2019: 8,000) metric tons of primary aluminum. The processed waste can be sold as scrap aluminum at prices 
linked to the LME price. Based on the 2020 level of aluminum purchases, a $100 increase in the LME price of 
aluminum would increase our Gas Cylinders segment's costs by approximately $0.7 million. 

In the long-term, the Group has sought to recover the cost of increased commodity costs through price increases 
and surcharges. Any hedging of aluminum risk is performed to protect the Group against short-term fluctuations 
in aluminum costs.

In 2020 the Group purchased approximately 3,000 (2019: 5,000) metric tons of primary magnesium. Magnesium 
is not traded on the LME so we are not able to maintain a hedge position of its price exposure.

The Group purchases various rare earth chemicals which it uses in the production of various materials produced 
by  its  Elektron  Segment  and  when  these  chemicals  became  subject  to  significant  price  volatility  it  used 
surcharges on its products to maintain its product margins.

30. Financial instruments

The following disclosures relating to financial instruments have been prepared on a basis which excludes short-
term debtors and creditors which have resulted from the Group's operating activities.

(a) Financial instruments of the Group

The  financial  instruments  of  the  Group  other  than  short-term  debtors  and  creditors  and  non-current  derivative 
financial instruments were as follows:

Financial instruments - 
measured at amortized cost

Financial assets:

Cash at bank and in hand
Financial liabilities(1):
Loan Notes due 2021(2)
Loan Notes due 2023(2)
Loan Notes due 2026(2)

Revolving credit facility

Deferred contingent consideration

Book value
December 31, 
2020
$M

Fair value
December 31, 
2020
$M

Book value
December 31, 
2019
$M

Fair value
December 31, 
2019
$M

1.5 

— 

25.0 

25.0 

4.1 

— 

1.5 

— 

25.3 

26.0 

4.1 

— 

10.3 

25.0 

25.0 

25.0 

17.5 

0.5 

10.3 

25.0 

25.9 

26.2 

17.5 

0.5 

(1)

(2)

The financial instruments included in financial liabilities are shown gross of unamortized finance costs. 
The fair value of these financial instruments is calculated by discounting the future cash flows, including 
interest payments due.

All financial assets mature within one year. The maturity of the financial liabilities is disclosed in Note 29.

107

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

At  December  31,  2020,  the  amount  drawn  in  bank  and  other  loans  was  $54.1  million  (2019:  $92.5  million),  of 
which $50.0 million was denominated in U.S. dollars (2019: $75.0 million) with the remainder being denominated 
in GBP sterling.

Derivative financial instruments -  
measured at fair value through profit or 
loss

Held to hedge purchases and sales by trading 
businesses:

Book value
December 
31, 2020

Fair value Book value
December 
December 
31, 2019
31, 2020

Fair value
December 
31, 2019

$M

$M

$M

$M

Forward foreign currency exchange rate contracts  

(0.2)   

(0.2)   

(0.3)   

(0.3) 

The fair value calculations were performed on the following basis:

Cash at bank and in hand / overdrafts

The carrying value approximates to the fair value as a result of the short-term maturity of the instruments. 

Bank loans

At  December  31,  2020,  bank  and  other  loans  of  $54.1  million  (2019:  $92.5  million)  were  outstanding.  At 
December 31, 2020, bank and other loans are shown net of issue costs of $1.0 million (2019: $1.5 million) and 
these  issue  costs  are  to  be  amortized  to  the  expected  maturity  of  the  facilities. At  December  31,  2020,  $4.1 
million  (2019:  $17.5  million)  of  the  total  $54.1  million  (2019:  $92.5  million)  bank  and  other  loans  was  variable 
interest rate debt and subject to floating interest rate risk, with the remainder being fixed rate debt.

Forward foreign currency exchange rate contracts

The fair value of these contracts was calculated by determining what the Group would be expected to receive or 
pay on termination of each individual contract by comparison to present market prices.

Deferred contingent consideration

Disclosure  of  the  basis  of  calculation  of  the  fair  value  of  deferred  contingent  consideration  is  included  within 
Note 26 of the consolidated financial statements.

108

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

Fair value hierarchy

At December 31, 2020, the Group used the following hierarchy for determining and disclosing the fair value of 
financial instruments by valuation technique:

Level 1: quoted (unadjusted) prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level  2:  other  techniques  for  which  all  inputs  which  have  a  significant  effect  on  the  recorded  fair  value  are 
observable, either directly or indirectly.

Level 3: techniques which use inputs which have a significant effect on the recorded fair value that are not based 
on observable market data.

December 31, 
2020

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

$M

$M

$M

$M

Net derivative financial (assets) / liabilities at 
fair value through profit or loss:

Forward foreign currency exchange rate contracts  

Interest bearing loans and borrowings:

Loan Notes due 2021

Loan Notes due 2023

Loan Notes due 2026

Revolving credit facility

0.2 

— 

25.0 

25.0 

4.1 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

0.2 

— 

25.0 

25.0 

4.1 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2020,  there  were  no  transfers  between  Level  1  and  Level  2  fair  value 
measurements.

The  following  table  presents  the  changes  in  Level  3  instruments  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2020  and 
2019.

Balance at January 1

Payments made during year

Unwind of discount on deferred consideration

Remeasurement of deferred consideration

Balance at December 31

Total (gains) / losses for the year included in profit and loss 

2020

$M

2019

$M

0.5 

(0.4)   

— 

(0.1)   

— 

(0.1)   

0.9 

(0.5) 

0.2 

(0.1) 

0.5 

0.1 

The  deferred  contingent  consideration  relates  to  estimations  of  amounts  payable  in  the  future  regarding 
acquisitions  made  in  prior  years.  This  is  based  upon  an  estimate  of  the  future  profitability  of  the  businesses 
versus targets agreed upon as part of the acquisitions.

109

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

(b) Interest rate risks

Interest rate risk profile on financial assets

This  table  shows  the  Group's  financial  assets  at  December  31,  which  are  cash  and  cash  equivalents.  These 
assets are all subject to floating interest rate risk.

Cash by currency:

U.S. dollar

GBP sterling

Euro

Australian dollar

Chinese renminbi

Canadian dollar

Japanese yen

December 31, 
2020

December 31, 
2019

$M

$M

(1.6)   

1.0 

0.2 

— 

1.7 

0.2 

— 

1.5 

6.1 

1.9 

0.2 

0.6 

1.1 

0.3 

0.1 

10.3 

The Group earns interest on cash balances through either deposit accounts or placing funds on money markets 
at  short-term  fixed  rates.  In  all  cases,  with  the  exception  of  the  restricted  cash,  interest  earned  is  at 
approximately ICELIBOR rates during the year. 

Interest rate risk profile on financial liabilities

The following table sets out the carrying value, by original maturity, of the Group's financial instruments that were 
exposed to both fixed and variable interest rate risk. The carrying values include interest payments to be made 
and interest rates on the Group's variable rate debt have been based on a forward curve.

December 31, 2020

December 31, 2019

Within 
12 
months

$M

1-5 
years

$M

> 5 
years

$M

Total

$M

Within 
12 
months

$M

1-5 
years

$M

> 5 
years

$M

Total

$M

Floating interest rate 
risk:

Revolving credit facility 
(including interest 
payments)

Fixed interest rate risk:

Loan Notes due 2021 
(including interest 
payments)

Loan Notes due 2023 
(including interest 
payments)

Loan Notes due 2026 
(including interest 
payments)

— 

4.2 

— 

4.2 

1.0 

19.0 

— 

20.0 

— 

— 

— 

— 

0.9 

25.7 

— 

26.6 

1.2 

26.8 

— 

28.0 

1.2 

28.0 

— 

29.2 

1.2 

2.4 

4.9 

35.9 

25.6 

25.6 

31.7 

63.9 

1.2 

4.3 

5.0 

77.7 

26.9 

33.1 

26.9 

  108.9 

110

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

(c) Hedging activities

Forward foreign currency exchange contracts

The Group utilizes forward foreign currency exchange contracts to hedge significant future transactions and cash 
flows  to  manage  its  exchange  rate  exposures.  The  contracts  purchased  are  primarily  denominated  in  GBP 
sterling, U.S. dollars, Euros and Australian dollars. The Group is also exposed to a number of other currencies 
like Japanese yen and Canadian dollars with hedges against these on a more ad hoc basis, when exposures are 
more significant.

At December 31, 2020, the fair value of forward foreign currency exchange contracts deferred in equity was nil 
(2019:  nil).  During  2020,  nil  (2019:  loss  of  $0.1  million)  has  been  transferred  to  the  consolidated  income 
statement in respect of contracts that have matured in the year. 

At  December  31,  2020  and  2019,  the  Group  held  various  forward  foreign  currency  exchange  contracts 
designated as hedges in respect of forward sales for U.S. dollars, euros, Japanese yen and Canadian dollars for 
the  receipt  of  GBP  sterling  or  euros.  The  Group  also  held  forward  foreign  currency  exchange  contracts 
designated  as  hedges  in  respect  of  forward  purchases  for  U.S.  dollars,  euros,  Canadian  dollars,  Australian 
dollars and Chinese yuan by the sale of GBP sterling. The contract totals in GBP sterling and Euros, range of 
maturity dates and range of exchange rates are disclosed overleaf, with the value denominated in GBP sterling 
given that this is the currency the majority of the contracts are held in.

Sales hedges
Contract totals/£m
Maturity dates

Exchange rates

December 31, 2020

U.S. dollars

Euros

11.1 
01/21 to 03/21 01/21 to 04/21

3.0 

$1.3045 to 
$1.3667

€1.0917 to 
€1.1181

Japanese 
Yen

Canadian 
dollars

0.1 
01/21

0.1 
01/21

JPY136.89

$1.7409

Purchase hedges
Contract totals/£m
Maturity dates

U.S. dollars

Euros

1.7 
01/21 to 04/21 01/21 to 02/21

4.8 

Canadian 
dollars

Australian 
dollars

Chinese 
yuan

9.4 
01/21

0.9
01/21

0.9
03/21

Exchange rates

$1.3046 to 
$1.3667

€1.1065 to 
€1.0944

$1.7409 to 
$1.7201

$1.7729

¥8.9184

Sales hedges

Contract totals/£m

Maturity dates

Exchange rates

Purchase hedges
Contract totals/£m
Maturity dates
Exchange rates

December 31, 2019

U.S. dollars

Euros

Japanese Yen

0.1 

01/20

1.2914

7.6 

01/20 to 03/20

0.1 

01/20

€1.1551 to €1.1750

JPY 142.86

U.S. dollars

Euros

Canadian dollars

1.3  

03/20
1.3228

0.8 
03/20
1.1663

7.0 
01/20
$1.7137 to $1.7664

Aluminum commodity contracts

The Group did not hold any forward aluminum commodity contracts at December 31, 2020 or 2019.

Forward interest rate agreements

The Group did not hold any forward interest rate agreements at December 31, 2020 or 2019.

111

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

(d) Foreign currency translation risk disclosures

Exchange gains and losses arising on the translation of the Group's non-U.S. assets and liabilities are classified 
as equity and transferred to the Group's translation reserve. In 2020, a gain of $2.9 million (2019: loss of $0.6 
million) was recognized in translation reserves.

(e) Undrawn committed facilities

At December 31, 2020 and 2019 the Group had committed banking facilities of $150.0 million. Of the committed 
facilities, $4.1 million was drawn at December 31, 2020 (2019: $17.5 million).

The Group had a separate (uncommitted) facility for letters of credit which at December 31, 2020 and 2019 was  
£1.0 million ($1.3 million). None of this were utilized at December 31, 2020 and 2019 respectively.

The  Group  also  has  two  separate  (uncommitted)  bonding  facilities  for  bank  guarantees,  one  denominated  in 
GBP sterling of £4.5 million (2020: $6.1 million, 2019: $5.9 million), and one denominated in USD of $1.5 million 
(2019: $0.4 million). Of that denominated in GBP, £1.0 million ($1.4 million) was utilized at December 31, 2020 
(2019: £1.6 million / $2.3 million). Of that denominated in USD, $0.8 million was utilized in December 31, 2020 
(2019: fully utilized).

31. Retirement benefits

The  Group  has  defined  benefit  pension  plans  in  the  U.K.,  the  U.S.  and  France.  The  levels  of  funding  are 
determined  by  periodic  actuarial  valuations.  The  assets  of  the  plans  are  generally  held  in  separate  trustee-
administered  funds.  The  Group  also  operates  defined  contribution  plans  in  the  U.K.,  the  U.S.,  Australia  and 
Canada.

Remeasurements are recognized in full in the period in which they occur. The liability recognized in the balance 
sheet represents the present value of the defined benefit obligation, as reduced by the fair value of plan assets. 
The cost of providing benefits is determined using the Projected Unit Credit Method.

The  principal  defined  benefit  pension  plan  in  the  Group  is  the  U.K.  Luxfer  Group  Pension  Plan  ("the  Plan"), 
which closed to new members in 1998, new employees then being eligible for a defined contribution plan. With 
effect from April 2004, the Plan changed from a final salary to a career average revalued earnings benefit scale. 
In August 2005, a plan specific earnings cap of £60,000 per annum subject to inflation increases was introduced, 
the figure had risen to £76,000 in 2015. In October 2007, the rate of the future accrual for pension was reduced 
and  a  longevity  adjustment  was  introduced  to  mitigate  against  the  risk  of  further  unexpected  increases  in  life 
expectancies.  In  2015,  following  a  consultation  with  the Trustees  and  members,  it  was  agreed  the  Plan  would 
close  to  future  accrual  of  benefits  effective  from  April  5,  2016  and  for  the  purpose  of  increasing  pensions  in 
payment, to use the  Consumer Prices Index ("CPI")  as  the reference index in place of the Retail Prices Index 
("RPI") where applicable. The remaining active members, numbering approximately 160, were transferred into a 
defined  contribution  plan.  The  weighted  average  duration  of  the  expected  benefit  payments  from  the  Plan  is 
around 16 years. The pension cost of the Plan is assessed in accordance with the advice of an independent firm 
of  professionally  qualified  actuaries,  Lane  Clark  &  Peacock  LLP.  The  Plan  is  registered  with  HMRC  for  tax 
purposes,  operates  separately  from  the  Group  and  is  managed  by  an  independent  set  of  Trustees.  The  Plan 
operates under U.K. trust law and the trust is a separate legal entity from the Group. The Plan is governed by an 
independent  board  of  Trustees,  composed  of  two  member  nominated  Trustees  and  four  company  appointed 
Trustees. 

The Trustees are required by law to act in the best interests of scheme members and are responsible for setting 
certain policies (e.g. investment funding) together with the Company. A schedule of payments provides for deficit 
funding,  which  comprises  a  shortfall-correction  contribution  totaling  £3.9  million  to  be  paid  in  the  Plan  year 
commencing  6  April  2018  and  annual  contributions  of  £4.1  million  paid  in  each  Plan  year  thereafter  until  31 
December 2023. 

The Group's other arrangements are less significant than the Luxfer Group Pension Plan, the largest being the 
BA Holdings, Inc. Pension Plan in the U.S. In December 2005, this plan was closed to further benefit accrual with 
members being offered contributions to that Company's 401(k) plan. At January 1, 2016, the U.S. pension plans 
(BA Holdings, Inc. Pension Plan and Luxfer Hourly Pension Plan) merged into one plan.

The  total  charge  to  the  Group's  consolidated  income  statement  for  2020  for  retirement  benefits  was  a  cost  of 
$5.4 million (2019: cost of $3.9 million).

112

The movement in the pension liabilities is shown below:

Balance at January 1

Charged / (credited) to the consolidated income statement:

Past service cost

Settlement gain 

Curtailment credit

Current service cost

Net interest on net liability

Administrative costs

Cash contributions

Charged / (credited) to the consolidated statement of comprehensive income

Exchange difference

Balance at December 31

The financial assumptions used in the calculations were:

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

2020

$M

2019

$M

35.2 

40.0 

0.1 

— 

— 

— 

1.0 

0.9 

(5.8)   

19.0 

0.4 

50.8 

— 

(0.9) 

(1.8) 

0.1 

1.4 

0.9 

(7.9) 

2.3 

1.1 

35.2 

Discount rate

Inflation related assumptions:

Pre-2030

Retail Price Inflation

Consumer Price Inflation

Pension increases—pre 6 April 1997

—1997 - 2005

—post 5 April 2005

Post-2030

Retail Price Inflation

Consumer Price Inflation

Pension increases—pre 6 April 1997

—1997 - 2005

—post 5 April 2005

Other principal actuarial assumptions:

Projected Unit Credit Valuation
Non-U.K.

U.K.

2020

%

2019

%

2020

%

2019

%

 1.40 

 2.10 

 2.30 

 3.10 

 2.90 

 1.80 

 1.70 

 1.90 

 1.60 

 2.70 

 2.60 

 2.20 

 2.60 

 2.00 

 2.90 

 2.00 

 1.80 

 2.10 

 1.70 

 2.90 

 2.00 

 1.80 

 2.10 

 1.70 

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

 — 

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

2020

Years

2019

Years

Life expectancy of male / female in the U.K. aged 65 at accounting date

21.5 / 24.3 21.5 / 24.2

Life expectancy of male / female in the U.K. aged 65 at 20 years after accounting date

22.9 / 25.8 22.8 / 25.7

Investment strategies

For the principal defined benefit plan in the Group and the U.K., the Luxfer Group Pension Plan, the assets are 
invested in a diversified range of asset classes and include matching assets (comprising fixed interest and index 
linked bonds and swaps) and growth assets (comprising all other assets). The Trustees have formulated a de-
risking  strategy  to  help  control  the  short  term  risks  of  volatility  associated  with  holding  growth  assets.  The 
Trustees also monitor the cost of a buy-in to secure pensioner liabilities with an insurance company to ensure 
they and the Company are able to act if such an opportunity arises. Other options to progressively reduce the 
scale of the liabilities are discussed between the Trustees and the Company.

113

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

Risk exposures

The Group is at risk of adverse experience relating to the defined benefit plans.

The plans hold a high proportion of assets in equity and other growth investments, with the intention of growing 
the value of assets relative to liabilities. The Group is at risk if the value of liabilities grows at a faster rate than 
the plans assets, or if there is a significant fall in the value of these assets not matched by a fall in the value of 
liabilities.  If  these  events  occurred,  this  would  be  expected  to  lead  to  an  increase  in  the  Group's  future  cash 
contributions.

Special events

In 2019, a redundancy exercise took place in France which impacted the French pension plans. This resulted in 
a  curtailment  gain  of  $1.8m  and  triggered  immediate  recognition  of  the  unamortized  net  actuarial  losses  of 
$0.3m. 

Also in 2019, the U.S. plan offered deferred members the opportunity to receive a lump sum in respect of their 
benefits  in  the  Plan. As  a  result,  on  20  December  2019  lump  sums  totaling  $2.7m  were  paid  out. The  defined 
benefit obligation extinguished in this event was valued at $3.6m by the local actuary at this date based on the 
2019 year-end discount rate of 3.1% pa. This triggered a settlement gain of $0.9 million

The amounts recognized in the consolidated income statement in respect of the pension plans were as 
follows:

In respect of defined benefit plans:
Current service cost
Net interest on net liability
Administrative expenses
Past service cost
Settlement gain
Curtailment credit
Total charge for defined benefit plans
In respect of defined contribution plans:
Total charge for defined contribution plans
Total charge for pension plans

2020

U.K.
$M

2020
Non-
U.K.
$M

2020

2019

Total
$M

U.K.
$M

2019
Non-
U.K.
$M

2019

Total
$M

— 
0.9 
0.6 
0.1 
— 
— 
1.6 

1.5 
3.1 

— 
0.1 
0.3 
— 
— 
— 
0.4 

1.9 
2.3 

— 
1.0 
0.9 
0.1 
— 
— 
2.0 

3.4 
5.4 

— 
1.1 
0.5 
— 
— 
— 
1.6 

2.1 
3.7 

0.1 
0.3 
0.4 
— 
(0.9)   
(1.8)   
(1.9)   

2.1 
0.2 

0.1 
1.4 
0.9 
— 
(0.9) 
(1.8) 
(0.3) 

4.2 
3.9 

Of the total charge for the year, charges of $3.4 million and $0.9 million (2019: $4.3 million and $0.9 million) have 
been  included  in  cost  of  sales  and  administrative  costs,  respectively  and  a  charge  of  $1.0  million.  (2019:  $1.4 
million) has been included in finance costs. In 2019 an additional credit of $2.7 million has been recognized as 
changes to defined benefit pension plans in the consolidated income statement.

For the year, the amount of loss recognized in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income is $19.0 
million (2019: loss of $2.3 million).

The actual return of the plans assets was a gain of $33.0 million (2019: gain of $51.7 million).

114

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

The value of the plans assets and liabilities were:

Assets in active markets:

Equities and growth funds

Government bonds

Corporate bonds

Cash

Total market value of assets

2020

U.K.

$M

2020

Non-U.K.

$M

2020

Total

$M

2019

U.K.

$M

2019

Non-U.K.

$M

2019

Total

$M

152.3 

63.1 

141.6 

1.9 

358.9 

26.9 

— 

18.1 

— 

45.0 

179.2 

63.1 

159.7 

1.9 

146.8 

52.7 

129.1 

0.1 

403.9 

328.7 

26.2 

— 

16.2 

— 

42.4 

173.0 

52.7 

145.3 

0.1 

371.1 

Present value of plan liabilities

(404.0)   

(50.7)   

(454.7)   

(359.2)   

(47.1)   

(406.3) 

Deficit in the plans

(45.1)   

(5.7)   

(50.8)   

(30.5)   

(4.7)   

(35.2) 

Related deferred income tax assets

8.9 

1.0 

9.9 

5.0 

0.8 

5.8 

Net pension liabilities

(36.2)   

(4.7)   

(40.9)   

(25.5)   

(3.9)   

(29.4) 

The plans do not invest directly in property occupied by the Group or in financial securities issued by the Group.

Analysis of movement in the present value of the defined benefit obligations:

At January 1

Current service cost

Interest on obligation

Actuarial losses on financial 
assumptions
Actuarial gains on demographic 
assumptions

Actuarial losses on plan experience

Exchange difference

Benefits paid

Past service cost

Curtailment credit

At December 31

2020

U.K.

$M

2020

Non-U.K.

$M

2020

Total

$M

2019

U.K.

$M

2019

Non-U.K.

$M

2019

Total

$M

359.2 

47.1 

406.3 

315.2 

46.8 

362.0 

— 

7.0 

45.8 

— 

(6.1)   

12.7 

— 

1.4 

5.1 

— 

8.4 

— 

9.2 

50.9 

39.6 

0.1 

1.9 

6.4 

(0.4)   

— 

— 

(0.4)   

(6.1)   

— 

(1.2)   

12.7 

10.0 

(0.5)   

— 

— 

0.1 

11.1 

46.0 

(0.5) 

(1.2) 

10.0 

(14.7)   

(2.5)   

(17.2)   

(13.6)   

(2.2)   

(15.8) 

0.1 

— 

— 

— 

0.1 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(5.4)   

(5.4) 

404.0 

50.7 

454.7 

359.2 

47.1 

406.3 

The sensitivities regarding the principal assumptions used to measure the present value of the defined benefit 
obligations are set out below:

Assumption
Discount rate

Change in assumption

Increase/decrease by 0.1%

CPI inflation (and related increases)

Increase/decrease by 0.1%

Post retirement mortality

Increase by 1 year

Impact on total defined
benefit obligations

Decrease/increase by 10%

Increase/decrease by 8%

Increase by 3%

The sensitivities have been calculated to show the movement in the total defined benefit obligation in isolation, 
assuming no other changes in market conditions at the accounting date. In practice, for example, a change in 
discount rate is likely to be associated with a movement in the value of the invested assets held by the plans.

115

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

Analysis of movement in the present value of the fair value of plan assets:

At January 1

Interest on plan assets

Actuarial gains / (losses)

Exchange difference

Contributions from employer

Administrative expenses

Benefits paid

Settlement 

At December 31

2020

U.K.

$M

2020

Non-U.K.

$M

2020

Total

$M

2019

U.K.

$M

2019

Non-U.K.

$M

2019

Total

$M

328.7 

42.4 

371.1 

283.5 

38.5 

322.0 

6.1 

21.3 

12.3 

5.8 

(0.6)   

(14.7)   

— 

358.9 

1.3 

4.1 

— 

— 

(0.3)   

(2.5)   

— 

45.0 

7.4 

25.4 

12.3 

5.8 

8.0 

36.5 

8.9 

5.9 

(0.9)   

(0.5)   

(17.2)   

(13.6)   

— 

— 

1.7 

5.5 

— 

2.0 

(0.4)   

(2.2)   

(2.7)   

9.7 

42.0 

8.9 

7.9 

(0.9) 

(15.8) 

(2.7) 

403.9 

328.7 

42.4 

371.1 

The estimated amount of employer contributions expected to be paid to the defined benefit pension plans for the 
year ending December 31, 2021 is $5.8 million (2020: $5.8 million actual employer contributions).

32. The Luxfer Group Employee Share Ownership Plan

The trust

In 1997, the Group established an employee benefit trust ("the ESOP") with independent Trustees, to purchase 
and hold shares in the Group in trust to be used to satisfy options granted to eligible senior employees under the 
Group's share plans established from time to time.

The ESOP was established with the benefit of a gift equivalent to the set up and running costs. Purchase monies 
and  costs  required  by  the  ESOP  Trustees  to  purchase  shares  for  and  under  the  provisions  of  the  trust  are 
provided  by  way  of  an  interest  free  loan  from  a  Group  subsidiary.  The  loan  is  repayable,  in  normal 
circumstances, out of monies received from senior employees when they exercise options granted to them over 
shares. Surplus shares are held by the ESOP Trustees to satisfy future option awards. The ESOP Trustees have 
waived  their  right  to  receive  dividends  on  shares  held  in  trust.  The  Remuneration  Committee  is  charged  with 
determining which senior employees are to be granted options and in what number subject to the relevant plan 
rules.

The current plan

The  current  share  option  plan,  implemented  by  the  Group  in  February  2007  is The  Luxfer  Holdings  Executive 
Share Option Plan ("the Plan"), which consists of two parts. Part A of the Plan is approved by HM Revenue & 
Customs and Part B is unapproved. Options can be  exercised at any time up to the tenth anniversary of their 
grant subject to the rules of the relevant part of the Plan. As a result of the I.P.O. all leaver restrictions over the 
shares were released. There are no other performance criteria attached to the options.

Movements in the year

The movement in the number of shares held by the Trustees of the ESOP and the number of share options held 
over those shares are shown below:

Number of shares held by ESOP Trustees

£0.0001 deferred 
shares

£0.50 ordinary 
shares

At January 1, 2020

Shares utilized during the year

Shares transferred from ESOP during the year

15,977,968,688 

— 

— 

At December 31, 2020

15,977,968,688 

1,216,220 

(131,909) 

(70,799) 

1,013,512 

At December 31, 2020, the loan outstanding from the ESOP was $0.6 million (2019: $0.6 million).

The market value of each £0.50 ordinary share held by the ESOP at December 31, 2020 was $16.42 (2019: 
$18.51).

116

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

 33. Share based compensation

Luxfer  Holdings  PLC  Long-Term  Umbrella  Incentive  Plan  and  Luxfer  Holdings  PLC  Non-Executive 
Directors Equity Incentive Plan

As an important retention tool and to align the long-term financial interests of our management with those of our 
shareholders,  the  Group  adopted  the  Luxfer  Holdings  PLC  Long-Term  Umbrella  Incentive  Plan  (the  "LTiP")  for 
the Group's senior employees, and the Luxfer Holdings PLC Non-Executive Directors Equity Incentive Plan (the 
"Director EIP") for the Non-Executive Directors.

The equity or equity-related awards under the LTiP and the Director EIP are based on the ordinary shares of the 
Group.  The  Remuneration  Committee  administers  the  LTiP  and  have  the  power  to  determine  to  whom  the 
awards will be granted, the amount, type and other terms. Awards granted under the LTIP generally vest one-
third each year over a three-year period, subject to continuous employment and certain other conditions, with the 
exercise period expiring five years after grant date. Awards granted under the Director EIP are non-discretionary, 
are purely time-based and vest over one year, with settlement occurring immediately on vesting.

Share option and restricted stock awards

In March 2020, a combined 132,900 of Restricted Stock Units and Options over ordinary shares were granted 
under the LTIP, which were all time-based awards vesting over four years and expiring two years later. In May 
2020,  a  combined  2,000  of  Restricted  Stock  Units  and  Options  over  ordinary  shares  were  granted  under  the 
LTIP,  which  were  all  time-based  awards  vesting  over  four  years  and  expiring  two  years  later.  In  June  2020,  a 
combined  27,280  of  Restricted  Stock  Units  and  Options  over  ordinary  shares  were  granted  under  the  Director 
EIP,  which  were  all  time-based  awards  that  would  fully  vest  one  year  later.  In  September  2020,  a  combined 
3,892 of Restricted Stock Units and Options over ordinary shares were granted under the LTIP, which were all 
time-based awards vesting over four years and expiring two years later.

In March 2019, a combined 196,320 of Restricted Stock Unite and Options over ordinary shares were granted 
under the LTIP, which were all time-based awards vesting over four years and expiring two years later. In May 
2019,  a  combined  3,981  of  restricted  Stock  Units  and  Options  over  ordinary  shares  were  granted  under  the 
Director  EIP,  which  were  all  time-based  awards  that  would  fully  vest  one  year  later.  In  December  2019,  a 
combined 6,000 of Restricted Stock Units and Options over ordinary shares were granted under the LTIP, which 
were all time-based awards, vesting over four years and expiring two years later.

Total share-based compensation expense for 2020 and 2019 was as follows:

Share based compensation charges

There were no cancellations or modifications to the awards in 2020 or 2019.

2020
$M

2019
$M

2.8 

4.5 

The actual tax benefit realized for the tax deductions from option exercises totaled $0.6 million and $0.9 million 
in 2020 and 2019 respectively.

The following table illustrates the number of, and movements in, share options during the year, with each option 
relating to 1 ordinary share:

2020

2020

2019

2019

At January 1

Granted during the year

Exercised during the year

Accrued dividend awards

Lapsed during the year

At December 31

Options exercisable at December 31,

Options expected to vest as of December 31, 

Weighted 
average 
exercise 
price

Number

Weighted 
average 
exercise 
price

Number

467,362 

166,072 

$0.75  

849,062 

$1.00  

212,419 

(222,375) 

$0.71  

(491,216) 

14,727 

(12,982) 

412,804 

11,495 

401,309 

$0.84  

13,838 

$0.90  

(116,741) 

$0.87  

467,362 

$0.66  

8,903 

$0.88  

458,459 

117

$2.1

$0.9

$2.65

$0.72

$2.43

$0.75

$0.66

$0.75

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

The weighted average fair value of options granted in 2020 and 2019 was estimated to be $9.41 and $17.65 per 
share,  respectively.  The  total  intrinsic  value  of  options  that  were  exercised  during  2020  and  2019  was 
$3.0 million and $11.2 million respectively with the average share price during the year being $14.46 and $19.97 
for  2020  and  2019  respectively. At  December  31,  2020,  the  total  unrecognized  compensation  cost  related  to 
share  options  was  $2.2  million  (2019:  $2.7  million).  This  cost  is  expected  to  be  recognized  over  a  weighted 
average period of 1.3 years.

The following table illustrates the assumptions used in deriving the fair value of share options during the year:

Dividend yield (%)

Expected volatility range (%)

Risk-free interest rate (%)

Expected life of share options range (years)

Forfeiture rate (%)

Weighted average exercise price ($)
Model used

2020

2019

3.39 - 4.09

 2.10 

36.48 - 56.28

35.06 - 44.20

0.18 - 0.49

0.50 - 4.00

5.00

0.74 - 2.52

0.50 - 4.00

5.00

$1.00
Black-Scholes 
& Monte-Carlo

$1.00
Black-Scholes 
& Monte-Carlo

The expected life of the share options is based on historical data and current expectations and is not necessarily 
indicative of exercise patterns that may occur. The expected volatility reflects the assumption that the historical 
volatility over a period similar to the life of the options is indicative of future trends, which may not necessarily be 
the actual outcome.

Employee share incentive plans

The  Group  operates  an  all-employee  share  incentive  plan  in  its  U.K.  and  U.S.  operations  and  will  look  to 
implement plans in other geographic regions.

118

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

34. Related party transactions

Joint venture in which the Company is a venturer

In July 2020, the Company sold its 51% investment in the equity of its previous joint venture, Luxfer Uttam India 
Private Limited. During 2020, prior to the sale, the Gas Cylinders segment made $1.5 million (2019: $6.4 million) 
of sales to the joint venture. At December 31, 2020, the entity was no longer a related-party. At December 31, 
2019  the  gross  amounts  receivable  from  the  joint  venture  amounted  to    $2.9  million  and  the  net  amounts 
receivable amounted to $2.7 million. 

During  2020,  the  Group  also  maintained  its  50%  investment  in  the  equity  of  the  joint  venture,  Nikkei-MEL 
Company Limited. During 2020, the Elektron segment made $0.6 million of sales to the joint venture (2019: $0.7 
million). At December 31, 2020, the gross and net amounts receivable from the joint venture amounted to $0.2 
million (2019: $0.1 million). 

Associates in which the Company holds an interest

During  2020,  SUB161  Pty  Limited,  in  which  the  Company  held  26.4%  equity,  was  liquidated  as  it  no  longer 
traded. During 2020, the Group made nil sales (2019: nil) to the associate. At December 31, 2020, the amounts 
receivable from the associate denominated in Australian dollars was nil (2019: nil).

Transactions with other related parties

At December 31, 2020, the directors and key management comprising the members of the Executive Leadership 
Team,  owned  425,413  £0.50  ordinary  shares  (2019:  377,424  £0.50  ordinary  shares)  and  held  awards  over  a 
further 248,522 £0.50 ordinary shares (2019: 302,752 £0.50 ordinary shares).

During  the  years  ended  December  31,  2020  and  2019,  share  options  held  by  members  of  the  Executive 
Leadership  Team  were  exercised;  information  relating  to  these  exercises  is  disclosed  in  the  Remuneration 
Report on pages 39 to 56.

Cherokee Properties Inc. represented a related party in 2019 due to its association with Chris Barnes, who was 
until July 2019 the president of one of our operating segments and is the president of Cherokee Properties Inc. 
During  2019,  we  engaged  with  Cherokee  Properties  Inc.  for  rental  and  associated  costs  regarding  our 
manufacturing site in Madison, IL for the value of $1.1 million. We continue to engage with Cheroke Properties 
Inc. although not as a related-party. 

Other than the transactions with the joint ventures, associates and key management personnel disclosed above, 
no other related party transactions have been identified.

35. Post Balance Sheet Events

On  March  15,  2021  we  completed  the  acquisition  of  Structural  Composites  Industries  ("SCI")  business  of 
Worthington  Industries,  Inc.  for  $20  million  in  cash,  subject  to  working  capital  adjustments.  SCI  is  a  U.S. 
composite  cylinder  business  based  in  Pomona,  California.  The  acquisition  will  complement  our  existing  Gas 
Cylinders composite business and allow us to increase focus on Alternative Fuels product lines.

On March 25, 2021, we sold the trade and assets of our U.S.aluminum cylinder business for $21m million cash, 
a gain of $6.7 million has been recognized in 2021, net of $2.8 million tax.. The net assets were presented as 
held-for-sale in the consolidated balance sheet as at December 31, 2020, and its results from operations were 
presented as discontinued in both the current and prior year.

119

COMPANY BALANCE SHEET
All amounts in millions

ASSETS
Non‑current assets
Investments   
Deferred income taxes   

Current assets
Trade and other receivables   
Cash and cash equivalents   

TOTAL ASSETS   

EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
Capital and reserves
Ordinary share capital   
Deferred share capital   
Share premium account   
Treasury shares   
Retained earnings   
Own shares held by ESOP   
Share based compensation reserve   
Capital and reserves attributable to the Company’s equity shareholders   
Total equity   

Non‑current liabilities
Bank and other loans   
Retirement benefits   

Current liabilities
Trade and other payables

Total liabilities   

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

At December 31, 
2020

At December 31, 
2019

Note

£M

£M

38
39

40
41

42
42
42
42

42
42

43
47

44

267.9
9.4
277.3

26.0
—
26.0

331.4
7.5
338.9

2.6
—
2.6

303.3

341.5

14.5
76.2
51.5
(2.6)
137.4
(1.0)
(5.7)
270.3
270.3

—
33.0
33.0

—

33.0

14.5
76.2
49.4
(2.6)
139.8
(1.2)
(5.4)
270.7
270.7

18.8
23.1
41.9

28.9

70.8

TOTAL EQUITY AND LIABILITIES   

303.3

341.5

The Group has taken advantage of the exemption provided under Section 408 of the Companies Act 2006 not to 
present Luxfer Holding PLC’s Company income statement. Net profit for the year was £19.1 million (2019: loss of 
£0.6 million)

THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS ON PAGES 120 TO 134 WERE APPROVED BY THE BOARD ON APRIL 29, 2021 AND 
SIGNED ON ITS BEHALF:

Alok Maskara 

April 29, 2021

Company Registration no. 03690830

120

COMPANY CASH FLOW STATEMENT
All amounts in millions

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net income / (loss) for the year   
Adjustments to reconcile net income / (loss) for the year to net cash flows from 

continuing operating activities:

Note

2020

£M

2019

£M

19.1   

(0.6) 

Deferred income taxes   
Share based compensation charges net of cash settlement   
Net interest
Dividends received   
Exchange difference charged to income statement   
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

Increase in receivables   
(Decrease) / increase in payables   

Movement in retirement benefits obligations   
NET CASH FLOWS USED IN OPERATING ACTIVITIES   

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Dividends received   
Intercompany loans: debt funding   
Intercompany loans: interest received   
NET CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES   
NET CASH FLOWS BEFORE FINANCING   

FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Interest and similar finance costs paid on banking facilities   
Interest paid on Loan Notes   
Repayment on Loan Notes
Dividends paid   
Shares sold from ESOP
NET CASH FLOWS USED IN FINANCING ACTIVITIES   

NET MOVEMENT IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS   
Net foreign exchange differences
Cash and cash equivalents at January 1   
Cash and cash equivalents at December 31   

During the year all intercompany balances were converted into trading loans.

0.7   
1.2   
(2.8)  
(14.5)  
2.1   

(24.6)  
(33.1)  
(3.8)  
(55.7)  

14.5   
66.3   
4.8   
85.6   
29.9   

(0.5)  
(0.7)  
(18.7)  
(10.8)  
0.8   
(29.9)  

—   
—   
—   
—   

0.7 
(0.1) 
(3.8) 
— 
1.7 

(0.6) 
5.3 
(3.8) 
(1.2) 

— 
1.6 
6.5 
8.1 
6.9 

— 
(0.7) 
— 
(10.7) 
2.8 
(8.6) 

(1.7) 
— 
1.7 
— 

41
41

121

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

COMPANY STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
All amounts in millions

Equity attributable to the equity shareholders of the parent

Note

Ordinary 
share 
capital 
£M

14.5   

—   

Deferred 
share 
capital 
£M
76.2   

Share 
premium 
account
£M
42.5   

Treasury 
shares
£M

Retained 
earnings 
£M

Own 
shares held 
by ESOP 
£M

Share based 
compensation 
reserve 
£M

Total 
equity 
£M

—   

—   

—   

(0.6)   

(2.8)   

152.1   

(1.6)   

—   

(0.6)    280.3 

—   

(0.6) 

—   

—   

—   

—   

(1.4)   

—   

—   

(1.4) 

42

42

42

42

—   

—   

—   

—   

0.4   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

2.6   

0.1   

4.2   

—   

—   

—   

—   

0.2   

—   

(1.6)   

(10.7)   

—   

—   

— 

—   

—   

—   

6.9   

0.2   

(10.7)   

14.5   

76.2   

49.4   

(2.6)   

139.8   

—   

—   

—   

—   

19.1   

—   

—   

—   

—   

0.2   

0.2   

0.4   

(1.2)   

—   

—   

0.4 

—   

(1.6) 

—   

(10.7) 

3.1   

—   

3.1 

2.8 

0.0   

0.3 

(7.9)   

(3.5) 

(4.8)   

(8.0) 

(5.4)    270.7 

—   

19.1 

—   

—   

—   

—   

(13.3)   

—   

—   

(13.3) 

At January 1, 2019
Net income for the year   

Remeasurement of defined 
benefit retirement plan   

Deferred income taxes on 
items taken to other 
comprehensive income   

Total comprehensive 

income for the year   

Equity dividends   

Equity settled share based 
compensation charges   

Shares sold from ESOP

Utilization of treasury 
shares   

Utilization of ESOP shares   

Other changes in equity in 
the year      

At December 31, 2019
Net profit for the year   

Remeasurement of defined 
benefit retirement plan   

Deferred income taxes on 
items taken to other 
comprehensive income   

Total comprehensive loss 

for the year   

Equity dividends paid   

Equity settled share based 
compensation charges   

Shares sold from ESOP

—   

—   

—   

—   

0.1   

0.1   

0.2   

(1.0)   

—   

2.6 

—   

8.4 

—   

(10.8) 

2.2   

2.2 

—   

0.8 

(2.5)   

(1.0) 

(0.3)   

(8.8) 

(5.7)    270.3 

—   

—   

—   

—   

2.6   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

8.4   

(10.8)   

42

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

42
Utilization of ESOP shares    42
Other changes in equity 

in the year   

—   

—   

—   

—   

0.7   

1.4   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

—   

2.1   

—   

(10.8)   

At December 31, 2020

14.5   

76.2   

51.5   

(2.6)   

137.4   

122

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

36.  Significant accounting policies

Authorization of financial statements

The  Company  financial  statements  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2020  were  authorized  for  issue  by  the 
Board  of  Directors  on April  29,  2021  and  the  balance  sheet  was  signed  on  the  Board’s  behalf  by A.  Maskara. 
Luxfer Holdings PLC is a company incorporated and domiciled in England and Wales.

Basis of preparation 

The Company financial statements have been prepared in accordance with international accounting standards in 
conformity with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 as they apply to companies reporting under IFRS.

The  accounting  policies  set  out  in  this  note  to  the  financial  statements  have  been  applied  in  preparing  these 
financial statements and comparative information.

The Company financial statements have been prepared on a historical cost basis, except where IFRS requires 
or  permits  fair  value  measurement,  and  are  presented  in  GBP,  the  functional  currency  of  the  Company.  From 
January 1, 2021 the functional and presentational currency will be USD.

The  directors  have  a  reasonable  expectation  that  the  Company  has  adequate  resources  to  continue  in 
operational existence for the foreseeable future. In assessing the appropriateness of adopting the going concern 
basis  in  the  preparation  of  these  financial  statements,  cash  forecasts  and  projections  have  been  prepared  to 
June  2022.  Throughout  the  forecasted  period,  there  is  sufficient  headroom  in  our  covenant  compliance  which 
would enable the Group to drawdown on the RCF and therefore not impact the Company's ability to continue as 
a  going  concern.  Therefore  the  directors  continue  to  apply  the  going  concern  basis  for  accounting  in  the 
preparation of the Company financial statements.

Investments 

Investments in subsidiary undertakings are stated at cost less, where appropriate, provisions for impairment. 

Loans  to  subsidiary  undertakings  and  joint  ventures  are  initially  recorded  at  fair  value;  they  are  then 
subsequently carried at amortised cost. The loans are interest bearing.

The  Company  grants  share-based  payments  to  the  employees  of  subsidiary  companies.  Each  period,  the  fair 
value  of  the  employee  services  received  by  the  subsidiary  as  a  capital  contribution  from  the  Company  is 
reflected as an addition to investments. 

The Company has applied IFRS 9 and the expected credit loss model when valuing its loans to investments.

Functional and presentational currency 

Items  included  in  the  financial  statements  of  the  Company  are  measured  using  the  currency  of  the  primary 
economic  environment  in  which  the  entity  operates  (“the  functional  currency”),  which  is  GBP  sterling.    The 
presentational currency of the Company is GBP sterling.

Other accounting policies 

As  applicable,  the  accounting  policies  of  the  Company  follow  those  of  the  Group  set  out  in  Note  1  to  the 
consolidated financial statements. The critical accounting judgments and key sources of estimation uncertainty 
applicable for the Company financial statements are impairment of non-financial assets, pensions and deferred 
income taxes.

123

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

37.  Directors’ interests

Disclosure  of  individual  directors’  remuneration,  share  interests,  share  options,  long-term  incentive  schemes, 
pension  contributions  and  pension  entitlements  required  by  the  Companies  Act  2006  are  shown  within  the 
Remuneration Report on pages 39 to 56 and form part of these financial statements. 

38.  Investments

Cost and net book value:
At January 1, 2019
Additions
Repayment of loans to subs
Exchange difference
At December 31, 2019
Additions   
Repayment of loans to subs
Exchange difference   
At December 31, 2020

Investments in 
subsidiary 
undertakings
£M

Loans to 
subsidiary 
undertakings
£M

Capital 
contributions
£M

218.0   
—   
—   
—   
218.0   
—   
—   
—   
218.0   

108.8   
—   
(1.6)  
(2.3)  
104.9   
—   
(66.3)  
(1.0)  
37.6   

7.2   
1.3   
—   
—   
8.5   
3.8   
—   
—   
12.3   

Total
£M

334.0 
1.3 
(1.6) 
(2.3) 
331.4 
3.8 
(66.3) 
(1.0) 
267.9 

Details of the investments in which the Group or the Company holds share capital at December 31, 2020, are as 
follows:

BA Holdings, Inc.*

Biggleswick Limited *

Name of company   

Luxfer Australia Pty Limited * 

Luxfer Group Services Limited *
Lumina Trustee Limited 1

Country of
incorporation
U.S. 3
England and Wales2
England and Wales2
England and Wales2
Australia6
England and Wales2
Luxfer Gas Cylinders Limited *
Luxfer Gas Cylinders China Holdings Limited * England and Wales2
Republic of China7
England and Wales2
England and Wales2
England and Wales2
U.S. 3
England and Wales2
England and Wales2
U.S.8

Luxfer Gas Cylinders (Shanghai) Co., Limited *

Luxfer Group UK Pension Trustee Limited*#

Luxfer Overseas Holdings Limited *

Magnesium Elektron Limited *

Luxfer Group 2000 Limited

MEL Chemicals, Inc.* 

Luxfer Group Limited

Luxfer, Inc.*

Magnesium Elektron North America, Inc. *

Niagara Metallurgical Products Limited *

Reade Manufacturing, Inc.*

Luxfer Gas Cylinders S.A.S. *

Luxfer Canada Limited *

Luxfer Germany GmbH *

Luxfer Magtech Inc.*

Luxfer Magtech International Limited *
GTM Technologies, LLC *

Name of company
Other Investments

Nikkei-MEL Co Limited *

U.S.5
Canada9
U.S.5
France4
Canada10
Germany11
U.S.5
England and Wales2
U.S.12

Country of
incorporation

Holding

Common stock

Ordinary shares

Ordinary shares

Ordinary shares

Ordinary shares

Ordinary shares

Ordinary shares

Ordinary shares

Ordinary shares

Ordinary shares

Ordinary shares

Common stock

Ordinary shares

Ordinary shares

Common stock /

Preference shares

Common stock

Common stock

Common stock

Ordinary shares

Common stock

Ordinary shares

Common stock

Common stock
Capital Interest

Proportion of voting
rights and shares held

Nature of
business
100% Holding company

100%

Non trading

100% Property Services

100% Trustee company

100%

100%

Distribution

Engineering

100% Holding company

100%

Manufacturing

100% Holding company

100% Holding company

100%

100%

Non trading

Engineering

100% Holding company

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%
100%

Manufacturing

Manufacturing

Manufacturing

Manufacturing

Manufacturing

Engineering

Engineering

Engineering

Manufacturing

Manufacturing
Engineering

Holding

Proportion of voting 
rights and shares held

Nature of 
business

Japan13

Ordinary shares

 50 %

Distribution

All shareholdings stated are valid for both 2020 and 2019 except where indicated

124

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

Subsidiary undertakings are all held directly by the Company unless indicated.
*  Held by a subsidiary undertaking.
#  Registered in 2020
1  Acts as bare trustee in connection with the 2007 share capital reorganisation.
2 Registered address: Lumns Lane, Manchester, M27 8LN, England. 
3 Registered address: 1679 S. Dupont Hwy, Ste 100, Dover, DE 199091, U.S. 
4 Registered address: 7 Rue de l’Industrie, 63360 Gerzat, France. 
5 Registered address: The Corporation Trust Company, Corporate Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, DE 19801, U.S. 
6 Registered address: Unit 4, 171-175 Newton Road, Wetherill Park, NSW 2164, Australia. 
7 Registered address: No. 123, Lane 150, Pingbei Road, Minghang District, Shanghai, PRC 201109, China. 
8 Registered address: c/o CT Corporation, 830 Bear Tavern Road, Trenton, NJ 08628, U.S. 
9 Registered address: David Toswell of Blake, Cassels & Graydon LLP, 1114 Harvest Drive, Pickering, ON, L1X 1B6, Canada. 
10 Registered address: (Torys) 525-8th Avenue S.W, 46th Floor, Eighth Avenue Place East, Calgary, Alberta, T2P 1G1, Canada. 
11 Registered address: Am Alten Stadtpark 37, 44791 Bochum, Germany. 
12 Registered address: Corporation Service Comp., 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, County of New Castle, DE 19808, USA 
13 Registered address: NYK Tennoz Building, 2-20 Higashi-Shinagawa 2-chome, Shinagawa-ku, Tokyo, 140-8628, Japan

During 2020 the Group disposed of one of its joint ventures, Luxfer Uttam India Private Limited and liquidated its 
associate, Sub 161 Pty Limited.

39. Deferred income taxes

At January 1, 2019
Credited/(charged) to income statement   

Charged to other comprehensive income   

At December 31, 2019
Charged to income statement   

Credited to other comprehensive income   

At December 31, 2020

Tax losses and 
other timing 
differences 
£M
3.2   

0.3   

—   

3.5   
(0.5)  
—   
3.0   

Retirement 
benefit 
obligations 
£M
4.6   
(1.0)  
0.4   
4.0   
(0.2)  
2.6   
6.4   

Total 
£M
7.8 

(0.7) 

0.4 

7.5 

(0.7) 

2.6 
9.4 

At  the  balance  sheet  date,  the  Company  has  no  unrecognized  deferred  income  tax  assets  relating  to  losses 
(2019:  nil). A  deferred  tax  asset  of  £3.0  million  (2019:  £3.5  million)  has  been  recognized  in  relation  to  timing 
differences  and  losses,  to  the  extent  that  it  is  deemed  probable  that  sufficient  taxable  profit  will  be  available 
against which the losses may be utilized.

40.  Trade and other receivables

Amounts owed by Group undertakings   

Other debtors

December 31,
2020

December 31,
2019

£M

25.5

0.5   

26.0

£M

1.9

0.7 

2.6

The amounts owed by Group undertakings are unsecured and repayable on demand.

The other debtors balance relates to unamortized finance costs attributed to the revolving credit facility. As the 
facility was nil at the year end, these finance costs have been reclassified from bank and other loans into other 
debtors. 

41. Cash and cash equivalents

Cash is swept into a concentration account held within a subsidiary undertaking. Cash at bank and in hand earns 
interest at floating rates based on daily bank deposit rates. The directors consider that the carrying value of cash 
and cash equivalents approximates to their fair value.

125

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

42. Share capital and Reserves
Ordinary share capital 
(a) 

December 31,
2020

December 31,
2019

December 31,
2020

December 31,
2019

No.

No.

Authorized:
Ordinary shares of £0.50 each   
40,000,000
Deferred ordinary shares of £0.0001 each    761,845,338,444
761,885,338,444

Allotted, called up and fully paid:
Ordinary shares of £0.50 each   
29,000,000
Deferred ordinary shares of £0.0001 each    761,835,338,444
761,864,338,444

40,000,000

761,845,338,444

761,885,338,444

29,000,000

761,835.338444

761,864,338,444

£M

20.0

76.2

96.2

14.5

76.2

90.7

£M

20.0

76.2

96.2

14.5

76.2

90.7

The rights of the shares are as follows:

Ordinary shares of £0.50 each

The ordinary shares carry no entitlement to an automatic dividend but rank pari passu in respect of any dividend 
declared and paid. The ordinary shares were allotted and issued to satisfy share awards which vested under the 
Company's share award and share incentive plans.

Deferred ordinary shares of £0.0001 each

The  deferred  shares  have  no  entitlement  to  dividends  or  to  vote.    On  a  winding  up  (but  not  otherwise)  the 
holders of the deferred shares shall be entitled to the repayment of the paid up nominal amount of the deferred 
shares, but only after any payment to the holders of ordinary shares of an amount equal to 100 times the amount 
paid up on such ordinary shares.

(b) 

Share premium account

At January 1, 2019

Shares sold from ESOP

Utilization of treasury shares

Utilization of ESOP shares

At December 31, 2019

Shares sold from ESOP

Utilization of ESOP shares

At December 31, 2020

£M

42.5

2.6

0.1

4.2

49.4

0.7

1.4

51.5

The share premium account is used to record the excess of proceeds over nominal value on the issue of shares.  
Share issue costs directly related to the issue of shares are deducted from share premium.

 (c) 

Treasury shares

At January 1, 2019
Utilization of treasury shares

At December 31, 2019

At December 31, 2020

£M

(2.8) 

0.2 

(2.6) 

(2.6) 

In  June  2015,  the  Board  announced  a  share  buy-back  program  of  up  to  $10  million,  to  cover  the  needs  of 
employee share plans. Shareholder approval for this program was granted at the 2014 Annual General Meeting 
(for repurchases up to an aggregate amount of 2,700,000 ordinary shares).

At  December  31,  2020,  there  were  350,335  treasury  shares  held  at  a  cost  of  £2.6  million  (2019:  352,499 
treasury shares held at a cost of £2.6 million).

126

 
 
 
 
 (d) 

Own shares held by ESOP

At January 1, 2019
Utilization of ESOP shares   

Shares sold from ESOP 

At December 31, 2019
Utilization of ESOP shares   

Shares sold from ESOP

At December 31, 2020

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

£M

(1.6) 

0.2 

0.2 

(1.2) 

0.1 

0.1 

(1.0) 

At December 31, 2020, there were 1,013,512 ordinary shares of £0.50 each (2019: 1,216,220 ordinary shares of 
£0.50 each) held by The Luxfer Group Employee Share Ownership Plan.

43. Bank and other loans 

Non‑current
Loan Notes due 2021 - gross   

Unamortized finance costs   

Loan Notes due 2021 - net   

December 31, 
2020

December 31, 
2019

£M
—

—

—

£M
18.9

(0.1)

18.8

The seven-year private placement was repayable in full in 2021, and bore interest at 3.67% and was unsecured. 
However,  we  voluntarily  chose  to  repay  the  notes  early,  on  December  31,  2020.  Therefore,  at  December  31, 
2020, the total amount outstanding on the Loan Notes due 2021 was nil, which is shown in bank and other loans. 

At  December  31,  2020,  there  were  £0.5  million  of  unamortized  finance  costs  attributed  to  the  revolving  credit 
facility. As  the  facility  was  transferred  to  a  subsidiary  undertaking  during  2019,  these  finance  costs  have  been 
reclassified into other debtors. 

The  maturity  profile  of  the  Group’s  undiscounted  contractual  payments  is  disclosed  in  Note  29  in  the 
consolidated financial statements.

44.  Trade and other payables 

Amounts owed to Group undertakings   

Accruals   

December 31, 
2020
£M

December 31, 
2019
£M

—

—
—

28.7

0.2
28.9

The amounts owed to Group undertakings were unsecured, repayable on demand and no interest was charged. 

127

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

45.  Financial instruments 

The  following  disclosures  relating  to  financial  instruments  have  been  prepared  on  a  basis  which  excludes 
short‑term debtors and creditors which have resulted from the Company’s operating activities.

(a) 

Financial instruments of the Company

The financial instruments of the Company other than short‑term debtors and creditors were as follows:

Financial instruments:
Financial assets:
Loans to subsidiary undertakings   
Financial liabilities(1):
Loan Notes due 2021   

Book value
December 31, 
2020
£M

Fair value
December 31, 
2020
£M

Book value
December 31, 
2019
£M

Fair value
December 31, 
2019
£M

37.6

—

37.6

—

104.9

104.9

18.9

19.0

 (1) 

The financial instruments included in financial liabilities are shown gross of unamortized finance costs.  
The fair value of these financial instruments is calculated by discounting the future cash flows, including 
interest payments due.

All financial assets mature within one year; however, there is no current intention to seek repayment of loans to 
subsidiary  undertakings.    The  maturity  of  the  financial  liabilities  is  disclosed  in  Note  29  in  the  consolidated 
financial statements.

At December 31, 2020  the amount drawn in bank and other loans was nil (2019: £18.9 million), denominated in 
U.S. dollars.

The fair value calculations were performed on the following basis:

Loans to subsidiary undertakings

The carrying value approximates to the fair value.

Bank loans

At December 31, 2020, bank and other loans of nil  (2019: £18.9 million) were outstanding. There were also £0.5 
million of unamortized finance costs attributed to the revolving credit facility classified within prepayments. 

Fair value hierarchy

At December 31, 2020, the Company used the following hierarchy for determining and disclosing the fair value of 
financial instruments by valuation technique: 

Level 1: quoted (unadjusted) prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. 

Level  2:  other  techniques  for  which  all  inputs  which  have  a  significant  effect  on  the  recorded  fair  value  are 
observable, either directly or indirectly. 

Level 3: techniques which use inputs which have a significant effect on the recorded fair value that are not based 
on observable market data. 

(b) 

Interest rate risks

Interest rate risk profile on financial assets

As the Company holds no cash or external loans at December 31, 2020, the interest rate risk is negligible.

128

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

Interest rate risk profile on financial liabilities

The following table sets out the carrying value, by original maturity, of the Company’s financial instruments that 
were exposed to both fixed and variable interest rate risk.  The carrying values include interest payments to be 
made and interest rates on the Company’s variable rate debt have been based on a forward curve. 

At December 31, 2020

At December 31, 2019

Within 
12 months 
£M

1 to 5 
years 
£M

> 5 
years 
£M

Total 
£M

Within 
12 months 
£M

1 to 5 
years 
£M

> 5 
years 
£M

Total 
£M

Fixed interest rate risk:
Loan Notes due 2021  

(including interest payments)     

—   
—   

—   
—   

—   
—   

— 
— 

0.7   

0.7   

19.4   
19.4   

—   
—   

20.1 

20.1 

 (c) 

Undrawn committed facilities

At  December  31,  2020,  the  Group  had  committed  banking  facilities  of  $150.0  million  (£109.8  million).    The 
facilities  were  for  providing  loans  and  overdrafts,  with  a  separate  facility  for  letters  of  credit  which  at 
December  31,  2020  was  £1.0  million  ($1.3  million).    Of  the  committed  facilities,  $4.1  million  (£3.0  million)  was 
drawn, no loans were drawn across the Group and $nil for letters of credit were utilized.  

At  December  31,  2019,  the  Group  had  committed  banking  facilities  of  $150.0  million  (£113.5  million).    The 
facilities  were  for  providing  loans  and  overdrafts,  with  a  separate  facility  for  letters  of  credit  which  at 
December 31, 2019 was £1.0 million ($1.3 million).  Of the committed facilities,  no loans were drawn across the 
Group and $nil for letters of credit were utilized. 

46. Financial risk management objectives and policies

The Company’s financial instruments comprise bank and other loans and cash and cash equivalents. The main 
risks  arising  from  the  Company’s  financial  instruments  are  cash  flow  interest  rate  risk,  foreign  currency 
translation risk, credit risk and capital risk management. 

Foreign currency translation risk

The  Company  is  exposed  to  translation  risk  on  both  its  income  statement,  based  on  average  exchange  rates, 
and  its  balance  sheet  with  regards  to  period  end  exchange  rates. The  net  exposure  to  external  USD  loans  at 
December 31, 2020 was nil.

Credit risk 

The Company is exposed to credit risk on the loans which have been provided to subsidiary undertakings. The 
total  exposure  regarding  these  loans  is  £37.6  million.  None  of  the  loans  are  past  due  or  are  been  deemed 
impaired. 

Capital risk management

The capital structure of the Company consists of shareholders' equity, debt and cash and cash equivalents. For 
the  foreseeable  future,  the  Board  will  maintain  a  capital  structure  for  the  Company  that  supports  the  Group's 
strategic objectives through:

• Managing funding and liquidity; and

• Maintaining a strong, investment-grade credit rating.

129

 
 
 
LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

External net debt reconciliation

Cash at bank 
and in hand

Bank and other 
loans

Finance costs in 
other debtors

£M

£M

£M

Total

£M

Net debt at January 1, 2019

Cash flows

Other non-cash movements

Net debt at December 31, 2019

Cash flows

Other non-cash movements

Net debt at December 31, 2020

(1.7)   

1.7 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

19.5 

— 

(0.7)   

18.8 

(18.7)   

(0.1)   

— 

(1.1)   

— 

0.4 

(0.7)   

— 

0.2 

(0.5)   

16.7 

1.7 

(0.3) 

18.1 

(18.7) 

0.1 

(0.5) 

47. Retirement benefits

The Company is a member of the Luxfer Group Pension Plan (“the Plan”), a defined benefit scheme in the U.K.  
The levels of funding are determined by periodic actuarial valuations.  The assets of the Plan are generally held 
in separate trustee administered funds.  

Remeasurements are recognised in full in the period in which they occur.  The liability recognized in the balance 
sheet represents the present value of the defined benefit obligation, as reduced by the fair value of plan assets.  
The cost of providing benefits is determined using the Projected Unit Credit Method.

The  full  deficit  relating  to  the  Plan  has  been  included  in  the  Company  statement  of  financial  position.    This  is 
because there is no allocation of the deficit between the various subsidiary companies.  The Directors consider 
the sponsor to be the ultimate parent company in the Group.

The  Plan  closed  to  new  members  in  1998,  new  employees  then  being  eligible  for  a  defined  contribution  plan.  
With effect from April 2004, the Plan changed from a final salary to a career average revalued earnings benefit 
scale.    In August  2005,  a  plan  specific  earnings  cap  of  £60,000  per  annum  subject  to  inflation  increases  was 
introduced, the figure has risen to £76,000 in 2015.  In October 2007, the rate of the future accrual for pension 
was  reduced  and  a  longevity  adjustment  was  introduced  to  mitigate  against  the  risk  of  further  unexpected 
increases in life expectancies.  In 2015, following a consultation with the trustees and members, it was agreed 
the Plan would close to future accrual of benefits effective from April 5, 2016 and for the purpose of increasing 
pensions  in  payment,  to  use  the  Consumer  Prices  Index  (“CPI”)  as  the  reference  index  in  place  of  the  Retail 
Prices Index (“RPI”) where applicable.  The weighted average duration of the expected benefit payments from 
the  plan  is  around  18  years.  The  pension  cost  of  the  Plan  is  assessed  in  accordance  with  the  advice  of  an 
independent firm of professionally qualified actuaries,  Lane Clark & Peacock LLP.  The Plan is registered with 
HMRC  for  tax  purposes,  operates  separately  from  the  Company  and  is  managed  by  an  independent  set  of 
trustees.  The Plan operates under UK trust law and the trust is a separate legal entity from the Company.  The 
Plan  is  governed  by  a  Board  of  Trustees,  composed  of  two  member  nominated  Trustees  and  four  company 
appointed Trustees. 

The Trustees are required by law to act in the best interests of scheme members and are responsible for setting 
certain policies (e.g. investment funding) together with the Company.  A schedule of payments provides for deficit 
funding,  which  is  based  upon  minimum  annual  contributions  of  £3.8  million  per  year,  together  with  additional 
variable  contributions  based  on  15%  of  net  earnings  of  Luxfer  Holdings  PLC  between  £12.0  million  and  £24.0 
million, and 10% of net earnings of Luxfer Holdings PLC in excess of £24.0 million.

The  total  charge  to  the  Company’s  income  statement  for  2020  for  retirement  benefits  was  £1.0  million  (2019: 
charge of £1.2 million).

130

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The movement in the pension liabilities is shown below:

Balance at January 1   

Charged to the income statement

     Net interest on net liability   

     Administrative expenses   

     Past service cost

Cash contributions   

Charged to the statement of comprehensive income   

Balance at December 31   

The financial assumptions used in the calculations were:

Discount rate   

Inflation related assumptions:

Pre-2030

Retail Price Inflation 

Consumer Price Inflation

Pension increases—pre 6 April 1997   
                            —1997 ‑ 2005   
                            —post 5 April 2005   

Post-2030

Retail Price Inflation   

Consumer Price Inflation   

Pension increases—pre 6 April 1997   
                            —1997 ‑ 2005   
                            —post 5 April 2005   

Other principal actuarial assumptions:
Life expectancy of male in the U.K. aged 65 at accounting date   

Life expectancy of male in the U.K. aged 65 at 20 years after accounting date   

Investment strategies

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

2020
£M

2019
£M

23.1

24.8

0.4

0.5

0.1

(4.4)

13.3

33.0

0.7

0.5

—

(4.3)

1.4

23.1

2020
%

2019
%

1.40

2.10

2.90

1.80

1.70

1.90

1.60

2.70

2.60

2.20

2.60

2.00

2.90

2.00

1.80

2.10

1.70

2.90

2.00

1.80

2.10

1.70

2020
Years

2019
Years

21.5

22.9

21.5

22.8

For  the  Plan,  the  assets  are  invested  in  a  diversified  range  of  asset  classes  and  include  matching  assets 
(comprising fixed interest and index linked bonds and swaps) and growth assets (comprising all other assets).  
The  Trustees  have  formulated  a  de-risking  strategy  to  help  control  the  short  term  risks  of  volatility  associated 
with holding growth assets. The Trustees also monitor the cost of a buy-in to secure pensioner liabilities with an 
insurance company to ensure they are able to act if such an opportunity arises.  Other options to progressively 
reduce the scale of the liabilities are discussed between the Trustees and the Company. 

Risk exposures

The Company is at risk of adverse experience relating to the defined benefit plan.

The Plan holds a high proportion of assets in equity and other growth investments, with the intention of growing 
the value of assets relative to liabilities.  The Company is at risk if the value of liabilities grows at a faster rate 
than the plan assets, or if there is a significant fall in the value of these assets not matched by a fall in the value 
of  liabilities.    If  these  events  occurred,  this  would  be  expected  to  lead  to  an  increase  in  the  Company’s  future 
cash contributions.

131

The amounts recognized in the income statement in respect of the pension plan were as follows:

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

In respect of defined benefit plan:
Net interest on net liability

Administrative expenses   

Past service cost

Total charge for defined benefit plan   

2020 
£M

2019
£M

0.4

0.5

0.1   

1.0

0.7

0.5

— 

1.2

For  the  year,  the  amount  of  charge  recognised  in  the  Statement  of  Comprehensive  Income  is  £13.3  million 
(2019: £1.4 million). 

The actual return on the plan assets was a gain of £20.9 million (2019: gain of £28.6 million). 

The value of the plan assets and liabilities were: 

Assets in active markets:
Equities and growth funds   

Government bonds   

Corporate bonds   

Cash   

Total market value of assets   

Present value of plan liabilities   

Deficit in the Plan   

Related deferred income tax assets   

Net pension liabilities   

2020
£M

2019
£M

111.5   

111.1 

46.2   

103.7   

1.4   
262.8   
(295.8)  
(33.0)  
6.4   
(26.6)  

39.9 

97.7 

0.1 

248.8 

(271.9) 

(23.1) 

4.0 

(19.1) 

The Plan does not invest directly in property occupied by the Company or in financial securities issued by the 
Company.

Analysis of movement in the present value of the defined benefit obligations:

At January 1   

Service cost   

Interest on obligation   

Actuarial losses

Benefits paid   

At December 31   

2020
£M

2019
£M

271.9   

245.5 

0.1   

5.5   

29.1   

(10.8)  
295.8   

— 

7.0 

30.0 

(10.6) 

271.9 

The sensitivities regarding the principal assumptions used to measure the present value of the defined benefit 
obligations are set out below:

Assumption
Discount rate

CPI inflation (and related increases)

Post retirement mortality

Change in assumption

Impact on total defined 
benefit obligations

Increase/decrease by 0.1%

Decrease/increase by 2%

Increase/decrease by 0.1%

Increase/decrease by 1%

Increase by 1 year

Increase by 4%

The sensitivities have been calculated to show the movement in the total defined benefit obligation in isolation, 
assuming no other changes in market conditions at the accounting date.  In practice, for example, a change in 
discount rate is likely to be associated with a movement in the value of the invested assets held by the Plan.

132

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Analysis of movement in the present value of the fair value of plan assets:

At January 1   

Interest on plan assets   

Actuarial gains / (losses)

Contributions from employers   

Administrative expenses   

Benefits paid   

At December 31   

LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

2020
£M

2019
£M

248.8   

5.1   
15.8   
4.4   
(0.5)  
(10.8)  
262.8   

220.7 

6.3 

28.6 

4.3 

(0.5) 

(10.6) 

248.8 

The estimated amount of employer contributions expected to be paid to the defined benefit pension plan for the 
year ending December 31, 2020 is £4.4 million (2019: £4.3 million actual employer contributions).

48.  Related party transactions

During 2020, the Company has made the following transactions and has the following outstanding balances at 
December 31, 2020 with related parties: 

Name of related party
Luxfer Group Limited
MEL Chemicals, Inc.
Luxfer Overseas Holdings Limited
BA Holdings, Inc.
Magnesium Elektron North America, Inc.
Luxfer Group 2000 Limited
Luxfer Magtech Inc.
Luxfer Gas Cylinders Limited

Income

Expenditure

Balances outstanding

Interest
£M
0.2   
0.2   
0.2   
1.0   
0.3   
0.3   
2.5   
0.1   

Management 
recharges
£M
(0.5)  
—   
—   
—   
—   
—   
—   
—   

Investments
£M
—   
—   
—   
7.3   
—   
—   
30.3   
—   

Trade and other 
receivables
£M
23.8   
—   
1.6   
—   
—   
—   
0.1   
—   

Trade and other 
payables
£M
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

Of the balances outstanding held within investments, these balances are all interest bearing and are based on 
market rates of interest. 

Included within trade and other receivables is a loan to Luxfer Group Limited for £23.7 million. This loan is 
interest bearing, unsecured and is repayable on demand. 

During 2019, the Company has made the following transactions and has the following outstanding balances at 
December 31, 2019 with related parties: 

Name of related party
Luxfer Group Limited
MEL Chemicals, Inc.
Luxfer Overseas Holdings Limited
BA Holdings, Inc.
Magnesium Elektron North America, Inc.
Magnesium Elektron Limited
Luxfer Group 2000 Limited
Luxfer Holdings NA, LLC
Luxfer Magtech Inc.
Luxfer Gas Cylinders Limited

Income

Expenditure

Balances outstanding

Interest
£M
0.4   
0.3   
0.4   
1.5   
0.4   
0.2   
0.6   
0.1   
2.6   
0.1   

Management 
recharges
£M
(0.4)  
—   
—   
—   
—   
—   
—   
—   
—   
—   

Investments
£M
5.0   
5.3   
10.0   
24.2   
7.7   
4.7   
14.3   
—   
31.3   
2.4   

Trade and other 
receivables
£M
—   
—   
—   
0.4   
0.1   
0.2   
0.4   
—   
0.7   
0.1   

Trade and other 
payables
£M
(28.7) 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

Included within trade and other payables is a loan from Luxfer Group Limited for £28.6 million. This loan is non-
interest bearing, unsecured and is repayable on demand. 

133

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LUXFER HOLDINGS PLC

In  addition  to  the  transactions  above,  share  based  compensation  recharges  have  been  made  to  Luxfer,  Inc., 
Luxfer Gas Cylinders Limited, Luxfer Group Limited, BA Holdings, Inc., Magnesium Elektron Limited, Magnesium 
Elektron  North  America  Inc,  MEL  Chemicals  Inc,  Luxfer  Magtech  Inc,  and    Luxfer  Canada  Limited  for  £1.4 
million, £0.2 million, £0.4 million, £0.6 million, £0.2 million, £0.1million, £0.4 million, £0.1 million and £0.4 million 
respectively  (2019:  Luxfer  Gas  Cylinders  Limited,  Luxfer  Group  Limited  and  Magnesium  Elektron  Limited  for  
£0.1 million, £1.0 million, £1.2 million, £1.0 million and £0.2 million respectively).  These amounts are recognised 
as capital contributions in the year. 

Other than the transactions mentioned above, no other related party transactions have been identified. 

49.  Post balance sheet events

As from January 1, 2021 the functional currency of Luxfer Holdings PLC has changed to from GBP sterling to 
USD.

On  March  15,  2021  a  subsidiary  undertaking  of  the  the  company  completed  the  acquisition  of  Structural 
Composites Industries ("SCI") business of Worthington Industries, Inc. for $20 million in cash, subject to working 
capital adjustments. SCI is a U.S. composite cylinder business based in Pomona, California. 

On March 25, 2021, a subsidiary undertaking sold the trade and assets of its U.S.aluminum cylinder business for 
$21m million cash, a gain of $6.7 million has been recognized in 2021, net of $2.8 million tax in the consolidated 
income statement. 

134